You are on page 1of 225

Black plate (3,1)

Foreword
L33-A-121009-1AFE2D99-602C-4A56-ABEA-11760E1C40F2
Welcome to the growing family of new NISSAN When reading the manual
L33-A-121009-C9989AA7-E0F5-4119-AA35-D03093C379F3
owners. This vehicle has been delivered to you with This manual includes information for all options
confidence. It has been produced using the latest available on this model. Therefore, you may find some
techniques and strict quality control. information that does not apply to your vehicle.
This manual was prepared to help you understand the All information, specifications and illustrations in this
operation and maintenance of your vehicle so that you manual are those in effect at the time of printing.
may enjoy many kilometers (miles) of driving pleasure. NISSAN reserves the right to change specifications or
Please read through this manual before operating your designs without notice and without obligation.
vehicle.
A separate Warranty Information & Maintenance Book-
MODIFICATION OF YOUR VEHICLE
L33-A-121009-E42B0908-1622-4104-887B-5F0C8FB79630
This vehicle should not be modified. Modification could SIC0697
let explains details about the warranties covering your
vehicle. affect its performance, safety or durability, and may
If you see this symbol, it means Do not do this or
even violate governmental regulations. In addition,
Your NISSAN dealer knows your vehicle best. When Do not let this happen.
damage or performance problems resulting from
you require any service or have any questions, we will
modifications may not be covered under NISSAN NOS1274
be glad to assist you with the extensive resources
warranties.
available for you.
Read firstL33-A-121009-DB306002-4A27-47A1-A65A-8B6D0496EC89
then drive safely If you see a symbol similar to these in an illustration, it
IMPORTANT SAFETY INFORMATION
L33-A-121009-03886DF3-6AE0-4DD1-8A4D-D683AEE0FBF2
Before driving your vehicle, read this Owners Manual means the arrow points to the front of the vehicle.
Reminders for safety!
L33-A-121009-C1CA051C-F9CF-413B-9ED4-98520DB90084
carefully. This will ensure familiarity with controls and
maintenance requirements, assisting you in the safe NOS1275
Follow these important driving rules to help ensure a
safe and complete trip for you and your passengers! operation of your vehicle.
. NEVER drive under the influence of alcohol Throughout this manual we have used the symbol Arrows in an illustration that are similar to these
or drugs. followed by the word WARNING. This is used indicate movement or action.
. ALWAYS observe posted speed limits and to indicate the presence of a hazard that could cause
death or serious personal injury. To avoid or reduce the NOS1276
never drive too fast for conditions.
risk, the procedures must be followed precisely.
. ALWAYS use your seat belts and appropriate
child restraint systems. Preteen children The symbol followed by the word CAUTION is Arrows in an illustration that are similar to these call
should be seated in the rear seat. also used throughout this manual to indicate the attention to an item in the illustration.
. ALWAYS provide information about the presence of a hazard that could cause minor or
proper use of vehicle safety features to all moderate personal injury or damages to your vehicle.
occupants of the vehicle. To avoid or reduce the risk, the procedures must be
followed carefully.
. ALWAYS review this Owners Manual for
important safety information.

Condition: 'Except for China'/China/ [ Edit: 2013/ 8/ 2 Model: L33-A ]


Black plate (4,1)

JVR0243X

NEVER use a rearward facing child restraint on a seat


protected by an ACTIVE AIRBAG in front of it, DEATH
or SERIOUS INJURY to the CHILD can occur.
Be sure to read Air bag warning labels (P.1-22).
Bluetooth is a trademark owned
by Bluetooth SIG, Inc.

*
C 2013 NISSAN MOTOR CO., LTD.

Condition: 'Except for China'/China/ [ Edit: 2013/ 8/ 2 Model: L33-A ]


Black plate (2,1)
Black plate (1,1)

Table of Illustrated table of contents 0


Contents Safety seats, seat belts and supplemental
restraint system 1
Instruments and controls 2
Pre-driving checks and adjustments 3
Display screen, heater and air conditioner, and audio
system 4
Starting and driving 5
In case of emergency 6
Appearance and care 7
Maintenance and do-it-yourself 8
Technical information 9
Index 10

Condition: 'Except for China'/China/ [ Edit: 2013/ 8/ 2 Model: L33-A ]


Black plate (2,1)
Black plate (5,1)

0 Illustrated table of contents

Seats, seat belts and Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) .... 0-2 Instrument panel ......................................................................................
.... 0-7
Exterior front ..............................................................................................
.... 0-3 Meters and gauges ................................................................................
.... 0-8
Exterior rear ...............................................................................................
.... 0-4 Engine compartment ..............................................................................
.... 0-9
Passenger compartment ........................................................................
.... 0-5 VQ35DE engine model .................................................................
.... 0-9
Cockpit .......................................................................................................
.... 0-6 QR25DE engine model .............................................................
.... 0-10
MR20DE engine model .............................................................
.... 0-11

Condition: 'Except for China'/China/ [ Edit: 2013/ 8/ 2 Model: L33-A ]


Black plate (6,1)

SEATS, SEAT BELTS AND


SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT
SYSTEM (SRS)
L33-A-121009-0C6368F0-1269-4528-BB66-76AEBD766B08

JVC0510X

1. Supplemental front-impact air bags (Page 1-19) 8. Armrest (P.1-5)


2. Front seats (P.1-2) 9. Rear seats (P.1-4)
3. Supplemental curtain side-impact air bags Child restraints (P.1-12)
(P.1-19) 10. ISOFIX child restraint system (P.1-12)
4. Seat belts (P.1-8) *: if equipped
Pre-tensioner seat belt system* (P.1-27)
5. Head restraints (P.1-6)
6. Child restraint anchor points (for top tether strap
child restraint)* (P. 1-13)
7. Supplemental side-impact air bags (P.1-19)

0-2 Illustrated table of contents

Condition: 'Except for China'/China/ [ Edit: 2013/ 8/ 2 Model: L33-A ]


Black plate (7,1)

EXTERIOR FRONT
L33-A-121009-9936312F-62FF-406D-B082-0B9A186EE902
10. Headlights
Switch operation (P.2-20)
Bulb replacement (P.8-22)
11. Headlight cleaner* (P.2-23)
12. Clearance lights, turn signal lights and fog lights*
Switch operation (P.2-20, P.2-23)
Bulb replacement (P.8-22)
13. Parking sensor* (P.5-21)
14. Recovery hook (P.6-8)
*: if equipped

JVC0530X

1. Power windows (P.2-25) Door locks (P.3-3)


2. Sunroof* (P.2-27) Intelligent Key system (P.3-5)
3 Windshield wiper and washer Security system (P.3-11)
Switch operation (P.2-23) 7. Side turn signal light (P.2-22, P.8-22)
Blade replacement (P.8-15) 8. Outside rearview mirrors (P.3-16)
Window washer fluid (P.8-16) Side view camera* (P.4-5)
4 Engine hood (P.3-12) 9. Tires
5. Front view camera* (P.4-5) Tires and wheels (P.8-24, P.9-5)
6. Doors Flat tire (P.6-2)
Keys (P.3-2) Tire placard (P.9-7)

Illustrated table of contents 0-3

Condition: 'Except for China'/China/ [ Edit: 2013/ 8/ 2 Model: L33-A ]


Black plate (8,1)

EXTERIOR REAR
L33-A-121009-E8F55CA3-916C-42CE-996B-FFB94CF96A0A

JVC0509X

1. Rear window 6. Rear combination lights


Rear window defogger (P.2-25) Switch operation (P.2-22)
Antenna (P.4-25) Bulb replacement (P.8-22)
2. High-mounted stop light (P.8-22) 7. Parking sensor* (P.5-21)
3. Trunk lid (P.3-13) 8. Rear view camera* (P.4-2, P.4-5)
Intelligent Key system (P.3-5) *: if equipped
4. Child safety rear door locks (P.3-4)
5. Fuel filler lid
Operation (P.3-14)
Fuel information (P.9-3)

0-4 Illustrated table of contents

Condition: 'Except for China'/China/ [ Edit: 2013/ 8/ 2 Model: L33-A ]


Black plate (9,1)

PASSENGER COMPARTMENT
GUID-45A1005F-A08B-419C-8648-A0729B6F7A14

JVC0508X

1. Inside rearview mirror (P.3-15) switch (drivers side) (P.3-16)


2. Sunglasses holder (P.2-30) 8. Rear personal lights (P.2-32)
3. Map lights (P.2-32) 9. Coat hook (drivers side) (P.2-30)
4. Sunroof* (P.2-27) 10. Console box (P.2-29)
5. Sun visors (P.2-31, P.3-17) Power outlet (P.2-28)
6. Automatic drive positioner* (P.3-17) 11. Rear armrest
7. Door armrest Cup holders (P.2-29)
Power window switch (P.2-25) *: if equipped
Power door lock switch (drivers side) (P.3-3)
Outside rearview mirror remote control

Illustrated table of contents 0-5

Condition: 'Except for China'/China/ [ Edit: 2013/ 8/ 2 Model: L33-A ]


Black plate (10,1)

COCKPIT
GUID-F0DE7CF0-0DF5-4F98-A459-E5E0DDD75198
Vehicle information display control switch
(P.2-11)
9. Steering-wheel-mounted controls (right side)
Cruise control main/set switch* (P.5-17)
Bluetooth Hands-Free Phone System
switch* (P.4-35 or refer to the separate Naviga-
tion System Owners Manual.)
10. Tilting/telescopic steering wheel lock lever
(P.3-15)
11. Warning systems switch* (P.5-12)
12. ECO switch (P.5-18)
13. Rear sunshade switch* (P.2-28)
14. Vehicle Dynamic Control (VDC) OFF switch
(P.5-12)
15. Hood release handle (P.3-12)
16. Fuel filler lid opener handle (P.3-14)
17. Headlight aiming control switch* (P.2-22) or
Rear sunshade switch* (P.2-28)
18. Trunk lid opener (P.3-13)
*: if equipped

JVO0113X

1. Wiper and washer switch (P.2-23) 4. Trip computer reset switch (P.2-5)
2. Steering wheel 5. Instrument brightness control (P.2-6)
Power steering system (P.5-25) 6. Cup holders (P.2-29)
Horn (P.2-25) 7. Shift lever
Drivers supplemental front-impact air bag Driving vehicle (P.5-7)
(P.1-19) Rear view monitor* (P.4-2)
3. Headlight, fog light* and turn signal switch Around View Monitor* (P.4-5)
Headlight (P.2-21) 8. Steering-wheel-mounted controls (left side)
Turn signal (P.2-22) Audio control steering switch (P.4-34)
Fog light* (P.2-23)

0-6 Illustrated table of contents

Condition: 'Except for China'/China/ [ Edit: 2013/ 8/ 2 Model: L33-A ]


Black plate (11,1)

INSTRUMENT PANEL
GUID-7384C001-5132-4D86-84ED-9C1109BE9391
Maintenance (P.8-12)
13. Brake pedal
Brake system (P.5-25)
Maintenance (P.8-12)
14. Fuse box cover (P.8-20)
*: if equipped
**: Refer to the separate Navigation System Own-
ers Manual (if equipped).

JVC0506X

1. Passengers front-impact air bag (P.1-19) 7. Side ventilator (P.4-14)


2. Audio system (P.4-18) or center display** 8. Glove box (P.2-29)
Rear view monitor* (P.4-2) 9. Heater/air conditioner control (P.4-15)
Around View Monitor* (P.4-5) Defogger switch (P.2-25)
Navigation system** 10. Power outlet (P.2-28)/USB port* (P.4-31)/iPod
3. Hazard indicator flasher switch (P.6-2) connector* (P.4-32)
4. Center ventilator (P.4-14) 11. Push-button ignition switch (P.5-4)
5. Paddle shifter* (P.5-8) 12. Parking brake
6. Meters and gauges (P.2-4) Operation (P.3-17)
Parking (P.5-19)

Illustrated table of contents 0-7

Condition: 'Except for China'/China/ [ Edit: 2013/ 8/ 2 Model: L33-A ]


Black plate (12,1)

METERS AND GAUGES


L33-A-121009-268C6CF4-0BA7-4628-8168-3BA6BD56BE94

JVO0087X

1. Tachometer (P.2-5) 5. Engine coolant temperature gauge (P.2-5)


2. Warning/indicator lights (P.2-7) 6. Odometer/twin trip odometer (P.2-5)/Continu-
3. Vehicle information display (P.2-11) ously Variable Transmission (CVT) position
indicator (P.2-5, P.5-7)
Vehicle information display warnings and
indicators (P.2-17) 7. Fuel gauge (P.2-5)
ECO mode system (P.5-18)
Startup display (P.2-12)
Settings (P.2-12)
4. Speedometer (P.2-4)

0-8 Illustrated table of contents

Condition: 'Except for China'/China/ [ Edit: 2013/ 8/ 2 Model: L33-A ]


Black plate (13,1)

ENGINE COMPARTMENT
L33-A-121009-91C1C782-A6B9-4C29-B7A3-F8412C251D10

VQ35DE ENGINE MODEL


GUID-414718E7-C449-4C93-BFDA-48F0BBC265B2

JVC0513X

1. Power steering fluid reservoir (P.8-14) 8. Radiator cap (P.8-7)


2. Engine coolant reservoir (P.8-7) Vehicle overheat (P.6-7)
3. Brake fluid reservoir (P.8-13) 9. Engine oil dipstick (P.8-8)
4. Engine oil filler cap (P.8-9) 10. Battery (P.8-17)
5. Air cleaner (P.8-14) Jump starting (P.6-5)
6. Window washer fluid reservoir (P.8-16) 11. Fuse/fusible link box (P.8-19)
7. Engine drive belt location (P.8-11)

Illustrated table of contents 0-9

Condition: 'Except for China'/China/ [ Edit: 2013/ 8/ 2 Model: L33-A ]


Black plate (14,1)

QR25DE ENGINE MODEL


L33-A-121009-A3FD6B45-EA19-443F-865A-9BA1FBBFAB0E

JVC0511X

1. Power steering fluid reservoir (P.8-14) 9. Radiator filler cap (P.8-7)


2. Engine coolant reservoir (P.8-7) Vehicle overheat (P.6-7)
3. Brake fluid reservoir (P.8-13) 10. Engine oil dipstick (P.8-8)
4. Engine oil filler cap (P.8-9) 11. Battery (P.8-17)
5. Air cleaner (P.8-14) Jump starting (P.6-5)
6. Fuse/fusible link box (P.8-19)
7. Window washer fluid reservoir (P.8-16)
8. Engine drive belt location (P.8-11)

0-10 Illustrated table of contents

Condition: 'Except for China'/China/ [ Edit: 2013/ 8/ 2 Model: L33-A ]


Black plate (15,1)

MR20DE ENGINE MODEL


L33-A-121009-6F5CDFAC-B613-4876-BABD-5CCD5A5F253A

JVC0512X

1. Power steering fluid reservoir (P.8-14) 9. Engine drive belt location (P.8-11)
2. Engine coolant reservoir (P.8-7) 10. Engine oil dipstick (P.8-8)
3. Brake fluid reservoir (P.8-13) 11. Battery (P.8-17)
4. Engine oil filler cap (P.8-9) Jump starting (P.6-5)
5. Air cleaner (P.8-14)
6. Fuse/fusible link box (P.8-19)
7. Window washer fluid reservoir (P.8-16)
8. Radiator cap (P.8-7)
Vehicle overheat (P.6-7)

Illustrated table of contents 0-11

Condition: 'Except for China'/China/ [ Edit: 2013/ 8/ 2 Model: L33-A ]


Black plate (16,1)

MEMO

0-12 Illustrated table of contents

Condition: 'Except for China'/China/ [ Edit: 2013/ 8/ 2 Model: L33-A ]


Black plate (17,1)

1 Safety seats, seat belts and supplemental


restraint system
Seats ...........................................................................................................
.... 1-2 Center mark on seat belts .... ........................................................ 1-10
Front seats ..........................................................................................
.... 1-2 Three-point type seat belts .......................................................
.... 1-10
Rear seats ...........................................................................................
.... 1-4 Seat belt maintenance ...............................................................
.... 1-11
Armrest ................................................................................................
.... 1-5 Child restraints .....................................................................................
.... 1-12
Head restraints .........................................................................................
.... 1-6 Precautions on child restraint usage ......................................
.... 1-12
Adjustable head restraint components ........................................
.... 1-6 ISOFIX child restraint system ...................................................
.... 1-12
Non-adjustable head restraint components ............................... .... 1-6 Child restraint anchorage ..........................................................
.... 1-13
Remove ................................................................................................
.... 1-6 Child restraint installation using ISOFIX ................................
.... 1-14
Install ....................................................................................................
.... 1-7 Child restraint installation using 3-point type seat belt ..... .... 1-16
Adjust ...................................................................................................
.... 1-7 Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) ..........................................
.... 1-19
Seat belts ..................................................................................................
.... 1-8 Precautions on Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) .... .... 1-19
Precautions on seat belt usage .... .................................................... 1-8 Supplemental air bag systems .................................................
.... 1-24
Child safety .........................................................................................
.... 1-9 SRS air bag deployment conditions .......................................
.... 1-25
Pregnant women ............................................................................
.... 1-10 Pre-tensioner seat belt system ................................................
.... 1-27
Injured persons ...............................................................................
.... 1-10 Repair and replacement procedure ........................................
.... 1-28

Condition: 'Except for China'/China/ [ Edit: 2013/ 8/ 2 Model: L33-A ]


Black plate (18,1)

SEATS
L33-A-121009-18BD8867-DE8C-4585-BEF1-DD984EC9CB4F

SSS0133A

FRONT SEATS
L33-A-121009-85C968F1-A418-40A7-8EBB-06AE500A830F
WARNING:
. Do not drive and/or ride in the vehicle with WARNING:
the seatback reclined. This can be danger- Do not adjust the drivers seat while driving so
ous. The shoulder belt will not be properly that full attention may be given to vehicle
against the body. In an accident, you and operation.
your passengers could be thrown into the
shoulder belt and receive neck or other
Manual seat adjustment
serious injuries. You and your passengers L33-A-121009-D88BFF11-C073-46C1-B896-AB43B3BB4685

could also slide under the lap belt and


WARNING:
receive serious injuries.
. For the most effective protection while the After adjusting a seat, gently shake the seat to
vehicle is in motion, the seatback should be confirm that the seat is locked securely. If the
upright. Always sit well back in the seat and seat is not locked securely, it may move
adjust the seat properly. (See Seat belts suddenly and could cause the loss of control of
(P.1-8).) the vehicle.

CAUTION:
When adjusting the seat positions, be sure not
to contact any moving parts to avoid possible
injuries and/or damages.

1-2 Safety seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system

Condition: 'Except for China'/China/ [ Edit: 2013/ 8/ 2 Model: L33-A ]


Black plate (19,1)

SSS0724

Forward and backward:


GUID-9E14C2E6-2E9C-4731-980B-C45B899B977B Power seat adjustment
L33-A-121009-9906F271-D106-49F6-81F7-DF9101013620
1. Pull up the adjusting lever *1 .
WARNING:
2. Slide the seat to the desired position.
3. Release the adjusting lever to lock the seat in Never leave children or adults who would
position. normally require the support of others alone in
the vehicle. Pets should not be left alone either.
Reclining: GUID-9E14C2E6-2E9C-4731-980B-C45B899B977B They could unknowingly activate switches or
1. Pull up the adjusting lever *2 . controls and inadvertently become involved in a
2. Tilt the seatback to the desired position. serious accident and injure themselves.
3. Release the adjusting lever to lock the seatback in Operating tips: GUID-9E14C2E6-2E9C-4731-980B-C45B899B977B
position.
. The power seat motor has an auto-reset overload
The reclining feature allows the adjustment of the protection circuit. If the motor stops during the
seatback for occupants of different sizes to help obtain seat adjustment, wait 30 seconds, then reactivate
the proper seat belt fit. (See Seat belts (P.1-8).) the switch.
The seatback may be reclined to allow occupants to . To avoid discharge of the battery, do not operate
rest when the vehicle is parked. the power seats for a long period of time when the
Seat lifter (if equipped): engine is not running.
GUID-9E14C2E6-2E9C-4731-980B-C45B899B977B
For automatic seat positioner operation (if equipped),
Pull up or push down the adjusting lever * 3 to adjust
see Automatic drive positioner (P.3-17).
the seat height until the desired position is achieved.

Safety seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1-3

Condition: 'Except for China'/China/ [ Edit: 2013/ 8/ 2 Model: L33-A ]


Black plate (20,1)

. Pull up or push down the adjusting switch to


adjust the seat height until the desired position is
achieved (if equipped).
. Tilt up or down the adjusting switch to adjust the
seat angle until the desired position is achieved.
Lumbar supportGUID-9E14C2E6-2E9C-4731-980B-C45B899B977B
(if equipped):

JVR0054X

Forward and backward:


GUID-9E14C2E6-2E9C-4731-980B-C45B899B977B
Seat lifter (if equipped):
GUID-9E14C2E6-2E9C-4731-980B-C45B899B977B
Move forward or backward the adjusting switch * 1 to
the desired position.
Reclining: GUID-9E14C2E6-2E9C-4731-980B-C45B899B977B
Move forward or backward the adjusting switch * 2 to JVR0056X
the desired position.
The reclining feature allows the adjustment of the The lumbar support feature provides lower back
seatback for occupants of different sizes to help obtain support to the driver.
the proper seat belt fit. (See Seat belts (P.1-8).) Push each side of the adjusting switch * 1 and * 2 to

The seatback may be reclined to allow occupants to adjust the seat lumbar area until the desired position is
rest when the vehicle is parked. achieved.
JVR0055X
Type A REAR SEATSGUID-D7707B6D-2551-4B57-A39B-3C36B31A7049
Folding GUID-6CA0E8DA-5AEC-4584-9E98-AA0CA592C8DC

WARNING:
. Never allow anyone to ride in the cargo area
or on the rear seat when it is in the fold-
down position. Use of these areas by
passengers without proper restraints could
result in serious injury in an accident or
sudden stop.
JVR0267X
Type B

1-4 Safety seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system

Condition: 'Except for China'/China/ [ Edit: 2013/ 8/ 2 Model: L33-A ]


Black plate (21,1)

. Properly secure all cargo with ropes or To return the seatback:


GUID-9E14C2E6-2E9C-4731-980B-C45B899B977B
straps to help prevent it from sliding or 1. Fold up the rear seatback.
shifting. Do not place cargo higher than the
2. Securely lock the seatback in position.
seatbacks. In a sudden stop or collision,
unsecured cargo could cause personal in- ARMREST
L33-A-121009-989199A5-A9EB-4969-8F94-26AE8B09C1CD
jury.
. When returning the seatbacks to the upright Rear L33-A-121009-4F4938E6-FF99-49EE-8EA5-1B9BB6CEC644
position, be certain they are completely
secured in the latched position. If they are
not completely secured, passengers may be
injured in an accident or sudden stop.
. Closely supervise children when they are
around cars to prevent them from playing
and becoming locked in the trunk where
they could be seriously injured. Keep the car
locked, with the rear seatback and trunk lid
securely latched when not in use, and
prevent childrens access to car keys.

JVR0195X

The rear seatback can be folded according to the


following procedure.
Before folding the seatback:
GUID-9E14C2E6-2E9C-4731-980B-C45B899B977B
. Remove drink containers from the rear cup holder.
To fold the seatback:
GUID-9E14C2E6-2E9C-4731-980B-C45B899B977B SSS0886
1. Open the trunk lid.
The rear center seatback can be folded to make the
2. Pull the strap located on the left and right side of
rear armrest. Fold down the seatback until it becomes
the trunk. The rear seatback will be unlatched.
horizontal.
3. Fold the rear seatback down.

Safety seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1-5

Condition: 'Except for China'/China/ [ Edit: 2013/ 8/ 2 Model: L33-A ]


Black plate (22,1)

HEAD RESTRAINTS
L33-A-121009-9F46CC48-179E-4D38-92F3-B4FF1FEE5E49
ADJUSTABLE HEAD RESTRAINT COMPO- 2. Single notch
WARNING:
NENTS GUID-F3A65286-93E8-4D14-A2D5-703365D47467 3. Lock knob
Head restraints supplement the other vehicle
4. Stalks
safety systems. They may provide additional
protection against injury in certain rear end REMOVE GUID-C936CA30-6028-443A-AA34-6D7719F454AF
collisions. Adjustable head restraints must be
adjusted properly, as specified in this section.
Check the adjustment after someone else uses
the seat. Do not attach anything to the head
restraint stalks or remove the head restraint. Do
not use the seat if the head restraint has been
removed. If the head restraint was removed,
reinstall and properly adjust the head restraint
before an occupant uses the seating position. SSS0992
Failure to follow these instructions can reduce
1. Removable head restraint
the effectiveness of the head restraint. This may
increase the risk of serious injury or death in a 2. Multiple notches SSS1037
collision. 3. Lock knob
Use the following procedure to remove the head
. Your vehicle is equipped with a head restraint that 4. Stalks restraint.
may be integrated, adjustable or non-adjustable. NON-ADJUSTABLE HEAD RESTRAINT 1. Pull the head restraint up to the highest position.
. Adjustable head restraints have multiple notches COMPONENTS 2. Push and hold the lock knob.
GUID-BD91B4DC-F0DE-4B8D-A4B4-92312A294B82
along the stalk to lock them in a desired
adjustment position. 3. Remove the head restraint from the seat.
. The non-adjustable head restraints have single 4. Store the head restraint properly in a secure place
locking notch to secure them to the seat frame. so it is not loose in the vehicle.
. Proper Adjustment: 5. Reinstall and properly adjust the head restraint
For the adjustable type, align the head restraint before an occupant uses the seating position.
so the center of your ear is approximately level
with the center of the head restraint.
If your ear position is still higher than the
recommended alignment, place the head
restraint at the highest position. JVR0203X
. If the head restraint has been removed, ensure
that it is reinstalled and locked in place before 1. Removable head restraint
riding in that designated seating position.

1-6 Safety seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system

Condition: 'Except for China'/China/ [ Edit: 2013/ 8/ 2 Model: L33-A ]


Black plate (23,1)

INSTALL GUID-2CDC6030-E49D-4BE0-9201-0E4F22D499C0
For adjustable head restraint Make sure the head restraint is positioned from the
Adjust the head restraint so the center is level with the stored position or any non-latch position so the lock
center of your ears. If your ear position is still higher knob is engaged in the notch before riding in that
than the recommended alignment, place the head designated seating position.
restraint at the highest position. Lower GUID-7FB30D6B-6AD8-45F4-BD51-50A7964811BF

SSS1038

1. Align the head restraint stalks with the holes in the


seat. Make sure that the head restraint is facing
the correct direction. The stalk with the adjustment
JVR0259X
notch * 1 must be installed in the hole with the SSS1036
lock knob * 2 . For non-adjustable head restraint To lower, push and hold the lock knob and push the
2. Push and hold the lock knob and push the head Make sure the head restraint is positioned from the head restraint down.
restraint down. stored position or any non-latch position so the lock Make sure the head restraint is positioned so the lock
3. Properly adjust the head restraint before an knob is engaged in the notch before riding in that knob is engaged in the notch before riding in that
occupant uses the seating position. designated seating position. designated seating position.
ADJUSTL33-A-121009-7DD10CEA-6E14-41AB-A788-7E77D9E53719 Raise GUID-D72E2B33-83F3-4DDF-B7E9-9F051E7ED547

SSS0997 SSS1035

To raise the head restraint, pull it up.

Safety seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1-7

Condition: 'Except for China'/China/ [ Edit: 2013/ 8/ 2 Model: L33-A ]


Black plate (24,1)

SEAT BELTS
L33-A-121009-02A01F02-FF7E-47A0-BAE4-8459B337122A

PRECAUTIONS ON SEAT BELT USAGE


L33-A-121009-0ACE675E-596A-48F6-83E5-62CAFAD8A630
If you are wearing the seat belt properly adjusted and
sitting upright and well back in the seat, chances of
being injured or killed in an accident and/or the severity
of injury may be greatly reduced. NISSAN strongly
encourages you and all of your passengers to buckle
up every time you drive, even if your seating position
includes the supplemental air bag systems.

SSS0134A

SSS0136A

SSS0014 SSS0016

1-8 Safety seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system

Condition: 'Except for China'/China/ [ Edit: 2013/ 8/ 2 Model: L33-A ]


Black plate (25,1)

. Do not put the belt behind your back or . Once the pre-tensioner seat belt has acti-
WARNING:
under your arm. Always route the shoulder vated, it cannot be reused. It must be
. Seatbelts are designed to bear upon the belt over your shoulder and across your replaced together with the retractor. Contact
bony structure of the body, and should be chest. The belt should be away from your a NISSAN dealer.
worn low across the front of the pelvis or the face and neck, but not falling off your . Removal and installation of the pre-ten-
pelvis, chest and shoulders, as applicable; shoulder. Serious injury may occur if a seat sioner seat belt system components should
wearing the lap section of the belt across belt is not worn properly. be done by a NISSAN dealer.
the abdominal area must be avoided. Ser- . No modifications or additions should be
ious injury may occur if a seat belt is not made by the user which will either prevent CHILD SAFETY
L33-A-121009-B5648D61-1516-415B-9FF4-2BFA4FC7CD59
worn properly. the seat belt adjusting devices from operat-
. Position the lap belt as low and snug as ing to remove slack, or prevent the seat belt WARNING:
possible around the hips, not the waist. A assembly from being adjusted to remove
. Infants and children need special protection.
lap belt worn too high could increase the slack.
The vehicles seat belts may not fit them
risk of internal injuries in an accident. . Care should be taken to avoid contamina- properly. The shoulder belt may come too
. Do not allow more than one person to use tion of the webbing with polishes, oils and close to the face or neck. The lap belt may
the same seat belt. Each belt assembly must chemicals, and particularly battery acid. not fit over their small hipbones. In an
only be used by one occupant; it is danger- Cleaning may safely be carried out using accident, an improperly fitted seat belt could
ous to put a belt around a child being carried mild soap and water. The belt should be cause serious or fatal injury.
on the occupants lap. replaced if webbing becomes frayed, con-
. Always use an appropriate child restraint
. Never carry more people in the vehicle than taminated or damaged.
system.
there are seat belts. . All seat belt assemblies including retractors
and attaching hardware should be inspected Children need adults to help protect them. They need
. Never wear seat belts inside out. Belts to be properly restrained. The proper restraint depends
should not be worn with straps twisted. after any collision by a NISSAN dealer.
NISSAN recommends that all seat belt on the childs size.
Doing so may reduce their effectiveness.
assemblies in use during a collision be
. Seatbelts should be adjusted as firmly as Infants and small children
replaced unless the collision was minor L33-A-121009-DF6A9362-8675-4179-AF50-A58D9E8B014F
possible, consistent with comfort, to provide and the belts show no damage and continue
the protection for which they have been to operate properly. Seat belt assemblies
designed. A slack belt will greatly reduce the not in use during a collision should also be
protection afforded to the wearer. inspected and, when necessary, replaced if
. Every person who drives or rides in this either damage or improper operation is
vehicle should use a seat belt at all times. noted.
Children should be properly restrained in the . It is essential to replace the entire assembly
rear seat and, if appropriate, in a child after it has been worn in a severe impact
restraint system. even if damage to the assembly is not
obvious.
SSS0099

Safety seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1-9

Condition: 'Except for China'/China/ [ Edit: 2013/ 8/ 2 Model: L33-A ]


Black plate (26,1)

NISSAN recommends that infants and small children PREGNANT WOMEN


L33-A-121009-8535DF19-E4B9-4E3F-B551-D63E7FD8DAD4
THREE-POINT TYPE SEAT BELTS
L33-A-121009-E90D906F-7179-483F-A8CE-2939112EA9C1
be seated in a child restraint system. You should NISSAN recommends that pregnant women use seat
choose a child restraint system that fits your vehicle belts. The seat belt should be worn snug, and always
and the child, and always follow the manufacturers position the lap belt as low as possible around the
instructions for installation and use. hips, not the waist. Place the shoulder belt over your
Large children shoulder and across your chest. Never put the lap/
L33-A-121009-067AF272-0DC0-4EFD-94BE-8AC648273899
shoulder belt over your abdominal area. Contact your
WARNING: doctor for specific recommendations.

. Never allow children to stand or kneel on INJUREDL33-A-121009-CDE57920-066D-4D92-8F4B-61FBBC88D6FD


PERSONS
any seats. NISSAN recommends that injured persons use seat
. Never allow children in the cargo areas while belts. Contact your doctor for specific recommenda-
SSS0292
the vehicle is moving. A child could be tions.
seriously injured in an accident or sudden
CENTERL33-A-121009-57A582CC-0CDE-4B48-87D9-BDB5FB699519
MARK ON SEAT BELTS WARNING:
stop.
Children who are too large for a child restraint system
SelectingL33-A-121009-F2530D75-E5EC-47BC-A377-E96B24C3957D
correct set of seat belts Every person who drives or rides in this vehicle
should be seated and restrained by the seat belts that should use a seat belt at all times.
are provided.
Fastening seat belts
If the childs seating position has a shoulder belt that L33-A-121009-C84F842D-6816-45B0-82BC-0F755E0DFEAC

fits close to the face or neck, the use of a booster seat


WARNING:
(commercially available) may help overcome this. The
booster seat should raise the child so that the shoulder The seatback should not be in a reclined
belt is properly positioned across the top, middle position any more than needed for comfort. Seat
portion of the shoulder and the lap belt is low on the belts are most effective when the passenger sits
hips. The booster seat should also fit the vehicle seat. well back and straight up in the seat.
Once the child has grown so that the shoulder belt is
no longer on or near the face or neck of the child, use SSS0671 1. Adjust the seat. (See Seats (P.1-2).)
the shoulder belt without the booster seat. In addition, 2. Slowly pull the seat belt out of the retractor and
there are many types of child restraint systems The center seat belt buckle is identified by the insert the tongue into the buckle until you hear and
available for larger children that should be used for CENTER mark. The center seat belt tongue can be feel the latch engage.
maximum protection. fastened only into the center seat belt buckle.
. The retractor is designed to lock during a
sudden stop or on impact. A slow pulling
motion permits the seat belt to move, and
allows you some freedom of movement in
the seat.

1-10 Safety seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system

Condition: 'Except for China'/China/ [ Edit: 2013/ 8/ 2 Model: L33-A ]


Black plate (27,1)

. If the seat belt cannot be pulled from its


WARNING: CheckingL33-A-121009-8A88E1D7-0503-491C-8881-957627E5AE03
seat belt operation
fully retracted position, firmly pull the belt
Seat belt retractors are designed to lock seat belt
and release it. Then smoothly pull the belt . The shoulder belt anchor height should be movement:
out of the retractor. adjusted to the position best for you. Failure
to do so may reduce the effectiveness of the . When the seat belt is pulled quickly from the
entire restraint system and increase the retractor.
chance or severity of injury in an accident. . When the vehicle slows down rapidly.
. The shoulder belt should rest on the middle To increase your confidence in the seat belts, check
of the shoulder. It must not rest against the the operation by grasping the shoulder belt and pulling
neck. forward quickly. The retractor should lock and restrict
further belt movement. If the retractor does not lock
. Be sure that the seat belt is not twisted in during this check, contact a NISSAN dealer immedi-
any way. ately.
. Be sure that the shoulder belt anchor is
secured by trying to move the shoulder belt SEAT BELT MAINTENANCE
L33-A-121009-7F37C59E-8849-4E54-AB60-A70E8CF21156
SSS0467 Periodically check that the seat belt and all the metal
anchor up and down after adjustment.
3. Position the lap belt portion low and snug on the components, such as buckles, tongues, retractors,
The shoulder belt anchor height should be adjusted to
hips as shown. flexible wires and anchors, work properly. If loose parts,
the position best for you. deterioration, cuts or other damage on the seat belt
4. Pull the shoulder belt portion toward the retractor The belt should be away from your face and neck, but webbing is found, the entire seat belt assembly should
to take up extra slack. Be sure the shoulder belt is not falling off your shoulder. be replaced.
routed over your shoulder and is snug across your
To adjust, pull out the release button *
1 and move the If dirt builds up in the shoulder belt guide of the seat
chest.
shoulder belt anchor to the proper position *
2 , so that belt anchors, the seat belts may retract slowly. Wipe
Shoulder belt height adjustment (for front the belt passes over the center of the shoulder. the shoulder belt guide with a clean, dry cloth.
seats) L33-A-121009-DB4FA7E4-7AFB-40A5-998A-C87D450CC231 Release the button to lock the shoulder belt anchor To clean the seat belt webbing, apply a mild soap
into position. solution or any solution recommended for cleaning
upholstery or carpet. Then wipe with a cloth and allow
Unfastening seat belts
L33-A-121009-6B2FCB5C-0ECC-4CC5-85C2-56DC96048B32 the seat belts to dry in the shade. Do not allow the seat
Push the button on the buckle. The seat belt belts to retract until they are completely dry.
automatically retracts.

SSS0351A

Safety seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1-11

Condition: 'Except for China'/China/ [ Edit: 2013/ 8/ 2 Model: L33-A ]


Black plate (28,1)

CHILD RESTRAINTS
L33-A-121009-40095FB4-959D-40CC-8C8C-A53C651F2481
serious injury or death in an accident. device and if it is not used, injuries could
PRECAUTIONS ON CHILD RESTRAINT result from a child restraint tipping over
USAGE L33-A-121009-008AB0E5-0DF0-477B-8A23-DE796F025B15 . Follow all of the child restraint manufac-
turers instructions for installation and use. during normal vehicle braking or cornering.
When purchasing a child restraint, be sure to
select one which will fit your child and CAUTION:
vehicle. It may not be possible to properly
Remember that a child restraint left in a closed
install some types of child restraint in your
vehicle can become very hot. Check the seating
vehicle.
surface and buckles before placing your child in
. The direction of the child restraint, either a child restraint.
front-facing or rear-facing, depends on the
type of the child restraint and the size of the NISSAN recommends that infants and small children
child. Refer to the child restraint manufac- be seated in a child restraint. You should choose a
turers instructions for details. child restraint that fits your vehicle and always follow
SSS0099 the manufacturers instructions for installation and use.
. After attaching a child restraint, test it
before you place the child in it. Push it from In addition, there are many types of child restraints
WARNING: side to side and tug it forward to make sure available for larger children that should be used for
that it is held securely in place. The child maximum protection.
. Infants and small children should always be
restraint should not move more than 25 mm ISOFIX CHILD RESTRAINT SYSTEM
placed in an appropriate child restraint while L33-A-121009-80F0EFB1-A98F-486F-B723-0BADA5924973
(1 in). If the restraint is not secure, tighten
riding in the vehicle. Failure to use a child Your vehicle is equipped with special anchor points
the belt as necessary, or install the restraint
restraint can result in serious injury or death. that are used with ISOFIX child restraint systems.
in another seat and test it again.
. Infants and small children should never be
carried on your lap. It is not possible for even
. When the child restraint is not in use, keep it ISOFIX L33-A-121009-F9376EB7-B5AE-4AAD-92B4-D6B4B7CBBABE
lower anchor point locations
secured with the ISOFIX child restraint The ISOFIX anchor points are provided to install child
the strongest adult to resist the forces of a
system or a seat belt to prevent it from restraints in the rear outboard seating positions only.
severe accident. The child could be crushed
being thrown around in case of a sudden Do not attempt to install a child restraint in the
between the adult and parts of the vehicle.
stop or accident. center position using the ISOFIX anchors.
Also, do not put the same seat belt around
both your child and yourself. . Never install a rear-facing child restraint on
the front passengers seat when the front
. NISSAN recommends that the child re-
passengers air bag is available. Supple-
straints be installed in the rear seat. Accord-
mental front-impact air bags inflate with
ing to accident statistics, children are safer
great force. A rear-facing child restraint
when properly restrained in the rear seat
could be struck by the supplemental front-
than in the front seat.
impact air bags in an accident and could
. Improper use or improper installation of a seriously injure or kill your child.
child restraint can increase the risk or
. If the seat belt in the position where a child
severity of injury for both the child and other
restraint is installed requires a locking
occupants of the vehicle and can lead to

1-12 Safety seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system

Condition: 'Except for China'/China/ [ Edit: 2013/ 8/ 2 Model: L33-A ]


Black plate (29,1)

ISOFIX child restraint anchor attachments


L33-A-121009-A537A246-8345-49B4-A12E-7D8DFF3A3757
CHILD RESTRAINT ANCHORAGE
L33-A-121009-3CF58FA0-110F-48B6-BD3E-0AA5FB83E437
Your vehicle is designed to accommodate a child
restraint system on the rear seat. When installing a
child restraint system, carefully read and follow the
instructions in this manual and those supplied with the
child restraint system.

WARNING:
Child restraint anchorages are designed to
SSS1046
withstand only those loads imposed by correctly
fitted child restraints. Under no circumstances
ISOFIX label location
SSS0644 are they to be used for adult seat belts,
Anchor attachment harnesses or for attaching other items or equip-
ISOFIX child restraints include two rigid attachments ment to the vehicle.
that can be connected to two anchors located in the
seat. With this system, you do not have to use a vehicle Anchorage location
L33-A-121009-34D2E2A2-A0AB-483B-9974-1D7751B4E0E5
seat belt to secure the child restraint. Check your child
restraint for a label stating that it is compatible with the
ISOFIX child restraints. This information may also be in
the instructions provided by the child restraint manu-
facturer.
ISOFIX child restraints generally require the use of a
SSS0637 top tether strap or other anti-rotation devices such as
ISOFIX lower anchor location support legs. When installing ISOFIX child restraints,
The ISOFIX anchors are located at the rear of the seat carefully read and follow the instructions in this manual
cushion near the seatback. A label is attached to the and those supplied with the child restraints. (See
seatback to help you locate the ISOFIX anchors. Child restraint installation using ISOFIX (P.1-14).)
JVR0200X
Except for Australia and New Zealand

Safety seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1-13

Condition: 'Except for China'/China/ [ Edit: 2013/ 8/ 2 Model: L33-A ]


Black plate (30,1)

secured properly. Installation on rear outboard seats


L33-A-121009-42D6FB04-48DD-4F99-87C3-B55F2FB75396
. Inspect the lower anchors by inserting your Front-facing: GUID-9E14C2E6-2E9C-4731-980B-C45B899B977B
fingers into the lower anchor area and
feeling to make sure there are no obstruc-
tions over the ISOFIX anchors, such as seat
belt webbing or seat cushion material. The
child restraint will not be secured properly if
the ISOFIX anchors are obstructed.
. Child restraint anchorages are designed to
withstand only those loads imposed by
JVR0277X correctly fitted child restraints. Under no
For Australia and New Zealand circumstance are they to be used for adult
The anchor points are located under the anchorage seat belts, harnesses or for attaching other
cover on the rear parcel shelf finisher. SSS0646A
items or equipment to the vehicle.
Front-facing: Steps 1 and 2
Position the top tether strap between the head
Be sure to follow the manufacturers instructions for
restraint and the seatback and secure it to the tether
the proper use of your child restraint. Follow these
anchorage that provides the straightest installation.
steps to install a front-facing child restraint on the rear
Tighten the tether strap according to the manufac-
outboard seats using ISOFIX:
turers instruction to remove any slack.
1. Position the child restraint on the seat *
1 .
CHILD RESTRAINT INSTALLATION USING 2. Secure the child restraint anchor attachments to
ISOFIX L33-A-121009-EC610055-99A2-4018-9558-F293B2A8A7E9 the ISOFIX lower anchors * 2 .

WARNING: 3. The back of the child restraint should be secured


against the vehicle seatback.
. Attach ISOFIX child restraints only at the
specified locations. For the ISOFIX lower
anchor locations, see ISOFIX child restraint
system (P.1-12). If a child restraint is not
secured properly, your child could be ser-
iously injured or killed in an accident.
. Do not install child restraints that require the
use of a top tether strap to seating positions
that do not have a top tether anchor.
. Do not secure a child restraint in the center
rear seating position using the ISOFIX lower SSS0754A
anchors. The child restraint will not be Front-facing: Step 4

1-14 Safety seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system

Condition: 'Except for China'/China/ [ Edit: 2013/ 8/ 2 Model: L33-A ]


Black plate (31,1)

4. Shorten the rigid attachment to have the child Rear-facing: GUID-9E14C2E6-2E9C-4731-980B-C45B899B977B


seat cushion and seatback.
restraint firmly tightened; press downward * 3
4. If the child restraint is equipped with a top tether
and rearward * 4 firmly in the center of the child
strap, route the top tether strap and secure the
restraint with your knee to compress the vehicle tether strap to the tether anchor point. (See Child
seat cushion and seatback. restraint anchorage (P.1-13).)
5. If the child restraint is equipped with a top tether 5. If the child restraint is equipped with other anti-
strap, route the top tether strap and secure the rotation devices such as support legs, use them
tether strap to the tether anchor point. (See Child instead of the top tether strap following the child
restraint anchorage (P.1-13).) restraint manufacturers instructions.
6. If the child restraint is equipped with other anti-
rotation devices such as support legs, use them
instead of the top tether strap following the child SSS0649A
restraint manufacturers instructions. Rear-facing: Steps 1 and 2
Be sure to follow the manufacturers instructions for
the proper use of your child restraint. Follow these
steps to install a rear-facing child restraint on the rear
outboard seats using ISOFIX:
1. Position the child restraint on the seat *
1 .

2. Secure the child restraint anchor attachments to


the ISOFIX lower anchors * 2 . SSS0757A
Rear-facing: Step 6
6. Test the child restraint before you place the child
in it *
5 . Push the child restraint from side to side
SSS0755A and tug it forward to make sure that it is held
Front-facing: Step 7 securely in place.
7. Test the child restraint before you place the child 7. Check to make sure that the child restraint is
in it *
5 . Push the child restraint from side to side
properly secured prior to each use. If the child
and tug it forward to make sure that it is held restraint is loose, repeat steps 3 through 6.
securely in place.
8. Check to make sure that the child restraint is
properly secured prior to each use. If the child SSS0756A
restraint is loose, repeat steps 3 through 7.
Rear-facing: Step 3
3. Shorten the rigid attachment to have the child
restraint firmly tightened; press downward * 3
and rearward * 4 firmly in the center of the child
restraint with your hand to compress the vehicle

Safety seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1-15

Condition: 'Except for China'/China/ [ Edit: 2013/ 8/ 2 Model: L33-A ]


Black plate (32,1)

CHILD RESTRAINT INSTALLATION USING 2. Route the seat belt tongue through the child 5. Test the child restraint before you place the child
3-POINTL33-A-121009-69C7CC4F-9441-4B39-9FB3-009D9128650E
TYPE SEAT BELT restraint and insert it into the buckle *
2 until you in it *
5 . Push the child restraint from side to side
hear and feel the latch engage. and tug it forward to make sure that it is held
Installation on rear seats
L33-A-121009-8ECFA200-03F0-4930-8350-8DD2E1757D6B 3. To prevent slack in the seat belt webbing, it is securely in place.
Front-facing: GUID-9E14C2E6-2E9C-4731-980B-C45B899B977B
necessary to secure the seat belt in place with 6. Check to make sure that the child restraint is
locking devices attached to the child restraint. properly secured prior to each use. If the child
restraint is loose, repeat steps 3 through 5.
Rear-facing: GUID-9E14C2E6-2E9C-4731-980B-C45B899B977B

SSS0758A
Step 1 SSS0647A
Be sure to follow the manufacturers instructions for Step 4
the proper use of your child restraint. Follow these 4. Remove any additional slack from the seat belt; SSS0759A
steps to install a front-facing child restraint on the rear press downward * 3 and rearward * 4 firmly in
Step 1
seats using 3-point type seat belt without automatic the center of the child restraint with your knee to Be sure to follow the manufacturers instructions for
locking mode: compress the vehicle seat cushion and seatback the proper use of your child restraint. Follow these
1. Position the child restraint on the seat *
1 . while pulling up on the seat belt. steps to install a rear-facing child restraint on the rear
seats using 3-point type seat belt without automatic
locking mode:
1. Position the child restraint on the seat *
1 .

SSS0493A SSS0638A
Step 2 Step 5

1-16 Safety seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system

Condition: 'Except for China'/China/ [ Edit: 2013/ 8/ 2 Model: L33-A ]


Black plate (33,1)

SSS0654A SSS0658A
Step 2 Step 5
2. Route the seat belt tongue through the child 5. Test the child restraint before you place the child
restraint and insert it into the buckle *
2 until you in it *
5 . Push the child restraint from side to side
hear and feel the latch engage. and tug it forward to make sure that it is held
3. To prevent slack in the seat belt webbing, it is securely in place.
necessary to secure the seat belt in place with 6. Check to make sure that the child restraint is
locking devices attached to the child restraint. properly secured prior to each use. If the child
restraint is loose, repeat steps 3 through 5.

SSS0639A
Step 4
4. Remove any additional slack from the seat belt;
press downward * 3 and rearward * 4 firmly in
the center of the child restraint with your hand to
compress the vehicle seat cushion and seatback
while pulling up on the seat belt.

Safety seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1-17

Condition: 'Except for China'/China/ [ Edit: 2013/ 8/ 2 Model: L33-A ]


Black plate (34,1)

Installation on front passengers seat 3. Position the child restraint in the seat.
L33-A-121009-8B368645-FDFF-41D0-8CF2-8CE77A67A49D

SSS0300A SSS0360C
Step 4
Front-facing: 4. Route the seat belt tongue through the child
GUID-9E14C2E6-2E9C-4731-980B-C45B899B977B
WARNING: restraint and insert it into the buckle *
3 until you
hear and feel the latch engage.
. Never install a rear-facing child restraint on
the front passengers seat when the front 5. To prevent slack in the seat belt webbing, it is
passengers air bag is available. Supple- necessary to secure the seat belt in place with
mental front-impact air bags inflate with locking devices attached to the child restraint.
great force. A rear-facing child restraint
could be struck by the supplemental front-
impact air bags in an accident and could
seriously injure or kill your child.
. Never install a child restraint with a top
tether strap on the front seat. SSS0627
. NISSAN recommends that a child restraint Steps 1 and 2
be installed on the rear seat. However, if you Be sure to follow the manufacturers instructions for
must install a child restraint on the front the proper use of your child restraint. Follow these
passengers seat, move the passengers seat steps to install a front-facing child restraint on the front
to the rearmost position. passengers seat using 3-point type seat belt without SSS0647B
automatic locking mode: Step 6
. Child restraints for infants must be used in
the rear-facing direction and therefore must 1. Move the seat to the rearmost position *
1 . 6. Remove any additional slack from the seat belt;
not be used on the front passengers seat 2. Adjust the head restraint to its highest position press downward * 4 and rearward * 5 firmly in
the center of the child restraint with your knee to
when the front passengers air bag is avail- *2 .
compress the vehicle seat cushion and seatback
able.
while pulling up on the seat belt.

1-18 Safety seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system

Condition: 'Except for China'/China/ [ Edit: 2013/ 8/ 2 Model: L33-A ]


Black plate (35,1)

SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT
SYSTEM (SRS)
L33-A-121009-8856DC89-886E-4202-AE5E-C7AEFD91CAD0
protection to the lower body. Seat belts should always
PRECAUTIONS ON SUPPLEMENTAL RE- be correctly worn and the occupants should always be
STRAINTL33-A-121009-60FC2972-4697-4A8A-931A-4A87EED5F877
SYSTEM (SRS) seated a suitable distance away from the steering
This Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) section wheel and instrument panel. (See Seat belts (P.1-8).)
contains important information concerning the drivers The air bags inflate quickly in order to help protect the
and passengers supplemental front-impact air bags, occupants. The force of the air bags inflating can
supplemental side-impact air bags, supplemental increase the risk of injury if the occupants are too close
curtain side-impact air bags and pre-tensioner seat to, or are against, the air bag modules during inflation.
belts. The air bags will deflate quickly after deployment.

Supplemental front-impact air bag system The SRS operates only when the ignition switch
L33-A-121009-8CD31616-7BFB-438F-9A3A-A3ECCAC2AAA5 is in the ON or START position.
SSS0302G
This system can help cushion the impact force to the
Step 7 When the ignition switch is in the ON position,
head and chest area of the driver and/or front
7. Test the child restraint before you place the child the SRS air bag warning light illuminates for
passenger in certain frontal collisions. The supple-
in it *
6 . Push the child restraint from side to side about 7 seconds and then turns off. This
mental front-impact air bag is designed to inflate on the
and tug it forward to make sure that it is held indicates that the SRS air bag system is opera-
front where the vehicle is impacted.
securely in place. tional. (See SRS air bag warning light (P.1-23).)
8. Check to make sure that the child restraint is Supplemental side-impact air bag system
L33-A-121009-99D476E7-93C1-4D1B-9C64-81017EE43FA8
properly secured prior to each use. If the child This system can help cushion the impact force to the
restraint is loose, repeat steps 5 through 7. chest and pelvis area of the driver and front passenger
in certain side-impact collisions. The supplemental
side-impact air bag is designed to inflate on the side
where the vehicle is impacted.

Supplemental curtain side-impact air bag


system L33-A-121009-1C7201F7-9B42-493D-8B1B-06F59F4ADC41
This system can help cushion the impact force to the
head of the driver and passengers in front and rear
outboard seating positions in certain side-impact
collisions. The supplemental curtain side-impact air
bag is designed to inflate on the side where the vehicle
is impacted.
The SRS is designed to supplement the accident
protection provided by the drivers and passengers
seat belts and is not designed to substitute for them.
The SRS can help save lives and reduce serious
injuries. However, inflating air bags may cause abra-
sions or other injuries. Air bags do not provide
Safety seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1-19

Condition: 'Except for China'/China/ [ Edit: 2013/ 8/ 2 Model: L33-A ]


Black plate (36,1)

SSS0131A SSS0006

SSS0132A SSS0007

rained, leaning forward, sitting sideways, or


WARNING:
out of position in any way, you and your
. The supplemental front-impact air bags passengers are at greater risk of injury or
ordinarily will not inflate in the event of a death in an accident. You and your passen-
side impact, rear impact, rollover, or lower gers may also receive serious or fatal
severity frontal collision. Always wear the injuries from the supplemental front-impact
seat belts to help reduce the risk or severity air bag if you are up against it when it
of injury in accidents. inflates. Always sit back against the seat-
. The seat belts and the supplemental front- back and as far away as practical from the
impact air bags are most effective when you steering wheel or instrument panel. Always
are sitting well back and upright in the seat. use the seat belts. SSS0008
The front-impact air bags inflate with great
force. If you and your passengers are unrest-

1-20 Safety seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system

Condition: 'Except for China'/China/ [ Edit: 2013/ 8/ 2 Model: L33-A ]


Black plate (37,1)

WARNING:
. Never let children ride unrestrained or
extend their hands or face out of the
window. Do not attempt to hold them in
your lap or arms. Some examples of danger-
ous riding positions are shown in the
illustrations.
. Children may be severely injured or killed
when the supplemental front-impact air
SSS0009 bags, supplemental side-impact air bags, or SSS0140
supplemental curtain side-impact air bags
inflate if they are not properly restrained.
. Never install a rear-facing child restraint
system on the front seat. An inflating
supplemental front-impact air bag could
seriously injure or kill your child. (See Child
restraints (P.1-12).)

SSS0099 SSS0159

SSS0059A

SSS0100 SSS0162

Safety seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1-21

Condition: 'Except for China'/China/ [ Edit: 2013/ 8/ 2 Model: L33-A ]


Black plate (38,1)

always be properly restrained. serious injury to the infant in case of air bag
WARNING:
. Do not use seat covers on the front seat- deployment during a collision.
. The supplemental side-impact air bags and backs. They may interfere with the supple- Type A: GUID-9E14C2E6-2E9C-4731-980B-C45B899B977B
supplemental curtain side-impact air bags mental side-impact air bag inflations.
ordinarily will not inflate in the event of a
front impact, rear impact, rollover, or lower Pre-tensioner GUID-0212D498-FED7-4B79-9AF9-6B7AADF81DD5
seat belt system (if equipped)
severity side collision. Always wear the seat
The pre-tensioner seat belt system may activate with
belts to help reduce the risk or severity of
the supplemental air bag system in certain types of
injury in accidents.
collisions. Working with the seat belt retractor and
. The seat belts and the supplemental side- anchor, it helps tighten the seat belt the instant the
impact air bags and supplemental curtain vehicle becomes involved in certain types of collisions,
side-impact air bags are most effective when helping to restrain front seat occupants. (See Pre-
you are sitting well back and upright in the tensioner seat belt system (P.1-27).)
seat. The supplemental side-impact air bags
and supplemental curtain side-impact air Air bag warning labels
L33-A-121009-96A7D1AB-55EC-467D-865A-E6466B19753A
JVR0260X
bags inflate with great force. If you and your *
1 Air bag warning label (sample)
passengers are unrestrained, leaning for- The label *
1 design varies depending on the model.
ward, sitting sideways, or out of position in
The label warns:
any way, you and your passengers are at
greater risk of injury or death in an accident. Extreme Hazard! Do not use a rearward facing child
restraint on a seat protected by an airbag in front of it!
. Do not allow anyone to place their hands,
legs, or face near the supplemental side- Type B: GUID-9E14C2E6-2E9C-4731-980B-C45B899B977B
impact air bags and supplemental curtain
side-impact air bags on the sides of the
seatback of the front seats or near the side
roof rails. Do not allow anyone sitting in the JVR0049X
front seats or rear outboard seats to extend
their hands out of the windows or lean Warning labels about the supplemental air bag system
against the doors. Some examples of dan- are placed in the vehicle as shown in the illustration.
gerous riding positions are shown in the The warning label * 1 is located on the surface of the
illustrations. drivers and/or passengers sun visor.
. When sitting in the rear seats, do not hold The warning label * 2 is located on the side of the
onto the seatback of the front seats. If the passengers side instrument panel. JVR0243X
supplemental side-impact air bags and sup-
plemental curtain side-impact air bags in- The label(s) warn you not to fit a rear-facing child *
1 Air bag warning label
flate, you may be seriously injured. Be restraint system on the front passenger seat as such a The label *
1 warns:

especially careful with children, who should restraint system used in this position could cause NEVER use a rearward facing child restraint on a seat

1-22 Safety seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system

Condition: 'Except for China'/China/ [ Edit: 2013/ 8/ 2 Model: L33-A ]


Black plate (39,1)

protected by an ACTIVE AIRBAG in front of it, DEATH . The SRS air bag warning light flashes intermit-
or SERIOUS INJURY to the CHILD can occur. tently.
In vehicles equipped with a front-impact passenger air . The SRS air bag warning light does not illuminate
bag system, use a rear-facing child restraint system at all.
only on the rear seats. Under these conditions, the air bag and/or the pre-
When installing a child restraint system in your vehicle, tensioner seat belt systems may not operate properly.
always follow the child restraint system manufacturers They must be checked and repaired. Contact a
instructions for installation. For additional information, NISSAN dealer immediately.
see Child restraints (P.1-12).

SRS air bag warning light


L33-A-121009-95B40408-0D83-4746-A726-7433FD0FEE9A

SPA1097

The supplemental air bag warning light, displaying


in the instrument panel, monitors the circuits for
the air bag systems, pre-tensioner seat belt systems
and all related wiring.
When the ignition switch is in the ON or START
position, the SRS air bag warning light illuminates for
about 7 seconds and then turns off. This indicates that
the SRS air bag systems are operational.
If any of the following conditions occur, the air bag
and/or pre-tensioner seat belt systems need servicing:
. The SRS air bag warning light remains on after
approximately 7 seconds.

Safety seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1-23

Condition: 'Except for China'/China/ [ Edit: 2013/ 8/ 2 Model: L33-A ]


Black plate (40,1)

SUPPLEMENTAL AIR BAG SYSTEMS tems.


L33-A-121009-768CC898-B90C-429B-A8AD-5266C08A2F3F
. Work around and on the supplemental air
bag systems should be done by a NISSAN
dealer. The SRS wiring should not be
modified or disconnected. Unauthorized
electrical test equipment and probing de-
vices should not be used on the supple-
mental air bag systems.
. The SRS wiring harness connectors are
yellow and/or orange for easy identification.
When the air bags inflate, a fairly loud noise may be
JVR0268X heard, followed by the release of smoke. This smoke is
not harmful and does not indicate a fire. Care should
1. Supplemental curtain side-impact air bag mod- . Immediately after inflation, several supple-
ules be taken not to inhale it, as it may cause irritation and
mental air bag system components will be choking. Those with a history of a breathing condition
2. Supplemental side-impact air bag modules hot. Do not touch them: you may severely should get fresh air promptly.
3. Supplemental front-impact air bag modules burn yourself.
4. Crash zone sensor Supplemental front-impact air bag system
. No unauthorized changes should be made L33-A-121009-91C5CE86-CC23-4AF9-9ACA-97772C7138AD
5. Satellite sensors to any components or wiring of the supple- The drivers supplemental front-impact air bag is
6. Pre-tensioner seat belt retractors mental air bag systems. This is to prevent located at the center of the steering wheel. The
7. Supplemental air bag diagnosis sensor unit accidental inflation of the supplemental air passengers supplemental front-impact air bag is
bags or damage to the supplemental air bag located at the instrument panel above the glove box.
8. Lap outer pre-tensioner (drivers and/or passen-
gers side) systems. The supplemental front-impact air bag system is
. Do not make unauthorized changes to your designed to inflate in higher severity frontal collisions,
WARNING: vehicles electrical system, suspension sys- although it may inflate if the forces in another type of
tem, front end structure, and side panels. collision are similar to those of a higher severity frontal
. Do not place any objects on the steering
This could affect proper operation of the impact. It may not inflate in certain frontal collisions.
wheel pad, on the instrument panel, and
supplemental air bag systems. Vehicle damage (or lack of it) is not always an
near the front door finishers and the front
indication of proper supplemental front-impact air
seats. Do not place any objects between any . Tampering with the supplemental air bag bag system operation.
occupants and the steering wheel pad, on systems may result in serious personal
the instrument panel, and near the front injury. Tampering includes changes to the
door finishers and the front seats. Such steering wheel and the instrument panel by
objects may become dangerous projectiles placing materials over the steering wheel
and cause injury if a supplemental air bag pad and above, around or on the instrument
inflates. panel or by installing additional trim materi-
als around the supplemental air bag sys-

1-24 Safety seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system

Condition: 'Except for China'/China/ [ Edit: 2013/ 8/ 2 Model: L33-A ]


Black plate (41,1)

Supplemental side-impact air bag system


L33-A-121009-AE7C0A19-DD92-4348-9F20-4385AF87FF88
SRS AIR BAGGUID-EFC7F5FF-406A-40D1-B218-8BE0A3278B5D
DEPLOYMENT CONDITIONS
The SRS air bags activate in the event of a front or side
impact in which the vehicle occupants may be severely
injured even if they are wearing the seat belts properly.
They may not activate when the crash energy is
absorbed and/or distributed by the vehicle body.
Vehicle damage (or lack of it) is not always an
indication of proper SRS air bag system operation.

When the SRS air bag will deploy


GUID-5B8B01A4-7AB3-4889-9F65-761B345D817D
Supplemental front-impact air bags:
GUID-9E14C2E6-2E9C-4731-980B-C45B899B977B
JVR0193X The supplemental front-impact air bag system is
designed to inflate in higher severity frontal collisions.
The supplemental side-impact air bag is located at the
Some examples are shown in the following illustrations.
outside of the front seats seatbacks.
The supplemental side-impact air bag system is
designed to inflate in higher severity side collisions,
although it may inflate if the forces in another type of
collision are similar to those of a higher severity side
impact. It may not inflate in certain side collisions.
Vehicle damage (or lack of it) is not always an
indication of proper supplemental side-impact air bag
system operation.
JVR0071X
Supplemental curtain side-impact air bag
. Hitting a curb, pavement edge or hard surface at
system L33-A-121009-F3C1BEA9-F19E-49AF-A045-4931C74B95A3 JVR0070X high speed
The supplemental curtain side-impact air bag is . Falling into a deep hole or ditch
located at the roof rails. The supplemental front-impact air bag system will
deploy in the event of an impact which exceeds a 25 . Landing hard on the ground after jumping
The supplemental curtain side-impact air bag system is km/h frontal collision with a solid wall that does not
designed to inflate in higher severity side collisions, move or deform.
although it may inflate if the forces in another type of
collision are similar to those of a higher severity side The supplemental front-impact air bag system may also
impact. It may not inflate in certain side collisions. deploy when the vehicle receives severe damage to
Vehicle damage (or lack of it) is not always an the undercarriage.
indication of proper supplemental curtain side-impact
air bag system operation.

Safety seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1-25

Condition: 'Except for China'/China/ [ Edit: 2013/ 8/ 2 Model: L33-A ]


Black plate (42,1)

Supplemental side-impact and curtain side-im- When the SRSGUID-F05D94A3-8234-4C02-B496-F33E031DC147


air bag is unlikely to deploy . Running under the tail gate of a truck
pact air bags: GUID-9E14C2E6-2E9C-4731-980B-C45B899B977B The SRS air bags may not deploy in cases where the . A frontal offset impact to the guard rails
The supplemental side-impact and curtain side-impact impact is not forceful enough to inflate the SRS air Supplemental side-impact and curtain side-im-
air bag systems are designed to inflate in higher bags. pact air bags: GUID-9E14C2E6-2E9C-4731-980B-C45B899B977B
severity side collisions. Some examples are shown in
For example, if the vehicle strikes an object, such as a
the following illustrations.
parked vehicle or sign pole, which can move or deform
on impact, the SRS air bags are unlikely to deploy.
Supplemental front-impact air bags:
GUID-9E14C2E6-2E9C-4731-980B-C45B899B977B

JVR0076X

JVR0072X . A collision from the side at an angle


(supplemental side-impact air bag system) . A side impact with a two-wheeled vehicle

JVR0074X

. Striking a vehicle of the same class that is parked


. Crashing into a solid utility pole

JVR0073X JVR0077X
(supplemental curtain side-impact air bag system)
. The supplemental side-impact and curtain side- . A collision from the side impacting the vehicle
impact air bags will deploy in the event of a side engine room (trunk)
impact with a normal passenger vehicle that . Vehicle rollover
exceeds at a speed of 25 km/h. JVR0075X

1-26 Safety seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system

Condition: 'Except for China'/China/ [ Edit: 2013/ 8/ 2 Model: L33-A ]


Black plate (43,1)

. Vehicle rollover . Work around or on the pre-tensioner seat


belt system should be done by a NISSAN
Supplemental side-impact and curtain side-im-
dealer. The SRS wiring should not be
pact air bags: GUID-9E14C2E6-2E9C-4731-980B-C45B899B977B
modified or disconnected. Unauthorized
electrical test equipment and probing de-
vices should not be used on the pre-
tensioner seat belt system.
. If you need to dispose of the pre-tensioner
seat belt system, or scrap the vehicle,
contact a NISSAN dealer. Correct pre-ten-
JVR0078X sioner disposal procedures are set forth in
the appropriate NISSAN Service Manual.
. A frontal offset impact to the guard rails Incorrect disposal procedures could cause
. A collision with a pole personal injury.
JVR0080X
When the SRSGUID-6A467980-6F1C-4468-9B97-BD175BF134A8
air bag will not deploy The pre-tensioner system may activate with the
Once the SRS air bag has inflated, the air bag module . A frontal collision with a parked or moving vehicle supplemental air bag system in certain types of
will not function again if your vehicle collides with . A rear collision collisions. Working with the seat belt retractor, it helps
another vehicle or an object. tighten the seat belt when the vehicle becomes
PRE-TENSIONER SEAT BELT SYSTEM
L33-A-121009-80C3FC50-BE55-4013-AADF-FBBF8BAD0906 involved in certain types of collisions, helping to
Other examples where the SRS air bag will not deploy restrain front seat occupants.
are shown in the following illustrations. WARNING:
The pre-tensioner is encased with the front seat belts
Supplemental front-impact air bags:
GUID-9E14C2E6-2E9C-4731-980B-C45B899B977B . The pre-tensioner seat belt cannot be re- retractor and anchor. These seat belts are used the
used after activation. It must be replaced same as conventional seat belts.
together with the retractor and buckle as a When the pre-tensioner seat belt activates, a fairly loud
unit. noise may be heard, followed by the release of smoke.
. If the vehicle becomes involved in a collision This smoke is not harmful and does not indicate a fire.
but the pre-tensioner is not activated, be Care should be taken not to inhale it, as it may cause
sure to have the pre-tensioner system irritation and choking. Those with a history of a
checked and, if necessary, replaced by a breathing condition should get fresh air promptly.
NISSAN dealer.
. No unauthorized changes should be made
to any components or wiring of the pre-
JVR0079X tensioner seat belt system. This is to prevent
accidental activation of the pre-tensioner
. A collision from the side or rear
seat belt or damage to the pre-tensioner
seat belt system.

Safety seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1-27

Condition: 'Except for China'/China/ [ Edit: 2013/ 8/ 2 Model: L33-A ]


Black plate (44,1)

REPAIR AND REPLACEMENT PROCE-


DURE L33-A-121009-E2B60B7B-1FAF-4169-A358-663FE254DA22

WARNING:
. Once the air bags have been inflated, the air
bag modules will not function and must be
replaced. The air bag modules must be
replaced by a NISSAN dealer. The inflated
air bag modules cannot be repaired.
. The air bag systems should be inspected by
a NISSAN dealer if there is any damage to
the front end portion of the vehicle.
. If you need to dispose of the SRS or scrap
the vehicle, contact a NISSAN dealer. Cor-
rect disposal procedures are set forth in the
appropriate NISSAN Service Manual. Incor-
rect disposal procedures could cause perso-
nal injury.
The air bags and pre-tensioner seat belts are designed
to activate on a one-time-only basis. As a reminder,
unless the SRS air bag warning light is damaged, the
SRS air bag warning light remains illuminated after
inflation has occurred. The repair and replacement of
the SRS should be done only by a NISSAN dealer.
When maintenance work is required on the vehicle,
information about the air bags, pre-tensioner seat belts
and related parts should be pointed out to the person
performing the maintenance. The ignition switch
should always be in the LOCK position when working
under the hood or inside the vehicle.

1-28 Safety seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system

Condition: 'Except for China'/China/ [ Edit: 2013/ 8/ 2 Model: L33-A ]


Black plate (45,1)

2 Instruments and controls

Cockpit .......................................................................................................
.... 2-2 Wiper and washer switch ..................................................................
.... 2-23
Instrument panel .... ...................................................................................... 2-3 Windshield wiper and washer switch .................................... .... 2-23 >
Meters and gauges .................................................................................
.... 2-4 Rain-sensing auto wiper system (if equipped) .................... .... 2-24
Speedometer ......................................................................................
.... 2-4 Defogger switch ...................................................................................
.... 2-25
Odometer ............................................................................................
.... 2-5 Horn ....
........................................................................................................ 2-25
Continuously Variable Transmission (CVT) Windows ................................................................................................
.... 2-25
position indicator ...............................................................................
.... 2-5 Power windows ............................................................................
.... 2-25
Tachometer .........................................................................................
.... 2-5 Sunroof (if equipped) .........................................................................
.... 2-27
Engine coolant temperature gauge ..............................................
.... 2-5 Automatic sunroof .......................................................................
.... 2-27
Fuel gauge ..........................................................................................
.... 2-5 Rear sunshade (if equipped) ............................................................
.... 2-28
Instrument brightness control ........................................................
.... 2-6 Power outlet ..........................................................................................
.... 2-28
Warning/indicator lights and audible reminders .............................. .... 2-7 Storages .................................................................................................
.... 2-29
Checking bulbs .... ................................................................................. 2-8 Glove box ......................................................................................
.... 2-29
Warning lights ....................................................................................
.... 2-8 Console box ..................................................................................
.... 2-29
Indicator lights ................................................................................
.... 2-10 Cup holders ..................................................................................
.... 2-29
Audible reminders ..........................................................................
.... 2-11 Sunglasses holder .......................................................................
.... 2-30
Vehicle information display .................................................................
.... 2-11 Coat hook ......................................................................................
.... 2-30
How to use the vehicle information display ............................ .... 2-12 Trunk hooks ...................................................................................
.... 2-30
Startup display ................................................................................
.... 2-12 Map pockets .................................................................................
.... 2-31
Settings ....
............................................................................................ 2-12 Sun visors ..............................................................................................
.... 2-31
Vehicle information display warnings and indicators ............ .... 2-17 Interior lights .... ......................................................................................... 2-31
Headlight and turn signal switch ......................................................
.... 2-20 Interior light switch ......................................................................
.... 2-31
Xenon headlights (if equipped) ..................................................
.... 2-20 Console light (if equipped) .......................................................
.... 2-32
Headlight switch .... ............................................................................ 2-21 Map lights ......................................................................................
.... 2-32
Headlight aiming control ..............................................................
.... 2-22 Rear personal lights ....................................................................
.... 2-32
Battery saver system .....................................................................
.... 2-22 Trunk light ......................................................................................
.... 2-32
Headlight cleaner (if equipped) .... ................................................. 2-22 Vanity mirror light .........................................................................
.... 2-32
Turn signal switch ..........................................................................
.... 2-22 Battery saver system ..................................................................
.... 2-32
Fog light switch (if equipped) ...........................................................
.... 2-23
Front fog lights .... ............................................................................... 2-23

Condition: 'Except for China'/China/ [ Edit: 2013/ 8/ 2 Model: L33-A ]


Black plate (46,1)

COCKPIT
GUID-D59DD6B2-4B56-4AAE-AFDC-7420E919A644
9. Steering-wheel-mounted controls (right side)
Cruise control main/set switch*
Bluetooth Hands-Free Phone System
switch*
10. Tilting/telescopic steering wheel lever
11. Warning systems switch*
12. ECO switch
13. Rear sunshade switch*
14. Vehicle Dynamic Control (VDC) OFF switch
15. Hood release handle
16. Fuel filler lid opener handle
17. Headlight aiming control switch* or Rear sun-
shade switch*
18. Trunk lid opener
*: if equipped

JVO0113X

1. Wiper and washer switch 4. Trip computer reset switch


2. Steering wheel 5. Instrument brightness control
Power steering system 6. Cup holders
Horn 7. Shift lever
Drivers supplemental front-impact air bag Driving vehicle
3. Headlight, fog light* and turn signal switch Rear view monitor*
Headlight Around View Monitor*
Turn signal 8. Steering-wheel-mounted controls (left side)
Fog light* Audio control steering switch
Vehicle information display control switch

2-2 Instruments and controls

Condition: 'Except for China'/China/ [ Edit: 2013/ 8/ 2 Model: L33-A ]


Black plate (47,1)

INSTRUMENT PANEL
GUID-A67DFA8B-EB82-41F3-8CE4-56FEFCEDC724
*: if equipped
**: Refer to the separate Navigation System Own-
ers Manual (if equipped).

JVC0506X

1. Passengers front-impact air bag 7. Side ventilator


2. Audio system or center display** 8. Glove box
Rear view monitor* 9. Heater/air conditioner control
Around View Monitor* Defogger switch
Navigation system** 10. Power outlet/USB connector*/iPod connector*
3. Hazard indicator flasher switch 11. Push-button ignition switch
4. Center ventilator 12. Parking brake
5. Paddle shifter* 13. Brake pedal
6. Meters and gauges 14. Fuse box cover

Instruments and controls 2-3

Condition: 'Except for China'/China/ [ Edit: 2013/ 8/ 2 Model: L33-A ]


Black plate (48,1)

METERS AND GAUGES


L33-A-121009-C226732B-02C9-482F-B1E5-28897FCDCC26
SPEEDOMETER
L33-A-121009-75E5877F-E60E-4DEE-A68A-8C9EBC1EF411

SIC3950

The speedometer indicates the vehicle speed.

JVO0087X

1. Tachometer 5. Engine coolant temperature gauge


2. Warning/indicator lights 6. Odometer/twin trip odometer/Continuously Vari-
3. Vehicle information display able Transmission (CVT) position indicator
Vehicle information display warnings and 7. Fuel gauge
indicators
ECO mode system
Startup display
Settings
4. Speedometer

2-4 Instruments and controls

Condition: 'Except for China'/China/ [ Edit: 2013/ 8/ 2 Model: L33-A ]


Black plate (49,1)

ODOMETER
L33-A-121009-4372DB0A-82BE-44DA-8F27-57FB0E7ECEDD
CONTINUOUSLY VARIABLE TRANSMIS- The engine coolant temperature gauge indicates the
SION (CVT) POSITION INDICATOR engine coolant temperature.
Odometer/Twin trip odometer L33-A-121009-A3DC356E-CE61-4CC3-AE62-AED37616D104
L33-A-121009-BED390A6-5955-4137-9DAB-B719E436DF04
The Continuously Variable Transmission (CVT) position The engine coolant temperature is normal within the
indicator indicates the shift lever position when the range *
1 shown in the illustration.
ignition switch is in the ON position. The engine coolant temperature will vary with the
outside air temperature and driving conditions.
TACHOMETER
L33-A-121009-54365200-C347-4DA1-90A2-9EF486051528

CAUTION:
. If the gauge indicates engine coolant tem-
perature near the hot (H) end of the normal
range, reduce vehicle speed to decrease
temperature.
JVI0667X . If the gauge is over the normal range, stop
the vehicle as soon as safely possible.
The odometer * 1 and the twin trip odometer * 2 are
displayed below the vehicle information display when . If the engine is overheated, continued op-
the ignition switch is placed in the ON position. eration of the vehicle may seriously damage
JVI0278X the engine. (See If your vehicle overheats
The odometer records the total distance the vehicle (P.6-7) for immediate action required.)
has been driven. The tachometer indicates the engine speed in revolu-
The twin trip odometer records the distance of tions per minute (rpm). Do not rev the engine into FUEL GAUGE
individual trips. the red zone * A .
L33-A-121009-DD57250C-BD53-4F73-84A8-295691CA7B16

Changing twin trip odometer display: The red zone varies with models.
GUID-9E14C2E6-2E9C-4731-980B-C45B899B977B
Push the TRIP/RESET switch * 3 (located on the ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE
instrument panel) to change the display as follows: GAUGE L33-A-121009-D9FACDF5-D732-4471-8F20-7176FDC00D14
TRIP A ? TRIP B ? TRIP A
Resetting twin trip odometer:
GUID-9E14C2E6-2E9C-4731-980B-C45B899B977B
Push the TRIP/RESET switch * 3 for more than 1
second to reset the trip odometer to zero.

JVI0602X

The fuel gauge indicates the approximate fuel level in


the tank when the ignition switch is in the ON
position.
JVI0601X The gauge may move slightly during braking, turning,
Instruments and controls 2-5

Condition: 'Except for China'/China/ [ Edit: 2013/ 8/ 2 Model: L33-A ]


Black plate (50,1)

accelerating, or going up and down hills due to


movement of fuel in the tank.
The low fuel warning appears on the vehicle
information display when the fuel level in the tank is
getting low. Refuel as soon as it is convenient,
preferably before the gauge reads 0 (empty).
The arrow, , indicates the fuel filler lid is located on
the left side of the vehicle.

CAUTION:
Refuel before the gauge reads 0 (empty).

There is a small reserve of fuel in the tank when the fuel


gauge reads 0 (empty).

INSTRUMENT BRIGHTNESS CONTROL


L33-A-121009-542D6A6C-2412-426E-BFC8-05FAB0383407

JVI0603X

Push the + side * A to increase the brightness of


meter panel lights when driving at night.
Push the - side * B to decrease the brightness of
meter panel lights when driving at night.
When the brightness level reaches the maximum or
minimum, a beep will sound.

2-6 Instruments and controls

Condition: 'Except for China'/China/ [ Edit: 2013/ 8/ 2 Model: L33-A ]


Black plate (51,1)

WARNING/INDICATOR LIGHTS AND


AUDIBLE REMINDERS
L33-A-121009-9187F949-2F85-412C-B8D1-3AAC8E070D1A

Anti-lock Braking System (ABS) warning Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) air
SPORT mode indicator light*
light bag warning light
Vehicle Dynamic Control (VDC) warning
Brake warning light Turn signals/hazard indicator lights
light
Vehicle Dynamic Control (VDC) off indicator
Charge warning light Front fog light indicator light*
light

Low fuel warning light High beam indicator light

Master warning light Malfunction Indicator Light (MIL)

Hydraulic pump electric power steering


Security indicator light
warning light

Seat belt warning light Small light indicator light

*: if equipped

Instruments and controls 2-7

Condition: 'Except for China'/China/ [ Edit: 2013/ 8/ 2 Model: L33-A ]


Black plate (52,1)

CHECKING BULBS
L33-A-121009-8CCB2E4C-A487-4C19-84B9-41434972B6D4
Brake warning light engine and check the brake fluid level. If the brake fluid
L33-A-121009-06962B40-13BE-4DDE-A24A-ABBBC733E216 level is at the minimum mark, add brake fluid as
With all doors closed, apply the parking brake, fasten
the seat belts and push the ignition switch to the ON necessary. (See Brake fluid (P.8-13).)
WARNING:
position without starting the engine. If equipped, the If the brake fluid level is sufficient, have the brake
following lights will illuminate: , , , . . If the brake fluid level is below the minimum system checked by a NISSAN dealer promptly.
mark on the brake fluid reservoir, do not
If equipped, the following lights will illuminate briefly drive the vehicle until the brake system has Anti-lock Braking System (ABS) warning indi-
and then turn off: , , , , . been checked by a NISSAN dealer. cator: GUID-9E14C2E6-2E9C-4731-980B-C45B899B977B
If any lights fail to illuminate, it may indicate a burned- . Even if you judge it to be safe, have your When the parking brake is released and the brake fluid
out bulb or an open circuit in the electrical system. vehicle towed because driving it could be level is sufficient, if both the brake warning light and the
Have the system checked, and if necessary repaired, dangerous. Anti-lock Braking System (ABS) warning light illumi-
by a NISSAN dealer promptly. nate, it may indicate the ABS is not functioning
. Depressing the brake pedal without the
Some indicators and warnings are also displayed on properly. Have the brake system checked, and if
engine running and/or with a low brake
the vehicle information display. (See Vehicle informa- necessary repaired, by a NISSAN dealer promptly.
fluid level could increase the stopping dis-
tion display (P.2-11).) (See Anti-lock Braking System (ABS) warning light
tance and require greater pedal travel dis-
(P.2-8).)
WARNING LIGHTS tance and effort.
L33-A-121009-7A2E454B-D7CB-4ADE-BAC8-7F31F7B64CEA
The brake warning light indicates the parking brake
Charge warning light
Anti-lock Braking System (ABS) system operation, a low brake fluid level of the brake
L33-A-121009-37954427-D3E5-45FC-8F04-27246DA6BFDA
When the ignition switch is in the ON position, the
warning light system and an Anti-lock Braking System (ABS)
L33-A-121009-0951BCF5-0B14-4964-AB44-58E84771108A charge warning light illuminates. After starting the
When the ignition switch is in the ON position, the malfunction. engine, the charge warning light turns off. This
Anti-lock Braking System (ABS) warning light illumi- Parking brake warning indicator: indicates the charging system is operational.
GUID-9E14C2E6-2E9C-4731-980B-C45B899B977B
nates and then turns off. This indicates the ABS is If the charge warning light illuminates while the engine
When the ignition switch is placed in the ON
operational. is running, or while driving, it may indicate the charging
position, the brake warning light illuminates. When
If the ABS warning light illuminates while the engine is the engine is started and the parking brake is released, system is not functioning properly and may need
running, or while driving, it may indicate the ABS is not the brake warning light turns off. servicing.
functioning properly. Have the system checked by a When the charge warning light illuminates while
If the parking brake is not fully released, the brake
NISSAN dealer promptly. driving, stop the vehicle safely as soon as possible.
warning light remains on. Be sure that the brake
If an ABS malfunction occurs, the anti-lock function is warning light has turned off before driving. (See Stop the engine and check the alternator belt. If the
turned off. The brake system then operates normally, Parking brake (P.3-17).) alternator belt is loose, broken or missing, the charging
but without anti-lock assistance. (See Brake system system needs repair. (See Drive belts (P.8-11).)
(P.5-25).) Low brake fluid GUID-9E14C2E6-2E9C-4731-980B-C45B899B977B
warning indicator:
If the alternator belt appears to be functioning correctly
If the brake warning light illuminates while the engine is but the charge warning light remains illuminated, have
running, or while driving, and the parking brake is the charging system checked by a NISSAN dealer
released, it may indicate the brake fluid level is low. promptly.
When the brake warning light illuminates while driving,
stop the vehicle safely as soon as possible. Stop the

2-8 Instruments and controls

Condition: 'Except for China'/China/ [ Edit: 2013/ 8/ 2 Model: L33-A ]


Black plate (53,1)

CAUTION:
. Parking Sensor Error (if equipped) Supplemental Restraint System (SRS)
. Transit Mode Re-insert Fuse air bag warning light
Do not continue driving if the alternator belt is See Vehicle information display (P.2-11).
L33-A-121009-82A762F9-D4FE-4239-910B-FDA9C5202258

loose, broken or missing. When the ignition switch is in the ON or START


Hydraulic pump electric power steering position, the Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) air
Low fuel warning light warning light bag warning light illuminates for about 7 seconds and
GUID-B95F7BD1-5AC8-4D1E-8AFB-DBC10034B8AE L33-A-121009-EF3EC7FB-680B-476E-A2F3-A3253FAC6F91 then turns off. This indicates the SRS air bag system is
This light illuminates when the fuel in the tank is getting When the ignition switch is in the ON position, the operational.
low. Refuel as soon as it is convenient, preferably hydraulic pump electric power steering warning light If any of the following conditions occur, the SRS air
before the fuel gauge reaches the 0 (empty) position. illuminates. After starting the engine, the hydraulic bag system and pre-tensioner seat belt need servicing.
There will be a small reserve of fuel remaining in pump electric power steering warning light turns off. Have the system checked, and if necessary repaired,
the tank when the fuel gauge reaches the 0 This indicates that the electric power steering system by a NISSAN dealer promptly.
position. is operational.
. The SRS air bag warning light remains illuminated
If the hydraulic pump electric power steering warning after about 7 seconds.
Master warning light light illuminates while the engine is running, it may
L33-A-121009-417BDE4E-DC0A-474A-82BE-E959C7F0597C . The SRS air bag warning light flashes intermit-
When the ignition switch is in the ON position, the indicate the hydraulic pump electric power steering
tently.
master warning light illuminates if any of the following system is not functioning properly and may need
servicing. Have the hydraulic pump electric power . The SRS air bag warning light does not illuminate
are displayed on the vehicle information display. at all.
steering system checked by a NISSAN dealer. (See
. No Key Detected Hydraulic pump electric power steering system (P.5- Unless checked and repaired, the SRS air bag system
. Low Fuel 25).) and/or pre-tensioner seat belt may not function
. Low Washer Fluid properly. (See Supplemental Restraint System
. Release parking brake Seat belt warning light (SRS) (P.1-19).)
GUID-20DEB1D1-2CE1-4BF7-A7D8-B8E10EC4C4EF
. Door Open When the ignition switch is in the ON position, the Vehicle Dynamic Control (VDC) warn-
. Trunk Open seat belt warning light illuminates. The light will ing light
. Door and Trunk Open continue to illuminate until the drivers and/or the front L33-A-121009-E4E16768-275E-4273-B0EC-2288C0053EC7
passengers (for Australia and New Zealand) seat belts When the ignition switch is in the ON position, the
. Push ignition to OFF
are fastened. Vehicle Dynamic Control (VDC) warning light illumi-
. Key ID Incorrect nates and then turns off.
When the vehicle speed exceeds 15 km/h (10 MPH),
. Shift to Park
the chime will sound unless the drivers and/or the The warning light blinks when the VDC system is
. I-Key System Error front passengers (for Australia and New Zealand) seat operating.
. Key Registration Complete belts are securely fastened. The chime will continue to When the warning light blinks while driving, the driving
. CVT Error sound for about 90 seconds until the seat belt is condition is slippery and the vehicles traction limit is
. Low Oil Pressure fastened. about to be exceeded.
. Malfunction (if equipped for Driving Aids) See Seat belts (P.1-8). If the warning light illuminates when the ignition switch
placed in the ON position, it may indicate that the
VDC system is not functioning properly and may need

Instruments and controls 2-9

Condition: 'Except for China'/China/ [ Edit: 2013/ 8/ 2 Model: L33-A ]


Black plate (54,1)

servicing. Have the system checked, and if necessary servicing. Have the system checked, and if necessary Small light indicator light
repaired, by a NISSAN dealer promptly. repaired, by a NISSAN dealer promptly. L33-A-121009-A07319ED-6922-498D-9366-A541A268476A
The small light indicator light illuminates when the front
If a malfunction occurs in the system, the VDC system Precautions: clearance lights, instrument panel lights, rear combina-
GUID-9E14C2E6-2E9C-4731-980B-C45B899B977B
function will be canceled but the vehicle is still To reduce or avoid possible damage to the engine tion lights and license plate lights are on. The indicator
driveable. control system when the MIL blinks: light turns off when these lights are turned off.
See Vehicle Dynamic Control (VDC) system (P.5- . Avoid driving at speeds above 70 km/h (43 MPH).
11). SPORT mode indicator light (if
. Avoid sudden acceleration or deceleration. equipped)
INDICATOR LIGHTS
L33-A-121009-8F29527E-A006-4E80-8340-B70283FD918B
. Avoid going up steep uphill grades. L33-A-121009-6F45FC54-8C2B-4BC6-8C21-E8483A094645
When the ignition switch is in the ON position, the
. Avoid carrying or towing unnecessary loads.
Front fog light indicator light (if SPORT mode indicator light illuminates and then turns
equipped) CAUTION:
off.
GUID-9820D048-EA16-4D8E-81CA-0CBC8624DF3C
The front fog light indicator light illuminates when the NOTE:
. Continuing vehicle operation without proper
front fog lights are on. (See Fog light switch (P.2- The SPORT mode indicator light illuminates and
servicing of the engine control system and/
23).) then turns off for the bulb checking even if the
or CVT system could lead to poor driveabil-
High beam indicator light ity, reduced fuel economy, and damage to vehicle does not have the SPORT mode.
L33-A-121009-17FAA84C-9D28-4F9F-97F1-38A23692D1C9 the engine control system, which may affect The SPORT mode indicator light illuminates when the
The high beam indicator light illuminates when the the vehicles warranty coverage. SPORT mode is turned ON. (See Driving with
headlight high beam is on. The indicator turns off when Continuously Variable Transmission (CVT) (P.5-7) for
. Incorrect setting of the engine control sys-
the low beam is selected. (See Headlight and turn the use of the SPORT mode switch.)
tem may lead to non-compliance of local
signal switch (P.2-20).)
and national emission laws and regulations.
Turn signals/hazard indicator lights
Malfunction Indicator Light (MIL) L33-A-121009-DDBE34E9-C2DA-4F21-B69E-5B06A12045BF
L33-A-121009-F69BDC2A-BE6E-4BD3-9467-FA402A6792C2 Security indicator light The turn signals/hazard indicator lights blink when the
When the ignition switch is in the ON position, the L33-A-121009-079965A1-FCDF-45CD-B766-937930E4512A
turn signal switch or hazard indicator flasher switch is
Malfunction Indicator Light (MIL) illuminates. After The security indicator light blinks when the ignition
switch is in the ACC, OFF or LOCK position. This turned on. (See Headlight and turn signal switch
starting the engine, the MIL turns off. This indicates (P.2-20) or Hazard indicator flasher switch (P.6-2).)
that the engine control system is operational. function indicates the security system equipped on the
vehicle is operational. Vehicle Dynamic Control (VDC) off
If the MIL illuminates while the engine is running, it may
indicate that the engine control system and/or CVT If the security system is malfunctioning, this light will indicator light
system is not functioning properly and may need remain on while the ignition switch is in the ON L33-A-121009-B44C16B3-D7EA-4A5E-A329-2E28B93E3DB7

position. (See Security system (P.3-11) for additional The Vehicle Dynamic Control (VDC) off indicator light
servicing. Have the vehicle checked, and if necessary
information.) illuminates when the VDC off switch is pushed to the
repaired, by a NISSAN dealer promptly.
OFF position.
If the MIL blinks (if equipped) while the engine is
When the VDC OFF switch is pushed to the OFF
running, it may indicate a potential malfunction in the
position, the VDC system is turned off.
emission control system. In this case, the emission
control system may not function properly and may need See Vehicle Dynamic Control (VDC) system (P.5-

2-10 Instruments and controls

Condition: 'Except for China'/China/ [ Edit: 2013/ 8/ 2 Model: L33-A ]


Black plate (55,1)

VEHICLE INFORMATION DISPLAY


L33-A-121009-243B0A84-1C1A-413C-A41C-3A84E1FD559E
11). Parking brake reminder chime
L33-A-121009-3138DCDB-F234-4624-AF3A-B1A9931585DA

AUDIBLEL33-A-121009-9D868D2A-6AFE-4324-8061-752DEAF226DA
REMINDERS The parking brake reminder chime will sound if the
vehicle is driven at speeds more than 7 km/h (4 MPH)
Brake pad wear warning
L33-A-121009-DFD4E4C9-8307-4386-8DB9-32988C010142
with the parking brake applied. Stop the vehicle and
The disc brake pads have audible wear warnings. release the parking brake.
When a brake pad requires replacement, it will make a
Seat belt warning chime (if equipped)
high pitched scraping sound when the vehicle is in GUID-CFFF7C1D-AA7B-427C-98D8-01CFF98570FF

motion. This scraping sound will first occur only when When the vehicle speed exceeds 15 km/h (9 MPH),
the brake pedal is depressed. After more wear of the the chime will sound unless the drivers and/or front
brake pad, the sound will always be heard even if the passengers (for Australia and New Zealand) seat belts
brake pedal is not depressed. are securely fastened. The chime will continue to JVI0604X
sound for about 90 seconds until the seat belt is
Have the system checked, and if necessary repaired, fastened. The vehicle information display is located on the left of
by a NISSAN dealer promptly. (See Brakes (P.8- the speedometer. It displays such items as:
12).)
. Vehicle settings
Key reminder chime . Trip computer information
L33-A-121009-49072D70-38DA-47C3-905E-37DE19524EB7
The Intelligent Key door buzzer sounds if the Intelligent . Driver Assistance (if equipped)
Key is left inside the vehicle when locking the doors. . Cruise control system information (if equipped)
When the buzzer sounds, be sure to check both the . Intelligent Key operation information
vehicle and the Intelligent Key. See Intelligent Key . Audio information
system (P.3-5). . Navigation - turn by turn (if equipped)
Light reminder chime . Indicators and warnings
L33-A-121009-89981F2C-2BDE-4C97-82F9-E8356C4BC054
The light reminder chime will sound if the drivers side . Other information
door is opened while the headlight switch is in either
the or position and the ignition switch is in
the ACC, OFF or LOCK position.
Be sure to turn the light switch to the OFF or AUTO
(if equipped) position when you leave the vehicle.
The chime will also sound for 2 seconds when the
ignition switch is placed in the OFF position with the
fog lights (if equipped) on while the headlight switch is
in the AUTO (if equipped) position.

Instruments and controls 2-11

Condition: 'Except for China'/China/ [ Edit: 2013/ 8/ 2 Model: L33-A ]


Black plate (56,1)

HOW TO USE THE VEHICLE INFORMA- STARTUP DISPLAY


GUID-3FDAEED4-BF6B-4721-8875-725134870DF7
Driver Assistance (if equipped)
GUID-B01D5900-957A-46C0-B792-EE145469D9B4
TION DISPLAY
L33-A-121009-98D1215A-C1B9-4D61-BF2F-EC84677381D6 When the ignition switch in placed in the ON or To change the status, warnings or turn on or off any of
ACC position, the screens that display in the vehicle the systems/warnings displayed in the Driver Assis-
information include: tance menu:
. Active system status (if equipped) Use the switch *
1 to select and the ENTER *
1
. Trip computer to change a menu item:
. Fuel economy . Driving Aids
. Warnings . Parking Aids
Warnings will only display if there are any present, for Driving Aids: GUID-9E14C2E6-2E9C-4731-980B-C45B899B977B
more information on warnings and indicators, see
To change the status, warnings or turn on or off any of
Vehicle information display warnings and indicators
the systems/warnings displayed in the Driving Aids
(P.2-17).
JVI0605X menu.
To control what items display in the vehicle information
Use the switch *
1 to select and the ENTER *
1
The vehicle information display can be changed using display, see Main Menu Selection (P.2-13).
to change a menu item:
the switches * 3 and ENTER * 1 located on the
steering wheel. SETTINGS
L33-A-121009-80D76FD6-A417-4654-8818-43793E70B557 . Lane
*1 - navigate through the items in vehicle The setting mode allows you to change the information Lane Departure Warning (LDW) ON/OFF
information display displayed in the vehicle information display: . Blind Spot
ENTER - change or select an item in the vehicle . Driver Assistance (if equipped) Blind Spot Warning (BSW) ON/OFF
information display
. Main Menu Selection Parking Aids: GUID-9E14C2E6-2E9C-4731-980B-C45B899B977B
*2 - go back to the previous menu
. Body Color
*3 - select/enter the Vehicle information menu To change the status or turn on or off any of the
items or to change from one display screen to . ECO Info systems displayed in the Parking Aids menu, use the
the next (i.e. trip, Fuel economy) . Maintenance switch * 1 to select and the ENTER * 1 to
The switch * 1 also controls audio and control . Alarms change a menu item:
panel functions. For additional information, see Steer- . Vehicle Settings . Moving Object
ing-wheel-mounted controls for audio (P.4-34). . Units Moving Object Detection (MOD) ON/OFF
. Welcome Effects . Sensor
. Factory Reset Parking sensor ON/Fr only/OFF
. Display
Parking sensor display ON/OFF
. Volume
Parking sensor buzzer volume Low/Mid/High

2-12 Instruments and controls

Condition: 'Except for China'/China/ [ Edit: 2013/ 8/ 2 Model: L33-A ]


Black plate (57,1)

. Range Audio: GUID-9E14C2E6-2E9C-4731-980B-C45B899B977B ECO Mode Settings


GUID-FC814DCF-220E-42CF-A974-9CF1292E4A83
Parking sensor detection range Far/Mid/Near The audio can be enabled/disabled to display in the This setting allows the customer to change the ECO
For additional information, see Parking sensor system vehicle information display when the ignition switch is mode system settings.
(P.5-21) and Around View Monitor (P.4-5). placed in the ON position to display the radio
1. Press the switch *
3 until the settings menu
information in the vehicle information display.
Main Menu Selection appears.
L33-A-121009-18A3BDE9-65B1-451A-86B7-959EA674727C From the Main Menu Selection select Audio to
The items that display can be enabled/disabled when 2. Use the switch * 1 until ECO Mode
display in the vehicle information display when the
the ignition switch is placed in the ON position. To Settings is selected, and press ENTER *1 .
ignition switch is placed in the ON position.
change the items that display. ECO Indicator: GUID-9E14C2E6-2E9C-4731-980B-C45B899B977B
Navigation (if equipped):
Use the switch *
1 to select and the ENTER *
1 GUID-9E14C2E6-2E9C-4731-980B-C45B899B977B
This setting allows the customer to enable/disable the
to change a menu item: The navigation can be enabled/disabled to display in
ambient ECO indicator in the vehicle information
the vehicle information display when the ignition switch
. Driver assistance (if equipped) display.
is placed in the ON position.
. Trip Computer
From the Main Menu Selection select Navigation to
1. Use the switch *
1 to select ECO
. Audio Indicator.
display in the vehicle information display when turn-by-
. Navigation (if equipped) turn is used and the ignition switch is placed in the 2. Press the ENTER * 1 to turn ON/OFF the
. Fuel Economy ON position. ambient ECO in the vehicle information display.

Driver Assistance (if equipped): Fuel Economy: GUID-9E14C2E6-2E9C-4731-980B-C45B899B977B DISP Mode: GUID-9E14C2E6-2E9C-4731-980B-C45B899B977B
GUID-9E14C2E6-2E9C-4731-980B-C45B899B977B
The driver assistance can be enabled/disabled to The fuel economy can be enabled/disabled to display
display in the vehicle information display when the in the vehicle information display when the ignition
ignition switch is placed in the ON position. switch is placed in the ON position.
From the Main Menu Selection, select Driver From the Main Menu Selection select Fuel Econo-
Assistance to display in the vehicle information display my to display in the vehicle information display when
when the ignition switch is placed in the ON position. the ignition switch is placed in the ON position.
Trip Computer: GUID-9E14C2E6-2E9C-4731-980B-C45B899B977B Body Color
L33-A-121009-12A34718-E7C2-4567-8CBD-217A497F5AFC
The trip computer can be enabled/disabled to display The color of the vehicle that displays in the vehicle
in the vehicle information display when the ignition information display when the ignition switch is placed
switch is placed in the ON position. in the ON position can be changed. JVI0665X
From the Main Menu Selection select Trip Compu- 1. Press the switch *
3 until the settings menu
ter to display in the vehicle information display when This setting allows the customer to enable/disable the
appears. ECO pedal guide function.
the ignition switch is placed in the ON position.
2. Use the switch *
1 until Body Color is
1. Use the switch *
1 to select DISP Mode.
selected, and press ENTER *
1 .
2. Press the ENTER *
1 to select Pedal or Inst.
3. Select the body color using the switch *
1
FE.
and press ENTER * 1 .
For detailed information, see ECO mode system

Instruments and controls 2-13

Condition: 'Except for China'/China/ [ Edit: 2013/ 8/ 2 Model: L33-A ]


Black plate (58,1)

(P.5-18). Tyre: GUID-9E14C2E6-2E9C-4731-980B-C45B899B977B Alarms L33-A-121009-DBAFB13D-611F-49E3-BF4E-2E14C9D40FF3


This indicator appears when the customer set distance This setting allows the customer to set alarms.
Maintenance
L33-A-121009-F4CB8613-4C60-48B8-89EB-0186C68038B4 comes for replacing tires. You can set or reset the
1. Press the switch *
3 until the settings menu
distance for replacing tires.
appears.
WARNING: 2. Select Alarms using the switch *
1 and
press ENTER * 1 .
The tire replacement indicator is not a substitute
for regular tire checks, including tire pressure Outside Temperature:
GUID-9E14C2E6-2E9C-4731-980B-C45B899B977B
checks. See Changing tires and wheels (P.8- This setting allows the customer to enable/disable the
26). Many factors including tire inflation, align- alert for low outside temperature in the vehicle
ment, driving habits and road conditions affect information display.
tire wear and when tires should be replaced. 1. Use the switch *
1 to select Outside
Setting the tire replacement indicator for a Temperature.
JVI0776X
certain driving distance does not mean your
2. Press the ENTER * 1 to turn ON/OFF the outside
1. Service tires will last that long. Use the tire replacement
temperature in the vehicle information display.
indicator as a guide only and always perform
2. Tyre regular tire checks. Failure to perform regular Timer Alert: GUID-9E14C2E6-2E9C-4731-980B-C45B899B977B
3. Other tire checks, including tire pressure checks could This setting allows the customer to set an alert to notify
The maintenance mode allows you to set alerts for the result in tire failure. Serious vehicle damage the driver that the set time has been reached.
reminding of maintenance intervals. To change an item: could occur and may lead to a collision, which
1. Use the switch *
1 to select Timer Alert.
could result in serious personal injury or death.
1. Press the switch *
3 until the settings menu
2. Press the ENTER *
1 .
appears. Other: GUID-9E14C2E6-2E9C-4731-980B-C45B899B977B 3. To change the timer amount, use the switch
2. Select Maintenance using the switch *
1 This indicator appears when the customer set distance *1 and the ENTER * 1 to save the selected time
and press ENTER * 1 . comes for checking or replacing maintenance items amount.
Service: other than the engine oil, oil filter and tires. Other
GUID-9E14C2E6-2E9C-4731-980B-C45B899B977B Navigation (if equipped):
maintenance items can include such things as air filter GUID-9E14C2E6-2E9C-4731-980B-C45B899B977B
This indicator appears when the customer set distance This setting allows the customer to enable/disable the
or tire rotation. You can set or reset the distance for
comes for changing the engine oil and filter. You can alert for navigation in the vehicle information display.
checking or replacing the items.
set or reset the distance for checking or replacing
these items. For scheduled maintenance items and 1. Use the switch *
1 to select Navigation.

intervals, see a separate maintenance booklet. 2. Press the ENTER *


1 to turn ON/OFF the alert.

2-14 Instruments and controls

Condition: 'Except for China'/China/ [ Edit: 2013/ 8/ 2 Model: L33-A ]


Black plate (59,1)

Vehicle Settings
L33-A-121009-22428332-89A7-4C99-A09C-DB7D5C3EC4F6
Auto Door Lock:GUID-9E14C2E6-2E9C-4731-980B-C45B899B977B Battery Saver: GUID-9E14C2E6-2E9C-4731-980B-C45B899B977B
The vehicle settings allows the customer to change There are 3 submenus under the Auto Door Lock Activating the battery saver will automatically turn off
settings for interior lights, Intelligent Key settings, menu. the ignition switch after a period of time when the
unlock settings and other vehicle settings. . Off: ignition switch is placed in the ACC or ON position
and the engine is not running. From the Vehicle
The vehicle settings can be changed using the The auto door lock function is deactivated.
Settings menu, select Battery Saver. Use the ENTER
*3 , *1 , and the ENTER * 1 switches. . Vehicle Speed:
*1 to enable/disable this function.
Auto Room Lamp: The auto door lock function automatically locks all
GUID-9E14C2E6-2E9C-4731-980B-C45B899B977B Exit Seat Slide (if equipped):
The interior lights can be set to be ON or OFF if any the doors depending on the vehicle speed. GUID-9E14C2E6-2E9C-4731-980B-C45B899B977B

. Shift out of P: The exit seat slide function can be set to be ON or


door is unlocked. From the Vehicle Settings menu,
OFF. From the Vehicle Settings menu, select Exit Seat
select Auto Room Lamp. Use the ENTER * 1 to turn The auto door lock function automatically locks all
the doors when the shift lever is out from the P Slide. Use the ENTER * 1 to turn this feature ON or
this feature ON or OFF.
(Park) position. OFF.
Light SensitivityGUID-9E14C2E6-2E9C-4731-980B-C45B899B977B
(if equipped):
The light sensitivity can be set to illuminate earlier Auto Door Unlock: Units GUID-31B2283F-BF09-4157-BE58-5B95563CFBF4
GUID-9E14C2E6-2E9C-4731-980B-C45B899B977B
based on the brightness outside the vehicle. From the There are 3 submenus under the Auto Door Unlock The units that are shown in the vehicle information
Vehicle Settings menu, select Light Sensitivity. Use menu. display can be changed:
the ENTER * 1 to change the sensitivity. . Off: . Mileage
Light Off Delay (if equipped): The auto door unlock function is deactivated. . Temperature
GUID-9E14C2E6-2E9C-4731-980B-C45B899B977B
The duration of the automatic headlights can be . IGN Off: Use the *3 , *1 , and the ENTER * 1
changed from 0 to 180 seconds. From the Vehicle The auto door unlock function automatically switches to select and change the units of the vehicle
Settings menu, select Light Off Delay. Use the unlocks all the doors when the ignition switch is information display. The units of the navigation screen
ENTER * 1 to change the duration. in the OFF position. can be changed independently of the vehicle informa-
tion display. See Audio system (P.4-18).
Wiper with Speed: . Shift into P:
GUID-9E14C2E6-2E9C-4731-980B-C45B899B977B
The auto door unlock function automatically Mileage:
The wiper with speed can be set to be ON or OFF. GUID-9E14C2E6-2E9C-4731-980B-C45B899B977B

From the Vehicle Settings menu, select Wiper with unlocks all the doors when the shift lever is placed The unit for the mileage that displays in the vehicle
Speed. Use the ENTER * 1 to turn this feature ON or
in P (Park) position. information display can be changed to:
OFF. Answer back horn: . km/h, km/L, cm
GUID-9E14C2E6-2E9C-4731-980B-C45B899B977B
I-Key Door Lock:GUID-9E14C2E6-2E9C-4731-980B-C45B899B977B When the answer back horn is on the horn will chirp . km/h, L/100km, cm
When this item is turned on, the request switch on the and the hazard indicators will flash once when locking Use the *1 and the ENTER *
1 switches to

door is activated. From the Vehicle Settings menu, the vehicle with the Intelligent Key or remote keyless select and change the unit.
select I-Key Door Lock. Use the ENTER * 1 to turn
entry function.
this feature ON or OFF.

Instruments and controls 2-15

Condition: 'Except for China'/China/ [ Edit: 2013/ 8/ 2 Model: L33-A ]


Black plate (60,1)

Temperature: GUID-9E14C2E6-2E9C-4731-980B-C45B899B977B
The temperature that displays in the vehicle information
display can be changed from:
. 8F (Fahrenheit)
. 8C (Celsius)
Use the ENTER *1 to toggle choices.

Welcome Effects
GUID-281242F1-FFA8-4B7F-A4E9-073A0FCF1642
The welcome screen display can be turned ON/OFF to
display when the ignition switch is placed in the ACC
or ON position. To enable/disable the welcome
screen:
1. Press the switch *
3 until the settings menu
appears.
2. Select Welcome Effects using the switch
*1 and press ENTER * 1 to turn this function ON
or OFF.

Factory ResetGUID-09795B77-6CE0-47B9-97DE-380CDFEC603C
The settings in the vehicle information display can be
reset back to the factory default. To reset the vehicle
information display:
1. Press the switch *
3 until the settings menu
appears.
2. Select Factory Reset using the switch *
1
and press the ENTER * 1 .

3. Select YES to return all settings back to default


by pressing the ENTER * 1 .

2-16 Instruments and controls

Condition: 'Except for China'/China/ [ Edit: 2013/ 8/ 2 Model: L33-A ]


Black plate (61,1)

VEHICLE INFORMATION DISPLAY WARNINGS AND INDICATORS


L33-A-121009-315F38C2-6CDD-4651-A6E6-6AD59A186018

JVI0805X

Instruments and controls 2-17

Condition: 'Except for China'/China/ [ Edit: 2013/ 8/ 2 Model: L33-A ]


Black plate (62,1)

1. No Key Detected 28. Unavailable: Clean Rear Camera (if equipped) 4. Push ignition to OFF
L33-A-121009-0DB43872-6699-4092-99E2-703A3BB1334B
2. Key ID Incorrect 29. Rear seat belt warning (if equipped) This warning appears if the ignition switch is placed in
3. Shift to Park 30. Steering lock release malfunction indicator the ACC position when the shift lever is moved to the
P (Park) position.
4. Push ignition to OFF 1. No Key Detected
L33-A-121009-C8F8B54B-4B41-4F7A-A290-6B1B6F9E2B89 To turn off this warning, place the ignition switch in the
5. Key low battery This warning appears when the Intelligent Key is left ON position and then in the OFF position.
6. Engine start operation for Intelligent Key system outside the vehicle with the ignition switch is the ON
or ACC position. Make sure the Intelligent Key is 5. Key low battery
7. Release parking brake GUID-704B0A2D-3F63-4CDA-82B5-37D6B0940055
inside the vehicle. This indicator appears when the Intelligent Key battery
8. Low Fuel
is running out of power.
9. Low Washer Fluid 2. Key IDL33-A-121009-92A69FE9-158C-4646-998B-BF3BFED821AD
Incorrect
If this indicator appears, replace the battery with a new
10. Door Open This warning appears when the ignition switch is one. See Intelligent Key battery (P.8-18).
placed from the OFF position and the Intelligent Key
11. Boot Open is not recognized by the system. You can not start the 6. Engine start operation for Intelligent Key
12. Door and Boot Open engine with an unregistered key. system L33-A-121009-58595C53-EA7E-4512-998C-F4DA8B2B5298
13. Have a break? See Intelligent Key system (P.3-5) for more informa- This indicator appears when the battery of the
14. Low Outside Temperature tion. Intelligent Key is low and when the Intelligent Key
15. Power will turn off to save the battery system and the vehicle are not communicating
3. Shift toL33-A-121009-7AE4FA64-7595-4664-BB56-27D360593C03
Park normally.
16. Power turned off to save the battery This warning appears when the ignition switch is in the
If this indicator appears, touch the ignition switch with
17. CVT Error ACC or OFF position and the shift lever is in any
the Intelligent Key while depressing the brake pedal.
position other than P (Park) position. Also, a chime
18. Turn OFF the lights For more information, see Intelligent Key system (P.5-
sounds when the ignition switch is in the OFF
19. Low Oil Pressure 4).
position.
20. Key Registration Complete If this warning appears, move the shift lever to the P 7. Release parking brake
L33-A-121009-3C8F1065-B39C-4095-892C-A5640C94875B
21. Transit Mode Re-insert Fuse (Park) position or start the engine. This warning appears when the vehicle is driven at
22. I-Key System Error For additional information about Intelligent Key, see speeds more than 7 km/h (4 MPH) with the parking
Intelligent Key system (P.3-5). brake applied.
23. Parking Sensor Error
24. Please select 4 items or less
25. Engine start operation indicator
26. Unavailable: Select Driving Aids in Settings (if
equipped)
27. Malfunction: See Owners Manual (if equipped)

2-18 Instruments and controls

Condition: 'Except for China'/China/ [ Edit: 2013/ 8/ 2 Model: L33-A ]


Black plate (63,1)

8. Low Fuel GUID-C8BF0BE4-D401-4F3A-AE46-923B95A8ACEA


15. Power willGUID-EFC47A53-FE82-4A1B-B223-3287208E736B
turn off to save the battery 21. Transit Mode Re-insert Fuse
GUID-C921666C-5755-499C-AE6E-B3C156FE4A49
This warning appears when the fuel level in the fuel This warning appears after a period of time if the shift This warning may appear if the extended storage fuse
tank is getting low. Refuel as soon as it is convenient, lever has not moved from the P (Park) position. switch is not pushed in (switched on). When this
preferably before the fuel gauge reaches 0 (Empty). warning appears, push in (switch on) the extended
There will be a small reserve of fuel in the tank when 16. Power turned off to save the battery
GUID-BB65C38F-4FD2-4FCC-950B-5D99953A34D0 storage fuse switch to turn off the warning. For more
the fuel gauge needle reaches 0 (Empty). This warning appears after the ignition switch is information, see Extended storage fuse switch (P.8-
automatically turned OFF to save the battery. 21).
9. Low WasherGUID-181035E0-9346-4A74-A707-F4E5B3082119
Fluid
This warning appears when the window washer fluid is 17. CVT ErrorGUID-EF61DA56-4FFD-4FA8-B943-C67B163C9CEC 22. I-Key System Error
GUID-18D0FFA5-5290-4BDA-ABCC-5EDB38484D44
at a low level. Add window washer fluid as necessary. This warning appears when there is a malfunction with This warning appears when there is a malfunction with
See Window washer fluid (P.8-16). the CVT system. If this warning comes on, have the the Intelligent Key system. If this warning appears, have
system checked by a NISSAN dealer. the system checked by a NISSAN dealer.
10. Door OpenGUID-93B68A1B-5712-4224-8D81-B5FA483018CF
This warning appears when a door has been opened. 18. Turn OFFGUID-8F4A1D71-BEBB-4DA5-9497-CB9DEDD41451
the lights 23. Parking Sensor Error (if equipped)
GUID-0A3D5749-79BF-427B-87B2-A0CEC594A6B9
This warning appears when the headlights are left in This warning appears when there is a malfunction with
11. Boot Open
GUID-77D9725C-2568-4306-A170-4D8C9DF4EAAB the ON position when exiting the vehicle. Place the the parking sensor system. If this warning appears,
This warning appears when the trunk has been headlight switch in the OFF or AUTO (if equipped) have the system checked by a NISSAN dealer.
opened. position. For additional information, see Headlight and
turn signal switch (P.2-20). 24. Please select 4 items or less
GUID-5C9E2809-DFE6-47B2-98E9-88C32C16159A
12. Door and Boot Open
GUID-3450FD2B-6F59-4378-BA31-610481F066F3 This warning appears when the driver tries to select 5
This warning appears when a door and the trunk have 19. Low Oil Pressure
GUID-64DC176B-E12F-4C0B-95F1-4CE33C6BED30 or more items in the Main Menu Selection. Note that
been opened. This warning appears if low oil pressure is detected. the driver can only choose 4 or less items for the main
This gauge is not designed to indicated low oil level. menu.
13. Have a break?
GUID-DD75906E-7BFE-4343-AE12-C2BA1C7EE092 The low oil pressure warning is not designed to
This indicator appears when the set time is reached. indicate a low oil level. Use the dipstick to check the oil 25. Engine start operation indicator
GUID-4E593286-CA98-4D69-9BDE-4ED2B8416544
The time can be set up to 6 hours. For setting the level. See Engine oil (P.8-8). This indicator appears when the shift lever is in the P
timer, see Alarms (P.2-14). (Park) position.
20. Key Registration Complete
GUID-1AB21F53-FD8F-43EB-9022-AC2B213FA5E1
14. Low Outside Temperature This indicator means that the engine will start by
GUID-78BF5820-8646-4818-99A5-F55944906E6C This appears when a new Intelligent Key is registered pushing the ignition switch with the foot brake pedal
This warning appears if the outside temperature is to the vehicle. depressed. You can start the engine directly in any
below 38C (378F). The temperature can be changed to position.
display in Celsius or Fahrenheit. See Units (P.2-15).

Instruments and controls 2-19

Condition: 'Except for China'/China/ [ Edit: 2013/ 8/ 2 Model: L33-A ]


Black plate (64,1)

HEADLIGHT AND TURN SIGNAL


SWITCH
L33-A-121009-BFDFC0F7-740A-4E17-831B-658ACAF37FB3
26. Unavailable: Select Driving Aids in Set- a rear passengers seat belt is unfastened, a chime will
XENON L33-A-121009-74304AB7-5011-4044-AE6D-F2D5B0816C4B
HEADLIGHTS (if equipped)
tings (if equipped) sound and the rear seat belt warning will appear. The
GUID-79F2EF5A-E5C0-4FF7-BCFF-1CAC757A76F6
seat belt icon illuminates in red until the
This warning appears when the driver pushes the WARNING:
corresponding rear passengers seat belt is fastened.
warning systems switch when the Driving Aids (Blind
The warning will automatically turn off after approxi- HIGH VOLTAGE
Spot Warning (BSW) system and/or Lane Departure
mately 35 seconds.
Warning (LDW) system) have been turned off in the . When xenon headlights are on, they produce
Driver Assistance menu. See Driver Assistance (P.2- For precautions on seat belt usage, see Seat belts a high voltage. To prevent an electric shock,
12). (P.1-8). never attempt to modify or disassemble.
30. Steering lock release malfunction indica- Always have your xenon headlights checked
27. Malfunction: See Owners Manual (if and/or replaced at a NISSAN dealer.
equipped) tor GUID-AB010AF6-09AF-4CB2-A1B3-D0FF0763AFB9
GUID-10D7D357-0176-4E2A-B831-C55C91600870
. Xenon headlights provide considerably
This warning appears when there is a malfunction with This indicator appears when the steering wheel cannot
more light than conventional headlights. If
the Blind Spot Warning (BSW) system and/or the be released from the LOCK position.
they are not correctly aimed, they might
Lane Departure Warning (LDW) system. If this warning If this indicator appears, push the ignition switch while temporarily blind an oncoming driver or a
appears, stop the vehicle in a safe location, turn off and lightly turning the steering wheel right and left. driver ahead of you and could cause a
restart the engine. If the warning continues to appear,
serious accident. Immediately take your
have the BSW and/or LDW system checked by a
vehicle to a NISSAN dealer and have the
NISSAN dealer. headlights adjusted correctly.
28. Unavailable: Clean Rear Camera (if When the xenon headlights are initially turned on, their
equipped) GUID-1382AEA1-CF39-432E-A332-4A787D5B4039 brightness and color vary slightly. However, the color
This warning appears if dirt, rain or snow accumulates and brightness will soon stabilize.
on the rear camera and cannot be removed by the The life of xenon headlights will be shortened by
automatic washer and blower. See Blind Spot frequent on-off operation. It is generally desirable not
Warning (BSW)/Lane Departure Warning (LDW) to turn off the headlights for short intervals.
systems (P.5-12).
If the xenon headlight bulb is close to burning out, the
29. Rear seat GUID-44813B52-8A36-4DAB-AC45-A155A4A62263
belt warning (if equipped) brightness will drastically decrease, the headlight will
start blinking, or the color of the headlight will become
This rear seat belt warning appears after starting the
reddish. If one or more of the above conditions appear,
engine. If any of the rear passenger seat belts is not
contact a NISSAN dealer.
fastened, the seat belt icon illuminates in red to
show which seat belt is not fastened. When a rear
passengers seat belt has been securely fastened, the
color of corresponding seat belt icon will change (
? ). The warning will automatically turn off after
approximately 35 seconds.
When the vehicle speed exceeds 15 km/h (10 MPH), if

2-20 Instruments and controls

Condition: 'Except for China'/China/ [ Edit: 2013/ 8/ 2 Model: L33-A ]


Black plate (65,1)

Automatic aiming control


L33-A-121009-E05BF9D3-DC15-4259-A3EA-1ADAF8EC558A
position
L33-A-121009-C46774A9-78DF-49A2-9F42-1E93780E9092
Vehicles with xenon headlights are equipped with the The position *2 turns on the front clearance, tail,
automatic leveling system. Headlight axis is controlled license plate and instrument panel lights.
automatically.
position
L33-A-121009-86BD70E0-F393-453F-A165-6BC4A288062C
HEADLIGHT SWITCH
L33-A-121009-EBB47642-4598-4A4C-B85A-5E85ED317FF7 The *3 position turns on the headlights in
addition to the other lights.

Headlight beam
L33-A-121009-C1918AE0-7BAD-4818-978A-B6D20C49E917

SIC3784A

CAUTION:
Do not place any objects on top of the sensor
*A . The sensor senses the brightness level and
controls the autolight function. If the sensor is
SIC3783
covered, it reacts as if it is dark, and the
NISSAN recommends that you consult the local headlights will illuminate.
regulations concerning the use of lights. SIC4639
Automatic headlights off delay:
GUID-9E14C2E6-2E9C-4731-980B-C45B899B977B
AUTO position (if equipped)
L33-A-121009-C4E910D6-E492-4738-A51F-5A117A101C21 You can keep the headlights on for 45 seconds after To turn on the high beam, push the lever towards the
When the ignition switch is in the ON position and you push the ignition switch to OFF and open any door front position *
1 .
the headlight switch is in the AUTO position, the then close all the doors. To turn off the high beam, return the lever to the neutral
headlights, front clearance lights, instrument panel You can adjust the period of the automatic headlights position * 2 .
lights, rear combination lights and other lights turn on off delay from 0 seconds (OFF) to 180 seconds. The
automatically depending on the brightness of the To flash the headlights, pull the lever towards the
factory default setting is 45 seconds. For automatic rearmost position *
3 . The headlights can be flashed
surroundings. headlights off delay setting, see Vehicle information even when the headlights are not on.
The headlights will turn on automatically at twilight or in display (P.2-11).
rainy weather (when the windshield wiper is operated
continuously) (if equipped).
When the ignition switch is placed in the OFF
position, the lights will turn off automatically.

Instruments and controls 2-21

Condition: 'Except for China'/China/ [ Edit: 2013/ 8/ 2 Model: L33-A ]


Black plate (66,1)

HEADLIGHT AIMING CONTROL


L33-A-121009-8A8A8BC9-0E3B-41D2-846F-96B396895ED5
AutomaticL33-A-121009-F87F103B-366B-476F-A5F7-4470E2A6E75D
type CAUTION:
Manual type For the vehicle equipped with the automatic leveling
L33-A-121009-F531A0D1-B379-4472-83C4-1D154672248F system, the headlight axis is controlled automatically. . Do not operate the washer if the window
washer fluid reservoir is empty.
BATTERYL33-A-121009-017B7ECF-A9D8-425E-9E11-24F85E7C26D9
SAVER SYSTEM
The light reminder chime will sound if the headlight TURN SIGNAL SWITCH
L33-A-121009-75046FDB-2A46-4D83-A432-917072485F48
switch is in either the or position and when
the drivers door is opened with the ignition switch in
the ACC, OFF or LOCK position.
If the ignition switch is placed in the OFF or LOCK
position while the headlight switch is in the or
position, the battery saver function will turn off the
lights after a period of time to prevent the battery from
JVI0497X being discharged.
The headlight aiming control operates when the
CAUTION:
ignition switch is in the ON position and the headlight
JVI0495X
is on to allow the headlight axis to be adjusted Do not leave the lights on when the engine is not
according to the driving condition. running for extended periods of time to prevent
When driving with no heavy load/luggage or driving on the battery from being discharged. CAUTION:
a flat road, select the normal position 0. The turn signal switch will not be cancelled
If the number of occupants and load/luggage in the
HEADLIGHT CLEANER (if equipped)
GUID-2B61F3F7-AAB2-4176-AD91-451B004E2C9B automatically if the steering wheel turning angle
vehicle changes, the headlight axis may become higher The headlight cleaner operates when the headlight is does not exceed the preset amount. After the
than normal. on and the ignition switch is in the ON position. turn or lane change, make sure that the turn
If the vehicle is traveling on a hilly road, the headlights To operate the headlight cleaner: signal switch is returned to its original position.
may directly shine on the rearview and outside mirrors . Pull the windshield washer switch toward you.
of a vehicle ahead or the windshield of an oncoming Turn signal
L33-A-121009-CDA5D29D-4F93-4425-81E8-A7AFD4776190
The headlight cleaner operates with the wind-
vehicle, which may obscure other drivers vision. shield washer operation. This operation acti- To turn on the turn signals, move the lever up or down
To adjust to the proper aiming height, turn the switch vates once each time either the ignition switch * 1 to the point where the lever latches. When the turn

accordingly. The higher the number, designated on the or the headlight switch is turned off and on. is completed, the turn signal cancels automatically.
switch, the lower the headlight axis. After the first operation, the headlight cleaner
operates once at every fifth operation of the
windshield washer.
See Wiper and washer switch (P.2-23).

2-22 Instruments and controls

Condition: 'Except for China'/China/ [ Edit: 2013/ 8/ 2 Model: L33-A ]


Black plate (67,1)

FOG LIGHT SWITCH (if equipped) WIPER AND WASHER SWITCH


GUID-263A902A-C7D5-4990-A237-D64C66FED6EC L33-A-121009-E4C36117-C67E-44C0-9B58-805685D9731F
Lane change signal
L33-A-121009-4AE7ED2C-9353-4B7A-A726-72E71D162A40 WARNING:
To turn on the lane change signals, move the lever up
or down * 2 to the point where the light begins to In freezing temperatures, the washer fluid may
flash. freeze on the windshield and obscure your
vision. Warm the windshield with the defogger
If the lever is moved back to its original position right
before you wash the windshield.
after moving up or down, the light will flash 3 times.
To cancel the flashing, move the lever to the opposite
direction. CAUTION:
. Do not operate the washer continuously for
SIC3813 longer than 30 seconds.
. Do not operate the washer if the window
FRONT FOGGUID-970AC8DA-5B34-4F08-91D3-C496E2CBAB07
LIGHTS washer reservoir is empty.
To turn on the front fog lights, turn the fog light switch . If the wiper operation is interrupted by snow
to the position with the headlight switch in the or ice, the wiper may stop moving to protect
or position. its motor. If this occurs, turn the wiper switch
To turn off the fog lights, turn the fog light switch to the to the OFF position and remove the snow
OFF position. or ice on and around the wiper arms. In
approximately 1 minute, turn the switch on
When the headlight switch is in the AUTO position (if
again to operate the wiper.
equipped), turning the fog light switch to the
position will turn on the headlights, fog lights and the
WINDSHIELD WIPER AND WASHER
other lights.
SWITCHL33-A-121009-2861A1F8-7DFA-49ED-9F7F-A18971C5BD88

SIC3926
Type A

Instruments and controls 2-23

Condition: 'Except for China'/China/ [ Edit: 2013/ 8/ 2 Model: L33-A ]


Black plate (68,1)

The lever position MIST *


4 operates the wiper one the rear *
3 (Low).
sweep. The lever automatically returns to its original . High High sensitive operation
position.
. Low Low sensitive operation
Washer L33-A-121009-C26CF235-8165-4D6F-A23F-FCCE80455ACF
operation To turn the rain-sensing auto wiper system off, push up
To operate the washer, pull the lever toward the rear of the lever to the OFF position, or pull down the lever
the vehicle *
5 until the desired amount of washer fluid to the LO (low speed) or HI (high speed) position.
is spread on the windshield.
CAUTION:
The headlight cleaner (if equipped) will also operate
with operation of the windshield washer. See Head- Do not touch the rain sensor and around it when
JVI0781X light cleaner (P.2-22). the wiper switch is in the AUTO position and
Type B the ignition switch is in the ON position. The
The windshield wiper and washer operate when the RAIN-SENSING AUTO WIPER SYSTEM (if wipers may operate unexpectedly and cause an
ignition switch is in the ON position. equipped) GUID-A7DF010F-60BE-47A5-BC66-4A258840A456 injury or a wiper damage.

Wiper operation . The rain-sensing auto wipers are intended


GUID-E282288D-0E06-41E9-A7DF-292916804238 for use during rain. If the switch is left in the
The lever position INT *
1 (Type A) operates the AUTO position, the wipers may operate
wiper intermittently. unexpectedly when dirt, fingerprints, oil film
. The intermittent operation can be adjusted by or insects are stuck on or around the sensor.
turning the adjustment control knob, (longer) * A The wipers may also operate when exhaust
or (shorter) *B . gas or moisture affect the rain sensor.
. The intermittent operation speed varies in accor- . When the windshield glass is coated with
dance with the vehicle speed. (For example, when water repellent, the speed of the rain-sen-
the vehicle speed is high, the intermittent opera- sing auto wipers may be higher even though
tion speed will be faster.) This function can be JVI0780X the amount of the rainfall is small.
turned off. See Vehicle information display (P.2-
The rain-sensing auto wiper system can automatically . Be sure to turn off the rain-sensing auto
11).
turn on the wipers and adjust the wiper speed wiper system when you use a car wash.
The lever position AUTO * 1 (Type B) operates the
depending on the rainfall and the vehicle speed by . The rain-sensing auto wipers may not oper-
rain-sensing auto wiper system. See Rain-sensing
using the rain sensor located on the upper part of the ate if rain does not hit the rain sensor even if
auto wiper system (P.2-24).
windshield. it is raining.
The lever position LO *
2 operates the wiper at low
To set the rain-sensing auto wiper system, push the
speed.
lever down to the AUTO position *1 . The wiper will
The lever position HI *
3 operates the wiper at high sweep once while the ignition switch is in the ON
speed. position.
To stop the wiper operation, move the lever up to the The rain sensor sensitivity level can be adjusted by
OFF position. turning the knob toward the front *2 (High) or toward

2-24 Instruments and controls

Condition: 'Except for China'/China/ [ Edit: 2013/ 8/ 2 Model: L33-A ]


Black plate (69,1)

DEFOGGER SWITCH HORN WINDOWS


L33-A-121009-60D68945-75B3-4575-800D-78A663F040B7 L33-A-121009-A55986F6-B596-4CF5-AE9A-D343350EB012
L33-A-121009-FA885E3E-3368-4158-94BB-111F83800CC2

POWER L33-A-121009-9D424E9E-5911-4A31-8672-FDC40725BE63
WINDOWS

WARNING:
. Make sure that all passengers have their
hands, etc. inside the vehicle before operat-
ing the power windows.
. Never leave children or adults who would
normally require the support of others alone
in the vehicle. They could unknowingly
JVI0792X JVI0442X activate switches or controls and inadver-
tently become involved in an accident.
The defogger switch operates when the ignition switch The horn switch operates regardless of the ignition
is in the ON position. switch position except when the battery is discharged. The power windows operate when the ignition switch
The defogger is used to reduce the moisture, fog or When the horn switch (pad area) is pushed and held, is in the ON position.
frost on the rear window to improve the rear view. the horn will sound. Releasing the horn switch will To open a window, push down the power window
When the defogger switch is pushed, the indicator cease the horn sound. switch.
light *
1 illuminates and the defogger operates for To close a window, pull up the power window switch.
approximately 15 minutes. After the preset time has
passed, the defogger will turn off automatically. Drivers L33-A-121009-673E529B-A8C2-49D2-9829-AAA362DDA0CF
window switch
To turn off manually, push the defogger switch again.

CAUTION:
. When operating the defogger continuously,
be sure to start the engine. Otherwise, it may
cause the battery to discharge.
. When cleaning the inner side of the window,
be careful not to scratch or damage the
electrical conductors on the surface of the
window. JVI0228X

The drivers switch, the main switch, can control all


windows.

Instruments and controls 2-25

Condition: 'Except for China'/China/ [ Edit: 2013/ 8/ 2 Model: L33-A ]


Black plate (70,1)

Locking passengers windows:


GUID-9E14C2E6-2E9C-4731-980B-C45B899B977B
The automatic function is available for the switch that When power window switch does not oper-
When the lock button * 1 is pushed in, the passen- has an mark on its surface. ate L33-A-121009-75C66FA7-E6A6-4C7D-AD6E-4C8A0C068907
gers windows cannot be operated. The automatic function enables a window to fully open If the power window automatic function does not
To cancel the passengers windows lock, push the lock or close without holding the switch down or up. operate properly, perform the following procedure to
button *
1 again. To fully open the window, push the power window initialize the power window functions.
switch down to the second detent and release the 1. Push the ignition switch to the ON position.
Passengers window switch
L33-A-121009-25222F5F-B004-4288-B950-97B2B14A2F6B switch. To fully close the window, pull the power
2. Close the door.
window switch up to the second detent and release
the switch. The switch does not have to be held during 3. Open the window completely by operating the
window operation. power window switch.
To stop the window open/close operation during the 4. Pull the power window switch and hold it to close
automatic function, push down or pull up the switch in the window. Hold the switch for approximately 3
opposite directions. seconds after the window has been fully closed.

Auto-reverse function: 5. Release the power window switch. Operate the


GUID-9E14C2E6-2E9C-4731-980B-C45B899B977B window by the automatic function to confirm that
WARNING: the initialization is complete.
If the power window functions do not operate properly
SIC4523 There is a small distance just before the closed after performing the procedure above, have your
position which cannot be detected. Make sure vehicle checked by a NISSAN dealer.
The passengers switch can control its corresponding that all passengers have their hands, etc. inside
window. the vehicle before closing the windows.
When the passengers windows lock button on the
drivers switch is pushed in, the passengers switch The auto-reverse function enables a window to
cannot be operated. automatically reverse when something is caught in
the window as it is closing by the automatic function.
Automatic function
L33-A-121009-20E7001F-36CF-4A18-8BC5-CF618EFFC3A8
When the control unit detects an obstacle, the window
will be lowered immediately.
Depending on the environment or driving conditions,
the auto-reverse function may activate if an impact or
load similar to something being caught in the window
occurs.

JVI0230X

2-26 Instruments and controls

Condition: 'Except for China'/China/ [ Edit: 2013/ 8/ 2 Model: L33-A ]


Black plate (71,1)

SUNROOF (if equipped)


GUID-72E3A9F7-4EF3-4BAA-98C1-17D6C0544C33
Sunshade the auto-reverse function may activate if an impact or
WARNING: GUID-4C787140-9533-4055-8C46-F7DA0392462E
load similar to something being caught in the sunroof
Open and close the sunshade by sliding it forward or
. In an accident you could be thrown from the backward. occurs.
vehicle through an open sunroof. Adults When closing: GUID-9E14C2E6-2E9C-4731-980B-C45B899B977B
should always use seat belts and children Sunroof GUID-27492C72-F681-444D-8F14-1BB61DEFCA75 If the control unit detects something caught in the
should always use seat belts or child Tilting: GUID-9E14C2E6-2E9C-4731-980B-C45B899B977B sunroof as it moves to the front, the sunroof will
restraint systems.
To tilt up, first close the sunroof, then push the switch immediately open backward.
. Never allow anyone to stand up or extend to the TILT UP position * 1 and release it; it need not
any portion of their body out of the opening When tilting down:
be held. To tilt down the sunroof, push the switch to GUID-9E14C2E6-2E9C-4731-980B-C45B899B977B
while the vehicle is in motion or while the the TILT DOWN position * 2 . If the control unit detects something caught in the
sunroof is closing. sunroof as it tilts down, the sunroof will immediately tilt
Sliding: GUID-9E14C2E6-2E9C-4731-980B-C45B899B977B up.
CAUTION: To fully open or close the sunroof, push the switch to If the auto-reverse function malfunctions and repeats
the OPEN * 2 or CLOSE * 1 position and release it; it opening or tilting up the sunroof, keep pushing the tilt
. Remove water drops, snow, ice or sand from need not be held. The roof will automatically open or down switch within 10 seconds after it happens; the
the sunroof before opening. close all the way. To stop the roof, push the switch sunroof will fully close gradually. Make sure nothing is
. Do not place any heavy objects on the once more while it is opening or closing. caught in the sunroof.
sunroof or surrounding area. Sunroof timer: GUID-9E14C2E6-2E9C-4731-980B-C45B899B977B
If sunroof doesGUID-BA751A59-B394-4D56-9EB0-F85481B4A26D
not operate
. Do not push or pull on the sunshade. Doing The automatic sunroof is operational for a period of
so can damage the sunshade. If the sunroof and sunshades do not operate properly,
time, even if the ignition switch is placed in the ACC
perform the following procedure to initialize the
or OFF position. If the drivers door or the front
AUTOMATIC GUID-B02C4427-4FDE-4D25-9C43-AA06703D3FCB
SUNROOF operation system.
passengers door is opened during this period of time,
the power to the sunroof is canceled. 1. If the sunroof is open, close it fully by pushing the
sunroof switch to the CLOSE * 1 position.
Auto-reverse function
GUID-715E1F07-0186-43C6-BE4D-64975FED0B58 2. Push and hold the sunroof switch to the CLOSE
WARNING: *1 position for 10 seconds.

3. Release the sunroof switch after the sunroof


There are some small distances just before the moves slightly to the closed position.
closed position which cannot be detected. Make
4. Within 4 seconds, push and hold the sunroof
sure that all passengers have their hands, etc.
switch to the CLOSE *
1 position.
inside the vehicle before closing the sunroof and
sunshade. 5. The sunroof will fully open and then fully close.
JVI0614X 6. Check if the sunroof switch operates normally.
The auto-reverse function can be activated when the
sunroof is closed or tilted down by automatic operation If the sunroof does not operate properly after perform-
The sunroof will operate when the ignition switch is
when the ignition switch is placed in the ON position. ing the procedure above, have your vehicle checked by
placed in the ON position.
a NISSAN dealer.
Depending on the environment or driving conditions,
Instruments and controls 2-27

Condition: 'Except for China'/China/ [ Edit: 2013/ 8/ 2 Model: L33-A ]


Black plate (72,1)

REAR SUNSHADE (if equipped) POWER OUTLET


L33-A-121009-D065CE05-6E57-46E2-B141-55F0D56AB4EF L33-A-121009-C39B4AB6-2E43-4657-B337-D260BF7F9D44

WARNING: CAUTION:
. Never allow hands, fingers, or any part of . The outlet and plug may be hot during or
your body within operating range of the rear immediately after use.
sunshade. You could be injured. . This power outlet is not designed for use
. Never allow children near the rear sunshade with a cigarette lighter unit.
system. They could be injured. . Do not use with accessories that exceed a 12
. Never place any objects on or near the rear volt, 120W (10A) power draw. Do not use
sunshade system. Never manually pull or double adapters or more than one electrical
push the rear sunshade. These may cause an accessory.
JVI0615X
improper operation of or possible damages . Use power outlet with the engine running to
Instrument panel
to the rear sunshade system. avoid discharging the vehicle battery.
. Avoid using power outlet when the air
conditioner, headlights or rear window de-
fogger is on.
. Before inserting or disconnecting a plug, be
sure to turn off the power switch of the
electrical accessory being used and the
ignition switch.
. Push the plug in as far as it will go. If good
contact is not made, the plug may overheat
JVI0616X or the internal temperature fuse may blow.
SIC4349 Console box
. Do not allow water or any liquid to contact
The power outlets are for powering electrical acces-
The rear sunshade operates when the ignition switch is the outlet.
sories such as cellular telephones. They are rated at 12
in the ON position. volt, 120W (10A) maximum. . When not in use, be sure to close the cap.
The rear sunshade switch is located on the lower side To use the power outlet on the instrument panel, pull
of the instrument panel. the cover as illustrated.
To raise and lower the rear sunshade, push the switch To use the power outlet in the console box, open the
on the instrument panel. lower half of the console box to access the power
When the shift lever is moved to the R (Reverse) outlet. See Console box (P.2-29).
position, the rear sunshade automatically lowers.

2-28 Instruments and controls

Condition: 'Except for China'/China/ [ Edit: 2013/ 8/ 2 Model: L33-A ]


Black plate (73,1)

STORAGES
L33-A-121009-9A5318CF-F0F5-471A-BABA-20EA08AF4B3F
CONSOLE BOX CUP HOLDERS
WARNING: L33-A-121009-0A61D877-E428-481A-8602-244790866B8D L33-A-121009-8768532B-1842-416C-969E-FC2894A7CB31

. The storages should not be used while


Upper half GUID-95FBABF3-1AB9-4097-9B8A-15E5049D0F18 WARNING:
driving so that the full attention may be
The driver must not remove or insert cups into
given to vehicle operation.
the cup holder while driving so that full attention
. Keep the storage lids closed while driving to may be given to vehicle operation.
help prevent injury in an accident or sudden
stop.
CAUTION:
GLOVE BOX
L33-A-121009-8A0893FD-4A1E-45B0-9277-37121351E12E . Avoid abrupt starting and braking especially
when the cup holder is being used to prevent
spilling the contents. If the contents are hot,
they could scald you or your passengers.
JVI0623X
. Use only soft cups in the cup holder. Hard
Pull up on the drivers side latch to open the upper half objects can injure you in an accident.
of the console box.
Front L33-A-121009-B704FDC7-0CC4-458B-BCA5-643FC9FED8FC
Lower half GUID-4BB69583-DFDB-4C7E-B9A1-324747D269EE

JVI0622X

Open the glove box by pulling the handle. Use the


mechanical key when locking *
1 or unlocking *
2 the
glove box.

JVI0620X
JVI0624X

Pull up on the passengers side latch to open the lower


half of the console box. A power outlet is located inside
the console box.

Instruments and controls 2-29

Condition: 'Except for China'/China/ [ Edit: 2013/ 8/ 2 Model: L33-A ]


Black plate (74,1)

Rear L33-A-121009-CC24A488-45AD-4BAF-99AB-EC6E3E7A56BD
. Do not use bottle holder for open liquid COAT HOOKGUID-AAF5A797-C0D4-4DD9-885A-5D0B10073E1B
containers.

SUNGLASSES HOLDER
L33-A-121009-26256B71-2BE8-4A24-A7E9-92EEBEF1EF30

SIC3804 SIC3505

The rear cup holders are located in the rear fold-down The coat hook is located above the rear side window
armrest. JVI0619X (on the drivers side).

Soft bottle holder


GUID-A464F3B3-272B-4104-8A8D-AE313D7AA374 CAUTION:
CAUTION:
Do not apply a total load of more than 1 kg (2 lb)
. Do not use for anything other than sun-
to the hook.
glasses.
. Do not leave sunglasses in the sunglasses TRUNK HOOKS
L33-A-121009-914F0DEC-3D66-4C14-B033-4750DCA98519
holder while parking in direct sunlight. The
heat may damage the sunglasses.
To open the sunglasses holder, push and release. Only
store one pair of sunglasses in the holder.

JVI0621X

CAUTION:
. Do not use bottle holder for any other
objects that could be thrown about in the JVI0793X
vehicle and possibly injure people during
sudden braking or an accident.

2-30 Instruments and controls

Condition: 'Except for China'/China/ [ Edit: 2013/ 8/ 2 Model: L33-A ]


Black plate (75,1)

SUN VISORS INTERIOR LIGHTS


L33-A-121009-4AC0A4B1-A01D-4751-AF53-1652BD262B9B L33-A-121009-5A325EB7-1F60-4E00-BAE6-716266645EC5

WARNING: CAUTION:
. Always make sure that the cargo is properly . Do not leave the light switch on when the
secured. Use the suitable ropes and hooks. engine is not running for extended periods
. Unsecured cargo can become dangerous in of time to prevent the battery from being
an accident or sudden stop. discharged.
. Turn off the lights when you leave the
CAUTION: vehicle.

Do not apply a total load of more than 9 kg (20 INTERIOR LIGHT SWITCH
GUID-7AE5F9FA-300D-4F4B-9DC0-9C795D3B3B79
lbs) to a single hook.

MAP POCKETS
L33-A-121009-83AA232E-017E-49FB-8125-E09CEAAC24AD

JVI0626X

SIC2872
*
1 The interior light can be turned ON regardless of
door position. The light will go off after a period
JVI0618X
of time unless the ignition switch is placed in the
1. To block out glare from the front, swing down the ON position when any door is opened.
sun visor *
1 .
*
2 The interior lights can be set to operate when
2. To block glare from the side, remove the sun visor the doors are opened. To turn off the interior
from the center mount and swing it to the side lights when a door open, push the switch, the
interior lights will not illuminate, regardless of
* 2 .
door position. The lights will go off when the
ignition switch is placed in the ON position, or
the drivers door is closed and locked. The lights
will also go off after a period of time when the
doors are open.

Instruments and controls 2-31

Condition: 'Except for China'/China/ [ Edit: 2013/ 8/ 2 Model: L33-A ]


Black plate (76,1)

CONSOLE LIGHT (if equipped)


L33-A-121009-99D78D82-210C-4505-85B8-93AB64A4D88A
REAR PERSONAL LIGHTS
L33-A-121009-7883E24A-7D5C-4227-A678-11AFF38435DA
illuminated and turn on when the mirror cover is open.

BATTERYL33-A-121009-AE099490-700A-47F0-8B0E-5ADA77E7DAA1
SAVER SYSTEM
When the interior lights stay on, they will automatically
turn off after a period of time when the ignition switch
has been placed in the OFF position (except for the
vanity mirror lights). To turn on the lights again, place
the ignition switch in the ON position.

JVI0627X SIC3250

The console light will turn on whenever the clearance To turn the rear personal lights on, push the switch. To
lights or headlights are illuminated. turn them off, push the switch again.

MAP LIGHTS
L33-A-121009-A2BC98CE-E2B5-436E-B335-799CA723968C
TRUNK LIGHT
L33-A-121009-9AD24D7C-41F1-4F6A-B5B2-29A1968F7D70
The light illuminates when the trunk lid is opened.
When the trunk lid is closed, the light goes off.
The light will go off after a period of time if the trunk lid
is left open.

VANITY MIRROR LIGHT


GUID-DB9DEA23-A6B7-4C7D-9E93-8458FE198E9A

JVI0628X

Push the button to turn the map lights on. To turn them
off, push the button again.

SIC3869

To access the vanity mirror, pull the sun visor down and
flip open the mirror cover. Some vanity mirrors are

2-32 Instruments and controls

Condition: 'Except for China'/China/ [ Edit: 2013/ 8/ 2 Model: L33-A ]


Black plate (77,1)

MEMO

Instruments and controls 2-33

Condition: 'Except for China'/China/ [ Edit: 2013/ 8/ 2 Model: L33-A ]


Black plate (78,1)

MEMO

2-34 Instruments and controls

Condition: 'Except for China'/China/ [ Edit: 2013/ 8/ 2 Model: L33-A ]


Black plate (79,1)

3 Pre-driving checks and adjustments

Keys .............................................................................................................
.... 3-2 Hood .......................................................................................................
.... 3-12
Intelligent Key .....................................................................................
.... 3-2 Opening hood ..............................................................................
.... 3-13
Door locks .................................................................................................
.... 3-3 Closing hood ................................................................................
.... 3-13
Locking with key ................................................................................
.... 3-3 Trunk lid ..................................................................................................
.... 3-13
Locking with inside lock knob .......................................................
.... 3-3 Opening trunk lid .........................................................................
.... 3-13
Locking with power door lock switch ..........................................
.... 3-3 Closing trunk lid ...........................................................................
.... 3-14
Vehicle speed sensing door lock mechanism ........................... .... 3-4 Fuel filler lid ...........................................................................................
.... 3-14
Auto door lock releasing mechanism .... .......................................... 3-4 Opening fuel filler lid ..................................................................
.... 3-14
Impact sensing door lock releasing mechanism ....................... .... 3-4 Fuel filler cap ................................................................................
.... 3-14
Child safety rear door lock .............................................................
.... 3-4 Steering wheel ......................................................................................
.... 3-15
Intelligent Key system .............................................................................
.... 3-5 Mirrors .....................................................................................................
.... 3-15
Operating range ................................................................................
.... 3-6 Inside rearview mirror .................................................................
.... 3-15
Using Intelligent Key system ..........................................................
.... 3-6 Outside rearview mirrors ...........................................................
.... 3-16
Battery saver system ........................................................................
.... 3-8 Vanity mirror ..................................................................................
.... 3-17
Warning signals .................................................................................
.... 3-8 Parking brake ........................................................................................
.... 3-17
Troubleshooting guide .....................................................................
.... 3-9 Automatic drive positioner (if equipped) .......................................
.... 3-17
Using remote keyless entry system ...........................................
.... 3-10 Entry/exit function ........................................................................
.... 3-17
Hazard indicator and horn operation ........................................
.... 3-11 Memory storage ...........................................................................
.... 3-18
Security system .....................................................................................
.... 3-11 System operation .........................................................................
.... 3-18
Theft warning system (if equipped) ..........................................
.... 3-11
NISSAN Anti-Theft System (NATS) ..........................................
.... 3-12

Condition: 'Except for China'/China/ [ Edit: 2013/ 8/ 2 Model: L33-A ]


Black plate (80,1)

KEYS
L33-A-121009-8E70FB89-6D93-47A5-A138-9FAB56DE58E4
Your vehicle can only be driven with the keys specific INTELLIGENT KEY
L33-A-121009-EF8E3C3F-BBF7-437F-8A86-24137B956899
Mechanical key
L33-A-121009-DE98446B-E274-4E5E-A809-061A61656970
to your vehicle. A key number plate is supplied with Your vehicle can only be driven with the Intelligent
your key. Record the key number and keep the key Keys, which are registered to your vehicles Intelligent
number plate in a safe place, except in the vehicle, in Key system components and NISSAN Anti-Theft
case of the need to duplicate the keys. System (NATS*) components. As many as 4 Intelligent
The key can only be duplicated using an original key or Keys can be registered and used with one vehicle. The
the original key number. The key number is required new keys must be registered by a NISSAN dealer prior
when you have lost all of the keys and do not have the to use with the Intelligent Key system and NATS of your
original key to duplicate from. If the key is lost, or you vehicle. Since the registration process requires erasing
need extra keys, provide an original key or the key all memory in the Intelligent Key components when
number to a NISSAN dealer. registering new keys, be sure to take all Intelligent Keys
that you have to the NISSAN dealer.
SPA2033
CAUTION:
CAUTION: To remove the mechanical key, release the lock knob at
Do not leave the keys inside the vehicle when the back of the Intelligent Key.
leaving the vehicle. . Do not allow the Intelligent Key, which
contains electrical components, to come To install the mechanical key, firmly insert it into the
into contact with water or salt water. This Intelligent Key until the lock knob returns to the lock
could affect the system function. position.
. Do not drop the Intelligent Key. Use the mechanical key to lock or unlock the doors and
glove box. (See Door locks (P.3-3) and Storages
. Do not strike the Intelligent Key sharply
(P.2-29).)
against another object.
. If the outside temperature is below 108C Valet parking: GUID-9E14C2E6-2E9C-4731-980B-C45B899B977B
(148F), the battery of the Intelligent Key may When you have to leave a key with a valet, give them
not function properly. the Intelligent Key itself and keep the mechanical key
. Do not place the Intelligent Key for an with you to protect your belongings.
SPA2505 extended period in an area where tempera- To prevent the glove box from being opened during
tures exceed 608C (1408F). valet parking, follow the procedures below.
1. Master key (2)
. Do not attach the Intelligent Key with a key 1. Remove the mechanical key from the Intelligent
2. Mechanical key (inside the key) (2)
holder that contains a magnet. Key.
3. Key number plate (1)
. Do not place the Intelligent Key near equip- 2. Lock the glove box with the mechanical key.
ment that produces a magnetic field, such as 3. Hand the Intelligent Key to the valet, keeping the
a TV, audio equipment and personal compu- mechanical key in your pocket or bag for insertion
ters. into the Intelligent Key when you retrieve your
*: Immobilizer vehicle.

3-2 Pre-driving checks and adjustments

Condition: 'Except for China'/China/ [ Edit: 2013/ 8/ 2 Model: L33-A ]


Black plate (81,1)

DOOR LOCKS
L33-A-121009-0470CB59-08B7-4125-89B5-087D0B9DF60C
LOCKING WITH INSIDE LOCK KNOB LOCKING WITH POWER DOOR LOCK
WARNING: L33-A-121009-29B56C64-C714-4D89-BB34-112919C613F0
SWITCHL33-A-121009-2060A042-049D-4B87-B39E-75B88670B28C
. Always look before opening any doors, to
avoid an accident with oncoming traffic.
. Never leave children or adults who would
normally require the support of others alone
in the vehicle. They could unknowingly
activate switches or controls and inadver-
tently become involved in a serious accident.

LOCKING WITH KEY


L33-A-121009-DFB1E418-FBED-4CCF-B0E8-E3A964906DFD
JVP0185X
SPA2803

CAUTION: Operating the power door lock switch, located on the


. When locking the doors using the inside drivers door armrest, will lock or unlock all the doors.
lock knob, be sure not to leave the key in the To lock the doors, push the power door lock switch to
vehicle. the lock position *1 with the drivers door open, then
. When the Intelligent Key is left in the close the door while pulling the door handle. All doors
vehicle, and you try to lock the door using will lock.
the drivers inside lock knob after getting
SPA2588 out of the vehicle, the door will unlock CAUTION:
automatically and a chime will sound after . When locking the doors using the power
To lock the door, insert the mechanical key to the door the door is closed.
key cylinder and turn the key to the front side of the door lock switch, be sure not to leave the
vehicle *1 . The drivers side door will lock. To lock the front doors, push the inside lock knob to key in the vehicle.
the lock position *1 , and then close the door while . When the Intelligent Key is left in the
To unlock the door, turn the key to the rear of the
pulling the door handle. vehicle, and you try to lock the door using
vehicle *
2 . The drivers side door will unlock.
To lock the rear doors, push the inside lock knob to the the power door lock switch after getting out
To lock or unlock the other doors, use the power door
lock position *1 and then close the door. of the vehicle, all the doors will unlock
lock switch or the UNLOCK button or LOCK automatically after the door is closed.
button on the Intelligent Key. To unlock, pull the inside lock knob to the unlock
position *
2 . To unlock, push the power door lock switch to the
When the drivers door is locked, you do not need to unlock position *
2 .
operate the inside lock knob. Just pull the inside door
handle to open the drivers door.

Pre-driving checks and adjustments 3-3

Condition: 'Except for China'/China/ [ Edit: 2013/ 8/ 2 Model: L33-A ]


Black plate (82,1)

VEHICLE SPEED SENSING DOOR LOCK AUTO DOOR LOCK RELEASING ME- IMPACT SENSING DOOR LOCK RELEAS-
MECHANISM GUID-BC9E1C72-54F2-4BF8-BEF6-5F7310820534 CHANISM GUID-876E4A83-5576-4AF4-8A44-45BDAED4E0AD ING MECHANISM
GUID-7A697DF3-FE26-4207-8708-ED8DCAE4F283
All doors will be locked automatically when the vehicle All doors will be unlocked automatically when the All doors will be unlocked automatically when the
speed reaches 10 km/h (6 MPH). Once the lock has ignition switch is moved from ON to OFF position. impact sensors sense an impact while the ignition
been unlocked, while driving, the vehicle speed switch is in the ON position.
sensing door lock mechanism will not lock the door To activate or deactivate auto door lock
again unless one of the following is performed. releasing mechanism
GUID-865DF8E7-F942-4FB1-B5F4-1E16E2981498
CHILD SAFETY REAR DOOR LOCK
L33-A-121009-85CB0CB7-D3AA-4E96-9A41-0CEAD98C6D60

. Opening any doors. To activate or deactivate the auto door lock releasing
. Placing the ignition switch in the LOCK position. mechanism, perform the following procedures.
1. Push the ignition switch to the ON position.
To activate or deactivate vehicle speed
2. Within 20 seconds, push and hold the power door
sensing door lock mechanism
GUID-63D5F032-ED15-41B7-BE29-015D4B77D11E lock switch to the UNLOCK position for 5
To activate or deactivate the door lock mechanism, seconds.
perform the following procedures.
3. The hazard indicator light will flash as follows if the
1. Push the ignition switch to the ON position. switching operation is successful:
2. Within 20 seconds, push and hold the power door . Twice - activated
lock switch to the LOCK position for 5 seconds. . Once - deactivated SPA2423
3. The hazard indicator light will flash as follows if the
switching operation is successful: NOTE: The child safety rear door locks help prevent rear doors
The automatic door unlock function can be from being opened accidentally, especially when small
. Twice - activated children are in the vehicle.
changed using the Vehicle Settings in the
. Once - deactivated
vehicle information display. The Auto Door When the levers are in the lock position *
1 , the child
NOTE: Unlock choices are: safety rear door locks engage and the rear doors can
. Off only be opened by the outside door handles.
The automatic door lock function can be chan-
ged using the Vehicle Settings in the vehicle . IGN OFF To disengage, move the levers to the unlock position
information display. The Auto Door Lock . Shift into P *2 .
choices are:
. Off
. Vehicle Speed
. Shift out of P

3-4 Pre-driving checks and adjustments

Condition: 'Except for China'/China/ [ Edit: 2013/ 8/ 2 Model: L33-A ]


Black plate (83,1)

INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM


L33-A-121009-17AD3BBF-9EC0-48E1-AA27-FFD3D8C82756
Intelligent Key system. become shorter.
For information regarding replacement of a battery, see
CAUTION: Battery (P.8-17).
. Be sure to carry the Intelligent Key with you Because the steering wheel is locked electrically,
when operating the vehicle. unlocking the steering wheel with the ignition switch in
. Never leave the Intelligent Key in the vehicle the LOCK position is impossible when the vehicle
when you leave the vehicle. battery is completely discharged. In this case, unlock-
ing the steering wheel would be also impossible. Pay
The Intelligent Key is always communicating with the special attention that the vehicle battery is not
vehicle as it receives radio waves. The Intelligent Key completely discharged.
SPA2505 system transmits weak radio waves. Environmental
As many as 4 Intelligent Keys can be used with one
conditions may interfere with the operation of the
1. Intelligent Key vehicle. For information about the purchase and use of
Intelligent Key system under the following operating
2. Mechanical key (inside the key) additional Intelligent Keys, contact a NISSAN dealer.
conditions.
3. Key number plate
. When operating near a location where strong CAUTION:
radio waves are transmitted, such as a TV tower,
WARNING: . Do not allow the Intelligent Key, which
power station and broadcasting station.
. Radio waves could adversely affect electric . When in possession of wireless equipment, such contains electrical components, to come
medical equipment. Those who use a pace- as a cellular telephone, transceiver, and CB radio. into contact with water or salt water. This
maker should contact the electric medical could affect the system function.
. When the Intelligent Key is in contact with or
equipment manufacturer for the possible covered by metallic materials. . Do not drop the Intelligent Key.
influences before use. . Do not strike the Intelligent Key sharply
. When any type of radio wave remote control is
. The Intelligent Key transmits radio waves used nearby. against another object.
when the buttons are pushed. The radio . When the Intelligent Key is placed near an electric . Do not change or modify the Intelligent Key.
waves may affect navigation and commu- appliance such as a personal computer.
nication systems. Do not operate the Intel- . Wetting may damage the Intelligent Key. If
In such cases, correct the operating conditions before the Intelligent Key gets wet, immediately
ligent Key while on an airplane. Make sure
using the Intelligent Key function or use the mechanical wipe until it is completely dry.
the buttons are not operated unintentionally
key.
when the unit stored for a flight. . If the outside temperature is below 108C
Although the life of the battery varies depending on the (148F), the battery of the Intelligent Key may
The Intelligent Key system can operate all the door operating conditions, the batterys life is approximately not function properly.
locks and the trunk lid using the remote controller 2 years. If the battery is discharged, replace it with a
function or pushing the request switch on the vehicle . Do not place the Intelligent Key for an
new one.
without taking the key out from a pocket or purse. The extended period in an area where tempera-
Since the Intelligent Key is continuously receiving radio tures exceed 608C (1408F).
operating environment and/or conditions may affect
waves, if the Intelligent Key is left near equipment
the Intelligent Key system operation. . Do not attach the Intelligent Key with a key
which transmits strong radio waves, such as signals
Be sure to read the following before using the holder that contains a magnet.
from a TV and personal computer, the battery life may

Pre-driving checks and adjustments 3-5

Condition: 'Except for China'/China/ [ Edit: 2013/ 8/ 2 Model: L33-A ]


Black plate (84,1)

. Do not place the Intelligent Key near equip- OPERATING RANGE


ment that produces a magnetic field, such as GUID-44DA3454-FD6A-469A-B1B6-AFB6F801E61B

a TV, audio equipment and personal compu-


ters.
If an Intelligent Key is lost or stolen, NISSAN
recommends erasing the ID code of that Intelligent
Key from the vehicle. This may prevent the unauthor-
ized use of the Intelligent Key to operate the vehicle.
For information regarding the erasing procedure,
contact a NISSAN dealer.
The Intelligent Key function can be disabled. For
information about disabling the Intelligent Key function, SPA1744
contact a NISSAN dealer.
The Intelligent Key functions can only be used when USING INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM
GUID-C2068CDA-87B4-4E94-A3CB-AC1564A2A6B3
the Intelligent Key is within the specified operating
range from the request switch * 1 .

When the Intelligent Key battery is discharged or


strong radio waves are present near the operating
location, the Intelligent Key systems operating range
becomes narrower, and the Intelligent Key may not
function properly.
The operating range is within 80 cm (31.50 in) from
each request switch *1 .

If the Intelligent Key is too close to the door glass,


handle or rear bumper, the request switches may not JVP0151X
function.
The request switch will not function under the following
When the Intelligent Key is within the operating range, conditions:
it is possible for anyone, even someone who does not
. When the Intelligent Key is left inside the vehicle
carry the Intelligent Key, to push the request switch to
(only the unlock function operates).
lock/unlock the doors and open the trunk lid.
. When the Intelligent Key is not within the
operational range.
. When the doors are open or not closed securely
(only the unlock function operates).

3-6 Pre-driving checks and adjustments

Condition: 'Except for China'/China/ [ Edit: 2013/ 8/ 2 Model: L33-A ]


Black plate (85,1)

. When the Intelligent Key battery is discharged. . Do not pull the door handle before pushing the 4. All doors will be locked.
. When the engine is running. door handle request switch. The door will be 5. Operate door handles to confirm that the doors
unlocked but will not open. Release the door have been securely locked.
handle once and pull it again to open the door.
Lockout protection:GUID-9E14C2E6-2E9C-4731-980B-C45B899B977B
To prevent the Intelligent Key from being accidentally
locked in the vehicle, lockout protection is equipped
with the Intelligent Key system.
When the drivers side door is open, the doors are
locked, and then the Intelligent Key is put inside the
vehicle and all the doors are closed; the lock will
automatically unlock and the door buzzer sounds.
SPA2407 Doors do not lock with the door handle request switch
with the Intelligent Key inside the vehicle and a beep
. Do not push the door handle request switch with JVP0015X sounds to warn you. However, when an Intelligent Key
the Intelligent Key held in your hand as illustrated. is inside the vehicle, doors can be locked with another
The close distance to the door handle will cause When you carry the Intelligent Key with you, you can Intelligent Key.
the Intelligent Key system to have difficulty lock or unlock all doors by pushing the door handle
recognizing that the Intelligent Key is outside the request switch *A within the range of operation.
CAUTION:
vehicle. When you lock or unlock the doors or open the trunk
. After locking the doors using the door handle lid, the hazard indicator will flash and the outside chime The lockout protection may not function under
request switch, make sure that the doors have will sound as a confirmation. For details, see Hazard the following conditions:
been securely locked by operating the door indicator and horn operation (P.3-11). . When the Intelligent Key is placed on top of
handles. the instrument panel.
. The door handle request switch is operational only . When the Intelligent Key is placed on the top
Request switches for all doors and trunk can be
when the Intelligent Key has been detected by the of the rear parcel shelf.
deactivated when the I-Key Door Lock is switched to
Intelligent Key system.
OFF in the Vehicle Settings of the vehicle information . When the Intelligent Key is placed inside of
. When locking the doors using the door handle display. See Vehicle information display (P.2-11). the glove box.
request switch, make sure to have the Intelligent
Key in your possession before operating the door Locking doorsGUID-4350F4A0-755C-41C5-8CAF-C336890021A6 . When the Intelligent Key is placed inside of
handle request switch to prevent the Intelligent the door pockets.
1. Push the ignition switch to the OFF position and
Key from being left in the vehicle. carry the Intelligent Key. . When the Intelligent Key is placed on or
. To prevent the Intelligent Key from being left inside under the spare tire area.
2. Close all doors.
the vehicle or the trunk, make sure you carry the . When the Intelligent Key is placed on the
key with you and then lock the doors. 3. Push the door handle request switch *
A .
outer side of the trunk area.

Pre-driving checks and adjustments 3-7

Condition: 'Except for China'/China/ [ Edit: 2013/ 8/ 2 Model: L33-A ]


Black plate (86,1)

. When the Intelligent Key is placed inside or Opening trunkGUID-EEF6EB14-5BA3-4DB5-AF7E-D60BD6BBFE0F


lid CAUTION:
near metallic materials.
The lockout protection may function when the The lockout protection may not function under
Intelligent Key is outside the vehicle but is too the following conditions:
close to the vehicle. . When the Intelligent Key is placed on or
under the spare tire area.
Unlocking doors
GUID-C30FA54C-E11A-471D-B8EA-C1DCDDB4FCD2 . When the Intelligent Key is placed at the
1. Carry the Intelligent Key with you. outer side of the trunk area.
2. Push the door handle request switch (drivers or . When the Intelligent Key is placed inside the
front passengers) *
A . metal box.
3. All doors will be unlocked.
JVP0016X BATTERY SAVER SYSTEM
4. Operate the door handles to open the doors. L33-A-121009-4CC1678B-DF02-4EB0-98C3-9DC3590F752A
1. Carry the Intelligent Key. When all the following conditions are met for a period
If a door handle is pulled while unlocking the doors,
of time, the battery saver system will cut off the power
that door may not be unlocked. Returning the door 2. Push the trunk open request switch *
A for more
supply to prevent battery discharge.
handle to its original position will unlock the door. If the than 1 second.
door does not unlock, after returning the door handle, . The ignition switch is in the ACC position, and
3. The trunk will be unlatched and the outside chime
push the door handle request switch to unlock the sounds 4 times. . All doors are closed, and
door. . The shift lever is in the P (Park) position.
4. Raise the trunk lid to open the trunk.
Automatic relock: GUID-9E14C2E6-2E9C-4731-980B-C45B899B977B WARNING SIGNALS
L33-A-121009-2B869B7A-CC13-4B31-BFAD-C68B6B4726A2
All doors will be locked automatically unless one of the CAUTION:
The Intelligent Key system is equipped with a function
following operations is performed within 1 minute after When closing the trunk, make sure to have the that is designed to minimize improper operations of the
pushing the request switch while the doors are locked. Intelligent Key in your possession before closing Intelligent Key and to help prevent the vehicle from
. Opening any doors. the trunk to prevent the Intelligent Key from being stolen. The warning buzzer sounds and the
. Pushing the ignition switch. being left in the trunk. warning display appears on the vehicle information
If during the preset time period, the UNLOCK display when improper operations are detected.
button on the Intelligent Key is pushed, all doors will be Lockout protection:GUID-9E14C2E6-2E9C-4731-980B-C45B899B977B See the troubleshooting guide on the next page. For
locked automatically after another 1 minute. To prevent the Intelligent Key from being accidentally warning and indicators on the vehicle information
locked in the trunk, lockout protection is equipped with display, see Vehicle information display (P.2-11).
the Intelligent Key system.
When the trunk lid is closed with the Intelligent Key CAUTION:
inside the trunk, a chime will sound and the trunk lid will When the buzzer sounds and the warning
open. display appears, be sure to check both the
vehicle and the Intelligent Key.

3-8 Pre-driving checks and adjustments

Condition: 'Except for China'/China/ [ Edit: 2013/ 8/ 2 Model: L33-A ]


Black plate (87,1)

TROUBLESHOOTING GUIDE
L33-A-121009-7DD69713-A147-4294-9ACF-0D65FDBB1BB1

Symptom Possible cause Action to take


The Key Battery Low indicator appears in Replace the battery with a new one. See
The battery charge is low.
When pushing the ignition switch to start the vehicle information display. Battery (P.8-17).
the engine The Key ID Incorrect warning appears in
The Intelligent Key is not in the vehicle. Carry the Intelligent Key with you.
the vehicle information display.
The Shift to Park warning appears on the
When pushing the ignition switch to stop The shift lever is not in the P (Park) Shift the shift lever to the P (Park)
vehicle information display and the inside
the engine position. position.
warning chime sounds continuously.
When opening the drivers door to get The inside warning chime sounds con- The ignition switch is in the ACC Push the ignition switch to the OFF
out of the vehicle tinuously. position. position.
The No Key Detected warning appears
on the vehicle information display, the
The ignition switch is in the ACC or Push the ignition switch to the OFF
outside chime sounds 3 times and the
ON position. position.
When closing the door after getting out inside warning chime sounds for ap-
of the vehicle proximately 3 seconds.
The Shift to Park warning appears on the The ignition switch is in the ACC Move the shift lever to the P (Park)
vehicle information display and the out- position and the shift lever is not in the position and push the ignition switch to
side chime sounds continuously. P (Park) position. the OFF position.
The outside chime sounds for approxi-
When closing the door with the inside The Intelligent Key is inside the vehicle or
mately 3 seconds and all the doors Carry the Intelligent Key with you.
lock knob turned to the lock position trunk.
unlock.
When pushing the door handle request The outside chime sounds for approxi- The Intelligent Key is inside the vehicle or
Carry the Intelligent Key with you.
switch to lock the door mately 2 seconds. trunk.
The outside chime sounds for approxi-
When closing the trunk lid mately 10 seconds and the trunk lid The Intelligent Key is inside the trunk. Carry the Intelligent Key with you.
opens.

Pre-driving checks and adjustments 3-9

Condition: 'Except for China'/China/ [ Edit: 2013/ 8/ 2 Model: L33-A ]


Black plate (88,1)

USING REMOTE KEYLESS ENTRY SYSTEM


L33-A-121009-5FB1B1CC-9534-4DD3-913C-C71E1B53E5C6
Locking doors
L33-A-121009-8B830AFA-C09A-4154-8161-36490469123E
Automatic relock: GUID-9E14C2E6-2E9C-4731-980B-C45B899B977B
When you lock or unlock the doors or the trunk lid, the All doors will be locked automatically unless one of the
Operating range
GUID-E3E671EF-1471-401B-A5AB-895A3D3612FC following operations is performed within 1 minute after
hazard indicator will flash and the horn (or the outside
chime) will sound as a confirmation. For details, see pushing the UNLOCK button * 2 while the
Hazard indicator and horn operation (P.3-11). doors are locked.
1. Push the ignition switch to the OFF position and . Opening any doors.
carry the Intelligent Key with you. . Pushing the ignition switch.
2. Close all doors.
OpeningL33-A-121009-15D6CB6A-5978-4BB0-9FE0-60BD732FBABE
trunk lid
3. Push the LOCK button *
1 on the 1. Push the TRUNK button *3 on the
Intelligent Key. Intelligent Key for more than 1 second.
4. All doors will be locked. 2. The trunk will be unlatched.
5. Operate the door handles to confirm that the 3. Raise the trunk lid to open the trunk.
SPA2100
doors have been securely locked.
The remote keyless entry system can operate all door Using panic alarm
L33-A-121009-C19AF1E1-C23E-4393-9B43-E1584FDC6BE5
locks and the trunk lid. The remote keyless entry CAUTION: If you are near your vehicle and feel threatened, you
system can operate at a distance of approximately 1 m . After locking the doors using the LOCK may activate the alarm to call attention as follows:
(3.3 ft) away from the vehicle. The operating distance button on the Intelligent Key, be sure that 1. Push the PANIC button * 4 on the
depends upon the conditions around the vehicle. the doors have been securely locked by Intelligent Key for more than 1 second.
The remote keyless entry system will not function under operating the door handles. 2. The theft warning alarm will stay on for 25
the following conditions: . When locking the doors using the Intelligent seconds.
. When the Intelligent Key is not within the Key, be sure not to leave the key in the 3. The panic alarm stops when:
operational range. vehicle.
. It has run for 25 seconds, or
. When the doors are open. (The unlock function
UnlockingL33-A-121009-7B71FF01-0767-4711-870D-C61D3AE3E30A
doors . Any of the buttons on the Intelligent Key are
will operate.)
. When the Intelligent Key battery is discharged. To change the door unlock mode from one to another,
pushed. (Note: PANIC *
4 or TRUNK

. When the ignition switch is in the ACC or ON see Vehicle information display (P.2-11). *3 button should be pushed for more
than 1 second.)
position. 1. Push the UNLOCK button *
2 on the
Intelligent Key.
2. All doors will be unlocked.
3. Operate the door handle to open the door.

3-10 Pre-driving checks and adjustments

Condition: 'Except for China'/China/ [ Edit: 2013/ 8/ 2 Model: L33-A ]


Black plate (89,1)

SECURITY SYSTEM
L33-A-121009-9DBE263E-1406-4AD7-A6CA-417E9D4E6E32
HAZARD INDICATOR AND HORN OPERATION Your vehicle has the following security systems:
L33-A-121009-F5BD592E-571C-40F2-ABC6-3F2E1D125D1C
. Theft warning (if equipped)
When you lock or unlock the doors or the trunk lid with the request switch or the remote keyless entry function, the
hazard indicator will flash and the outside chime or the horn will sound as a confirmation. . NISSAN Anti-theft System (NATS)*
The security condition will be shown by the security
The following descriptions show how the hazard indicator and chime/horn will activate when locking or unlocking
indicator light.
the doors or trunk.
(* immobilizer)
Hazard indicator and horn mode
L33-A-121009-CB5D95A7-C701-4E8B-85FA-CDF4094E1861
THEFT WARNING SYSTEM (if equipped)
GUID-FD4F96FB-D621-4540-B08A-2549E2C4B210
Operation DOOR LOCK DOOR UNLOCK TRUNK OPEN The theft warning system provides visual and audio
HAZARD - twice HAZARD - none alarm signals if parts of the vehicle are disturbed.
Intelligent Key system HAZARD - once
OUTSIDE CHIME - OUTSIDE CHIME - 4
(request switch) OUTSIDE CHIME - once Security indicator light
twice times GUID-14557B7F-C8EB-4142-A1B0-5EB30A1BF950
Remote keyless entry HAZARD - twice HAZARD - once HAZARD - none
system HORN - once HORN - none HORN - none

Hazard indicator mode


L33-A-121009-982F045A-A41C-4060-B9EE-22406EADF02C

Operation DOOR LOCK DOOR UNLOCK TRUNK OPEN


Intelligent Key system
HAZARD - twice HAZARD - none HAZARD - none
(request switch)
Remote keyless entry HAZARD - none
HAZARD - twice HAZARD - none
system
SIC2045
Switching procedure
L33-A-121009-C009267F-6C75-49A4-9A37-C7DB8701D9E4
To switch the hazard indicator and horn (chime) The security indicator light, located on the meter panel,
operates whenever the ignition switch is in the
operation, push the LOCK * 1 and UNLOCK
LOCK, OFF or ACC position. This is normal.
*2 buttons on the Intelligent Key simultaneously
for more than 2.5 seconds. How to activate system
GUID-1664D450-0134-4DAA-B234-71E59F2686FD
. When the hazard indicator mode is set, the hazard 1. Close all windows.
indicator flashes 3 times.
The system can be activated even if the
. When the hazard indicator and horn mode are set,
windows are open.
the hazard indicator flashes once and the horn
chirps once. 2. Push the ignition switch to the OFF position.
JI0469 3. Close and lock all doors, the trunk and hood. The
doors can be locked with the LOCK button
on the Intelligent Key or any request switch.

Pre-driving checks and adjustments 3-11

Condition: 'Except for China'/China/ [ Edit: 2013/ 8/ 2 Model: L33-A ]


Black plate (90,1)

HOOD
L33-A-121009-C25913F2-7469-40B9-A392-2599D10951BD
4. Confirm that the security indicator light comes on. If the system does not operate as described
The security indicator light glows for about 30 above, have it checked by a NISSAN dealer. WARNING:
seconds and then blinks. The system is now . The hood must be closed and latched
activated. If, during this 30 second time period, the NISSAN L33-A-121009-26544FDA-84B7-4F91-A55F-02FED2BA19B2
ANTI-THEFT SYSTEM (NATS) securely before driving. Failure to do so
door is unlocked or the ignition switch is placed in The NISSAN Anti-Theft System (NATS) will not allow could cause the hood to fly open and result
the ACC or ON position, the system will not the engine to start without the use of the registered in an accident.
activate. Intelligent Key.
. Never open the hood if steam or smoke is
Even when the driver and/or passengers are in SecurityL33-A-121009-BF9EDFB4-3CBE-4BA2-B0CA-CC44745EEDE4
indicator light coming from the engine compartment to
the vehicle, the system will activate with all avoid injury.
doors locked and ignition switch off. Push the
ignition switch to the ACC position to turn the
system off.

Theft warningGUID-9EFB7B65-C219-4E1A-B87B-2DA7E9A49D0C
system operation
The warning system will give the following alarm:
. The hazard indicator blinks and the horn sounds
intermittently.
. The alarm automatically turns off after the preset
time has expired. However, the alarm reactivates if
SIC2045
the vehicle is tampered with again.
The alarm is activated by: The security indicator light is located in the meter
. Opening the door without using the UNLOCK panel. It indicates the status of NATS.
button on the Intelligent Key or the request The light operates whenever the ignition switch is in
switch. the LOCK, OFF or ACC position. The security
. Opening the trunk lid without using the indicator light indicates that the security systems on
button on the Intelligent Key or the request switch. the vehicle are operational.
. Opening the hood. If NATS is malfunctioning, this light will remain on while
the ignition switch is in the ON position.
How to stop alarm
GUID-AEB1EC34-3647-43F0-9E7D-6A8826B22213
If the light remains on and/or the engine does
. The alarm will stop by unlocking a door with the
not start, contact a NISSAN dealer for NATS
UNLOCK button on the Intelligent Key or
service as soon as possible. Be sure to bring all
the request switch.
registered Intelligent Keys that you have when
. The alarm will stop when the ignition switch is visiting a NISSAN dealer for service.
placed in the ACC or ON position.

3-12 Pre-driving checks and adjustments

Condition: 'Except for China'/China/ [ Edit: 2013/ 8/ 2 Model: L33-A ]


Black plate (91,1)

TRUNK LID
L33-A-121009-139D1F5B-110C-45EF-B0F2-2970D3417774
OPENING HOOD
L33-A-121009-138A2E4B-E3E5-48F2-B54F-3DC4FB204861 WARNING:
. The trunk lid must be closed securely before
driving. An open trunk lid could allow
dangerous exhaust gases to be drawn inside
the vehicle.
. Closely supervise children when they are
around your vehicle to prevent them from
playing and becoming locked in the trunk
where they could be seriously injured. Keep
the vehicle locked, with the trunk closed,
JVP0255X when not in use, and prevent childrens
access to vehicle keys.
1. Pull the hood lock release handle * 1 located
below the drivers side instrument panel; the hood OPENING TRUNK LID
L33-A-121009-E809EF24-B612-47DD-ADB2-63F8D865CD38
springs up slightly. The trunk lid can be opened by performing one of the
2. Push the lever at the front of the hood *
2 as following operations.
illustrated with your fingertips. . Using the trunk opener
3. Raise the hood. . Using the trunk open request switch while carrying
the Intelligent Key
CLOSING HOOD
L33-A-121009-442ED29B-7F31-4E3C-BA32-535208E15ED8 . Using the TRUNK button on the Intelligent
Slowly move the hood down to latch both the right and Key
left locks. Push the hood down to lock the hood
securely into place. Opener operation
L33-A-121009-B60D4E27-6A01-4C25-89B6-F054A3B262C3

JVP0188X

Pre-driving checks and adjustments 3-13

Condition: 'Except for China'/China/ [ Edit: 2013/ 8/ 2 Model: L33-A ]


Black plate (92,1)

FUEL FILLER LID


L33-A-121009-571DE73E-46C7-42E8-A7B3-17CE797676F7
To open the trunk lid, push the opener switch for more FUEL FILLER CAP
than 1 second. WARNING: L33-A-121009-A9A7EECD-B51D-4263-80D3-8B517B2CEE17

. Fuel is extremely flammable and highly


Trunk open request switch
GUID-F4A8A79D-A47B-4FA6-8D72-132179757ED1 explosive under certain conditions. You
could be burned or seriously injured if it is
misused or mishandled. Always stop the
engine and do not smoke or allow open
flames or sparks near the vehicle when
refueling.
. Fuel may be under pressure. Turn the cap a
half of a turn, and wait for any hissing
sound to stop to prevent fuel from spraying JVP0211X
out and possibly causing personal injury.
Then remove the cap. The fuel filler cap is a ratcheting type. Turn the cap
SPA2509
. Use only an original equipment type fuel counterclockwise * 1 to remove. Tighten the cap
filler cap as a replacement. It has a built-in clockwise * 2 until ratchet clicks, more than twice,
The trunk lid can be opened by pushing the trunk open after refueling.
request switch when the Intelligent Key is within the safety valve needed for proper operation of
operating range of the trunk lock/unlock function. (See the fuel system and emission control sys- Put the fuel filler cap on the cap holder *
A while
Intelligent Key system (P.3-5).) tem. An incorrect cap can result in a serious refueling.
malfunction and possible injury.
Remote L33-A-121009-DDD755C1-0F72-4B6D-A694-AB8B2DE12485
keyless operation CAUTION:
To open the trunk lid, push and hold the TRUNK OPENINGL33-A-121009-17584926-17B7-4B76-82EF-D97F1955830F
FUEL FILLER LID
If fuel is spilled on the vehicle body, flush it away
button on the Intelligent Key for longer than 1 second. with water to avoid paint damage.
(See Using remote keyless entry system (P.3-10).)

CLOSING TRUNK LID


L33-A-121009-1B794B2D-264B-45F4-8BD4-9627F4011C10
To close the trunk lid, push the trunk lid down until it
securely locks.

SPA2371

The fuel filler lid release is located below the


instrument panel. To open the fuel filler lid, pull the
release. To lock, close the fuel filler lid securely.

3-14 Pre-driving checks and adjustments

Condition: 'Except for China'/China/ [ Edit: 2013/ 8/ 2 Model: L33-A ]


Black plate (93,1)

STEERING WHEEL MIRRORS


L33-A-121009-68BBBD78-67C9-4CAC-B62E-F8AC934E0551 L33-A-121009-8940A100-83DC-4E31-AB14-37A2D37FF9B5
headlights of the vehicle behind you obstructs your
WARNING: vision at night.
Adjust the position of all mirrors before driving. Push the adjusting lever *
2 during the day for the best
Do not adjust the mirror positions while driving rearward visibility.
so that full attention may be given to vehicle
operation. Automatic anti-glare type
L33-A-121009-F07EEBE9-03CF-4BAD-9D89-3A68872A8342

INSIDE REARVIEW MIRROR


L33-A-121009-0E1362A8-7036-4273-AF0E-A215ED4C488A

SPA2468

WARNING:
Never adjust the steering wheel while driving so
that full attention may be given to vehicle
operation.
SPA2162
Pull the lock lever *1 down and adjust the steering
The inside rearview mirror is designed so that it
wheel up, down, forward or rearward to the desired SPA2447
automatically changes reflection according to the
position. Push the lock lever up securely to lock the intensity of the headlights of the vehicle following you.
steering wheel in place. While holding the inside rearview mirror, adjust the
mirror angles until the desired position is achieved. The anti-glare system will be automatically turned on
when you place the ignition switch in the ON
Manual anti-glare type
L33-A-121009-349AEA2D-C438-405B-8099-964DD43CE6CB position.
When the system is turned on, the indicator light * B
will illuminate and excessive glare from the headlights
of the vehicle behind you will be reduced.
Push the switch * A for 3 seconds to make the
inside rearview mirror operate normally and the
indicator light will turn off. Push the switch again
for 3 seconds to turn the system on.
Do not hang any objects on the mirror or apply
glass cleaner. Doing so will reduce the sensitiv-
ity of the sensor * C , resulting in improper
SPA2143
operation.
Pull the adjusting lever *
1 when the glare from the

Pre-driving checks and adjustments 3-15

Condition: 'Except for China'/China/ [ Edit: 2013/ 8/ 2 Model: L33-A ]


Black plate (94,1)

OUTSIDE REARVIEW MIRRORS


L33-A-121009-FC560011-5E5C-4A12-AE2C-F3614B270F9C
Folding L33-A-121009-B38A4644-17B6-4CDE-975B-6B89F652A8B8 CAUTION:
Manual folding type:
WARNING: GUID-9E14C2E6-2E9C-4731-980B-C45B899B977B . Continuously performing the fold/unfold
operation of the outside rearview mirror
. Never touch the outside rearview mirrors may cause the switch to stop the operation.
while they are in motion. Doing so may pinch
your fingers or damage the mirror. . Do not touch the mirrors while they are
moving. Your hand may be pinched, and the
. Never drive the vehicle with the outside mirror may malfunction.
rearview mirrors folded. This reduces rear
view visibility and may lead to an accident. . Do not drive with the mirrors stored. You will
be unable to see behind the vehicle.
. Objects viewed in the outside mirror are
closer than they appear (if equipped). . If the mirrors were folded or unfolded by
hand, there is a chance that the mirror will
. The picture dimensions and distance in the move forward or backward during driving. If
SPA1829
outside mirrors are not real. the mirrors were folded or unfolded by hand,
Pull the outside mirror toward the door to fold it. be sure to adjust them again electrically
AdjustingL33-A-121009-FB1322A5-8B52-4048-8C30-57F0A09860DB before driving.
Remote control GUID-9E14C2E6-2E9C-4731-980B-C45B899B977B
type:
Reverse tilt-down feature (if equipped)
GUID-FC1F57D9-3D05-4208-9F71-E0F3A3949D55
When backing up the vehicle, the right and left outside
mirrors will turn downward automatically to provide
better rear visibility.
1. Push the ignition switch to the ON position.
2. Move the shift lever to the R (Reverse) position.
3. Select the right or left outside mirror by operating
the outside mirror control switch.
JVP0133X 4. The outside mirror surfaces move downward.
JVP0134X
The outside rearview mirror remote control operates When one of the following conditions has occurred,
when the ignition switch is in the ACC or ON The outside rearview mirror remote control operates the selected outside mirror surface will return to its
position. when the ignition switch is in the ACC or ON original position.
position. . The shift lever is moved to any position other than
1. Turn the switch to select the left (L) or right (R)
mirror *
1 . The outside rearview mirrors automatically fold when R (Reverse).
the outside rearview mirror folding switch is pushed in. . The outside mirror control switch is set to the
2. Adjust each mirror by pushing the switch until the
To unfold, push the switch again. center position.
desired position is achieved *
2 .

3-16 Pre-driving checks and adjustments

Condition: 'Except for China'/China/ [ Edit: 2013/ 8/ 2 Model: L33-A ]


Black plate (95,1)

AUTOMATIC DRIVE POSITIONER (if


PARKING BRAKE
equipped)
L33-A-121009-33BBF52A-6E0A-4367-B369-180A0A48E743 L33-A-121009-F0845DCD-D9DE-4580-BB23-C7761EA8E20D
. The ignition switch is placed in the OFF position. The automatic drive positioner system has the follow-
WARNING: ing features:
VANITY MIRROR
L33-A-121009-BA562725-B7F1-42EB-B802-034622EE94E7 . Never drive the vehicle with the parking . Entry/exit function
brake applied. The brake will overheat and . Memory storage
fail to operate and will lead to an accident.
. Never release the parking brake from out-
ENTRY/EXIT FUNCTION
L33-A-121009-E913E723-234B-440D-ABD4-99A92F655226
side the vehicle. If the vehicle moves, it will This system is designed so that the drivers seat will
be impossible to push the foot brake pedal automatically move when the shift lever is in the P
and will lead to an accident. (Park) position. This allows the driver to get into and
out of the drivers seat more easily.
. Never use the shift lever in place of the
parking brake. When parking, be sure the The drivers seat will slide backward when the drivers
parking brake is fully applied. door is opened with the ignition switch in the LOCK
position.
SIC3869 . Never leave children or adults who would
normally require the support of others alone The drivers seat will return to the previous position
To access the vanity mirror, pull the sun visor down and in your vehicle. They could unknowingly when the ignition switch is placed in the ACC
flip open the mirror cover. Some vanity mirrors are release the parking brake and inadvertently position.
illuminated and turn on when the mirror cover is open. become involved in a serious accident. The drivers seat will not return to the previous position
if the seat adjusting switch is operated when the seat
is at the exit position.

ActivatingL33-A-121009-28747172-4364-4282-B34D-91B4232D9F8A
or canceling entry/exit function
The shift lever must be in the P (park) position with
the ignition switch in the OFF position.
The entry/exit function can be activated or canceled by
pushing and holding the SET switch for more than 10
seconds.
The indicator lights on the memory switches (1 and 2)
SPA2331 will blink once when the function is canceled, and the
indicator lights will blink twice when the function is
To apply the parking brake, firmly depress the parking activated. Note that the indicator lights may illuminate
brake pedal *1 . after 5 seconds while holding the SET switch. This
To release the parking brake, depress and hold the foot indicates readiness for linking the Intelligent Key to a
brake * 2 and then fully depress and release the stored memory position. Keep the SET switch pushed
parking brake pedal * 1 . for more than 10 seconds to turn on or off the entry/exit
function.
Before driving, be sure that the brake warning light has
turned off. The entry/exit function can also be activated or

Pre-driving checks and adjustments 3-17

Condition: 'Except for China'/China/ [ Edit: 2013/ 8/ 2 Model: L33-A ]


Black plate (96,1)

canceled if the Exit Seat Slide key is turned to ON or 4. Push the SET switch and, within 5 seconds, push . If optional Intelligent Keys are added to your
OFF in the Vehicle Settings. (See Vehicle information the memory switch (1 or 2). vehicle, the memory storage procedure to switch
display (P.2-11).) The indicator light for the pushed memory switch 1 or 2 and linking Intelligent Key procedure to a
will stay on for approximately 5 seconds after stored memory position should be performed
InitializingL33-A-121009-5D165D51-4745-4AA8-8659-FA3BE44158CA
entry/exit function again for each Intelligent Key. For additional
pushing the switch.
If the battery cable is disconnected, or if the fuse Intelligent Key information, see Keys (P.3-2).
opens, the entry/exit function will not work though this If memory is stored in the same memory switch,
function was set on before. In such a case, after the previous memory will be deleted. SelectingL33-A-121009-F42C9136-D8F3-4221-AD6F-01782BB7F16C
memorized position
connecting the battery or replacing with a new fuse, Linking Intelligent Key to a stored memory 1. Move the shift lever to the P (Park) position.
open and close the drivers door more than two times 2. Use one of the following methods to move the
position L33-A-121009-95AF7154-A694-46EA-97C1-9E680FF5E2DC
after the ignition switch is pushed from the ACC drivers seat.
position to the LOCK position. The entry/exit function The Intelligent Key can be linked to a stored memory
position with the following procedure. . Push the ignition switch to the ON position
will be activated.
and push the memory switch (1 or 2).
1. Follow the steps for storing a memory position.
MEMORY STORAGE
L33-A-121009-0C4BC662-1554-41C5-9D84-AAC7F91C3D7F
. Within 45 seconds of opening the drivers
2. While the indicator light for the memory switch door, push the memory switch (1 or 2).
being set is illuminated for 5 seconds, push the
button on the Intelligent Key. If the indicator The drivers seat will move to the memorized position
light blinks, the Intelligent Key is linked to that or to the exit position when the entry/exit function is set
memory setting. to active with the indicator light flashing, and then the
light will stay on for approximately 5 seconds.
Function: GUID-9E14C2E6-2E9C-4731-980B-C45B899B977B
Push the ignition switch to the OFF position and SYSTEML33-A-121009-5FDB5A52-BF70-4E80-97C9-6B744B01B1DD
OPERATION
push the UNLOCK button on the Intelligent Key. The automatic drive positioner system will not work or
The drivers seat and outside mirrors will move to the will stop operating under the following conditions:
memorized position or to the exit position when the . When the vehicle speed is above 7 km/h (4 MPH)
JVP0259X
entry/exit function is set to active. (entry/exit function).
Confirming memory storage . When the vehicle is driven (memory storage).
Two positions for the drivers seat and outside rearview L33-A-121009-3D1E20A7-C80E-4702-A120-5EEC554645FD
. Push the ignition switch to the ON position and . When either the automatic drive positioner switch
mirrors can be stored in the automatic drive positioner
push the SET switch. If the main memory has not (SET switch, memory 1 or 2 switch) or the
memory. Follow these procedures to use the memory
been stored, the indicator light will come on for adjusting switch for the drivers seat is operated
system.
approximately 0.5 second. When the memory has while the automatic drive positioner is operating.
1. Move the shift lever to the P (Park) position. . When the seat has already been moved to the
stored, the indicator light will stay on for approxi-
2. Push the ignition switch to the ON position. mately 5 seconds. memorized position.
3. Adjust the drivers seat to the desired position by . If the battery cable is disconnected, or if the fuse . When no position is stored in the memory switch.
manually operating each adjusting switch. (See opens, the memory will be canceled. In this case, . When the engine is started while moving the
Seats (P.1-2).) reset the desired position using the previous automatic drive positioner.
procedure.

3-18 Pre-driving checks and adjustments

Condition: 'Except for China'/China/ [ Edit: 2013/ 8/ 2 Model: L33-A ]


Black plate (97,1)

. When the shift lever is moved from the P (Park)


position to any other position. (However, it will not
be canceled if the shift lever is moved from the P
(Park) position while the seat is returning to the
previous position (entry/exit function).)
. For approximately 45 seconds after the drivers
door was opened (the ignition switch is not in the
ON position).

Pre-driving checks and adjustments 3-19

Condition: 'Except for China'/China/ [ Edit: 2013/ 8/ 2 Model: L33-A ]


Black plate (98,1)

MEMO

3-20 Pre-driving checks and adjustments

Condition: 'Except for China'/China/ [ Edit: 2013/ 8/ 2 Model: L33-A ]


Black plate (99,1)

4 Display screen, heater and air conditioner, and


audio system
Safety precautions ...................................................................................
.... 4-2 Heater and air conditioner .................................................................
.... 4-15
Rearview monitor (if equipped) ............................................................
.... 4-2 Operating tips .... .............................................................................. 4-16
How to read displayed lines ..........................................................
.... 4-2 Dual zone automatic air conditioner .......................................
.... 4-16
Difference between predictive and actual distances ............... .... 4-3 Servicing air conditioner ............................................................
.... 4-18
How to adjust screen .....................................................................
.... 4-4 Audio system ........................................................................................
.... 4-18
Operating tips ....................................................................................
.... 4-4 Audio operation precautions .... .................................................... 4-18
Around View Monitor (if equipped) ....................................................
.... 4-5 Antenna ..........................................................................................
.... 4-25
How to switch the display ..............................................................
.... 4-7 FM-AM radio with Compact Disc (CD) player (Type A) .... .... 4-25
How to see each view .....................................................................
.... 4-8 FM-AM radio with Compact Disc (CD) player (Type B) .... .... 4-28
Difference between predictive and actual distances ............ .... 4-10 USB port (if equipped) ..............................................................
.... 4-34
Camera aiding corner sensor function .....................................
.... 4-11 CD/DVD/USB device care and cleaning .............................. .... 4-34
Moving Object Detection (MOD) function .............................. .... 4-12 Steering-wheel-mounted controls for audio ....................... .... 4-34
How to adjust the screen ............................................................
.... 4-13 Car phone and CB radio ...................................................................
.... 4-35
Operating tips .................................................................................
.... 4-14 Bluetooth Hands-Free Phone system (if equipped for models
Ventilators ...............................................................................................
.... 4-14 without navigation system) ................................................................
.... 4-35
Center ventilators ...........................................................................
.... 4-14 Regulatory information ................................................................
.... 4-36
Side ventilators ...............................................................................
.... 4-15 Using the system .........................................................................
.... 4-36
Rear ventilators ...............................................................................
.... 4-15

Condition: 'Except for China'/China/ [ Edit: 2013/ 8/ 2 Model: L33-A ]


Black plate (100,1)

SAFETY PRECAUTIONS REARVIEW MONITOR (if equipped)


L33-A-121009-4E1E932B-3850-4D91-9454-AE0A183494BE
L33-A-121009-6873B8F7-1520-4D3F-8106-F474C705E9CE
When the shift lever is shifted into the R (Reverse) cause damage resulting in a fire or an
WARNING: position, the monitor display shows the view to the rear electric shock.
of the vehicle.
. Do not adjust the display controls, heater
and air conditioner controls or audio con- The system is designed as an aid to the driver in CAUTION:
trols while driving so that full attention may detecting large stationary objects to help avoid
damaging the vehicle. The system will not detect small Do not scratch the camera lens when cleaning
be given to vehicle operation. dirt or snow from the lens.
objects below the bumper and may not detect objects
. If you noticed any foreign objects entering close to the bumper or on the ground.
the system hardware, spilled liquid on the HOW TO READ DISPLAYED LINES
L33-A-121009-0BB024F2-A409-4260-BCCC-D2785F4F1F49
system, or noticed smoke or fumes coming
WARNING:
out from the system, or any other unusual
operation is observed, stop using the system . The RearView Monitor is a convenience but
immediately and contact the nearest it is not a substitute for proper backing up.
NISSAN dealer. Ignoring such conditions Always turn and check that it is safe to do so
may lead to an accident, fire or electric before backing up. Always back up slowly.
shock. . Objects viewed in the RearView Monitor
. Do not disassemble or modify this system. If differ from actual distance because a wide-
you do, it may lead to an accident, fire, or angle lens is used. Objects in the RearView
electric shock. Monitor will appear visually opposite like
. Park the vehicle in a safe location and apply ones viewed in the inside and outside
SAA2776
the parking brake to view images on the mirrors.
front center display screen. . Make sure that the trunk is securely closed Guiding lines which indicate the vehicle width and
when backing up. distances to objects with reference to the bumper line
CAUTION: . Underneath the bumper and the corner *A are displayed on the monitor.

areas of the bumper cannot be viewed on Distance guide lines:


Do not use the system when the engine is not
the RearView Monitor because of its mon- Indicate distances from the bumper.
running for extended periods of time to prevent
itoring range limitation.
battery discharge. . Red line * 1 : approx. 0.5 m (1.5 ft)
. Do not put anything on the rear view camera. . Yellow line *2 : approx. 1 m (3 ft)
. When washing the vehicle with high-pres- . Green line * 3 : approx. 2 m (7 ft)
sure water, be sure not to spray it around the . Green line * 4 : approx. 3 m (10 ft)
camera. Otherwise, water may enter the
Vehicle width guide lines * 5 :
camera unit causing water condensation on
the lens, a malfunction, fire or an electric Indicate the vehicle width when backing up.
shock.
. Do not strike the camera. It is a precision
instrument. Otherwise, it may malfunction or

4-2 Display screen, heater and air conditioner, and audio system

Condition: 'Except for China'/China/ [ Edit: 2013/ 8/ 2 Model: L33-A ]


Black plate (101,1)

DIFFERENCE BETWEEN PREDICTIVE AND closer than the actual distance. For example, the closer than it appears.
ACTUALL33-A-121009-05A9F6E5-DFA1-426D-A583-6B7229D0B334
DISTANCES display shows 1 m (3 ft) to the place * A , but the
actual 1 m (3 ft) distance on the hill is the place *B . Backing up near a projecting object
GUID-0894EBA5-8A64-41F2-93E2-5FF4F41AD415
The distance guide line and the vehicle width guide
Note that any object on the hill is viewed in the monitor
line should be used as a reference only when the
further than it appears.
vehicle is on a level, paved surface. The distance
viewed on the monitor is for reference only and may be Backing up onGUID-7F95B528-7037-4E70-8373-652783DC0335
a steep downhill
different than the actual distance between the vehicle
and displayed objects.

Backing up on a steep uphill


GUID-622742C3-0B0D-4E77-8CAD-C8572DCF547B

SAA3440

The vehicle may seem to nearly clear the object in the


display. However, the vehicle may hit the object if it
SAA2243 projects over the actual backing up course.

When backing up the vehicle down a hill, the distance


guide lines and the vehicle width guide lines are shown
JVH0307X further than the actual distance. For example, the
display shows 1 m (3 ft) to the place * A , but the
When backing up the vehicle up a hill, the distance
actual 1 m (3 ft) distance on the hill is the place *B .
guide lines and the vehicle width guide lines are shown
Note that any object on the hill is viewed in the monitor

Display screen, heater and air conditioner, and audio system 4-3

Condition: 'Except for China'/China/ [ Edit: 2013/ 8/ 2 Model: L33-A ]


Black plate (102,1)

Backing up behind a projecting object


GUID-D98060B7-D7C6-43E0-85CC-B4BE228EC8F3
HOW TO ADJUST SCREEN
GUID-2D59852D-9367-4C12-B25B-EE1F881C3517
OPERATING TIPS
L33-A-121009-E40953F8-EF49-41D3-A9DC-58878669A58F
. When the shift lever is shifted to the R (Reverse)
position, the monitor screen automatically
changes to the RearView Monitor mode. However,
the radio can be heard.
. It may take some time until the RearView Monitor
or the normal screen is displayed after the shift
lever has been shifted to R from another position
or to another position from R. Objects may be
distorted momentarily until the RearView Monitor
screen is displayed completely.
JVH0449X . When the temperature is extremely high or low,
the screen may not clearly display objects. This is
To set up the RearView Monitor to your preferred not a malfunction.
settings, push the ENTER/SETTING button * 2 while
. When strong light directly enters the camera,
the RearView Monitor screen is displayed. Each time objects may not be displayed clearly. This is not a
the ENTER/SETTING button * 2 is pushed, the next
malfunction.
setting item is selected. Turn the TUNEFOLDER
. Vertical lines may be seen in objects on the
control knob *1 to adjust each item.
screen. This is due to strong reflected light from
Available setting items: the bumper. This is not a malfunction.
. Brightness . The screen may flicker under fluorescent light. This
. Contrast is not a malfunction.
. Language* . The colors of objects on the RearView Monitor
The setting items will disappear and the display will may differ somewhat from those of the actual
JVH0623X
return to the original screen if ENTER/SETTING button object.
The position * C is shown further than the position *
B * 2 is pushed when the last setting item is selected or . Objects on the monitor may not be clear in a dark
in the display. However, the position *
C is actually at if the screen is left without operation for some time. place or at night. This is not a malfunction.
the same distance as the position * A . The vehicle
*: Only the language of the warning messages on . If dirt, rain or snow attaches to the camera, the
may hit the object when backing up to the position *A the camera screen can be switched. RearView Monitor may not clearly display objects.
if the object projects over the actual backing up Clean the camera.
course. . Do not use alcohol, benzine or thinner to clean the
camera. This will cause discoloration. To clean the
camera, wipe with a cloth dampened with diluted
mild cleaning agent and then wipe with a dry cloth.

4-4 Display screen, heater and air conditioner, and audio system

Condition: 'Except for China'/China/ [ Edit: 2013/ 8/ 2 Model: L33-A ]


Black plate (103,1)

AROUND VIEW MONITOR (if


equipped)
GUID-0620035B-59B1-42EB-9E73-878880AD0997
. Do not damage the camera as the monitor screen . Front-side View
may be adversely affected. The view around and ahead of the front passen-
. Do not use wax on the camera window. Wipe off gers side wheel.
any wax with a clean cloth dampened with mild . Front View
detergent diluted with water. The view to the front of the vehicle.
. Rear View
The view to the rear of the vehicle.
The system is designed as an aid to the driver in
situations such as slot parking or parallel parking.
JVH0624X
Models with navigation system

JVH0625X
Models without navigation system

When you push the CAMERA (models with navigation


system)/the DISP (models without navigation system)
button or shift the shift lever into the R (Reverse)
position while the ignition switch is in the ON
position, the Around View Monitor operates. The
monitor displays various views of the position of the
vehicle.
Available views: JVH0428X
. Bird-eye View
There are some areas where the system will not show
The surrounding view of the vehicle.
objects. When in the front or the rear view display, an
object below the bumper or on the ground may not be
Display screen, heater and air conditioner, and audio system 4-5

Condition: 'Except for China'/China/ [ Edit: 2013/ 8/ 2 Model: L33-A ]


Black plate (104,1)

viewed * 1 . When in the bird-eye view, a tall object . Do not strike the cameras. They are preci-
near the seam of the camera viewing areas will not sion instruments. Doing so could cause a
appear in the monitor *
2 . malfunction or cause damage resulting in a
fire or an electric shock.
WARNING:
. The Around View Monitor is a convenience CAUTION:
but it is not a substitute for proper vehicle Do not scratch the lens when cleaning dirt or
operation because it has areas where ob- snow from the front of the camera.
jects cannot be viewed. The four corners of
the vehicle in particular, are blind spots
where objects do not appear in the bird-
eye, front, or rear views. Always look out the
windows and check with your own eyes to be
sure that it is safe to move before operating
the vehicle. Always operate the vehicle
slowly.
. Do not use the Around View Monitor with
the outside mirror in the stored position, and
make sure that the trunk is securely closed
when operating the vehicle using the Around
View Monitor.
. The distance between objects viewed on the
Around View Monitor differs from the actual
distance.
. The cameras are installed above the front
grille, the outside mirrors and above the rear
license plate. Do not put anything on the
cameras.
. When washing the vehicle with highpressure
water, be sure not to spray it around the
cameras. Otherwise, water may enter the
camera unit causing water condensation on
the lens, a malfunction, fire or an electric
shock.

4-6 Display screen, heater and air conditioner, and audio system

Condition: 'Except for China'/China/ [ Edit: 2013/ 8/ 2 Model: L33-A ]


Black plate (105,1)

*
C : Rear view/front-side view screen
*
D : Front view/bird-eye view screen
*
E : Front view/front-side view screen

HOW TO SWITCH THE DISPLAY


GUID-E0776FA1-52DE-48A9-9D9C-A8DF4E61485F
The Around View Monitor display consists of the left
and the right screens. You can see a combination of
different views on the screens as illustrated.

Activating Around View Monitor


GUID-B5391BF9-C1E7-4C53-A7D3-58C989BBE710
Shift lever operation:
. When the shift lever is shifted into the R
(Reverse) position * 1 while another screen * A
is displayed, Around View Monitor operates and
the rear view and bird-eye view * B are displayed.
The Around View Monitor screen switches to the
previous screen when the shift lever is shifted out
of the R (Reverse) position * 2 .
. The view on the drivers side switches to the rear
view (* B or * C ) when the shift lever is shifted
into the R (Reverse) position (* 5 or * 7 ).
The view will switch back to the front view (* D or
* E ) when the shift lever is shifted out of the R
(Reverse) position (* 4 or * 6 ).
CAMERA (models with navigation system)/DISP
(models without navigation sytem) button op-
eration:
. When the CAMERA/the DISP button is pushed
(*8 ) while a screen other than the Around View
Monitor * A is displayed, Around View Monitor is
activated and the front view/ birds-eye view
JVH0613X screen * D is displayed.
. When the rear view is displayed on the left side on
: Shift the shift lever * : Original screen before the Around View Monitor
A
the screen (* B or *
C ), the view on the right side
is operated
: Push the CAMERA (models with navigation switches between the birdseye view * B and the
system)/the DISP (models without navigation system) *
B : Rear view/bird-eye view screen
front-side view *C each time the CAMERA/the
button DISP button is pushed (* 3 ).

Display screen, heater and air conditioner, and audio system 4-7

Condition: 'Except for China'/China/ [ Edit: 2013/ 8/ 2 Model: L33-A ]


Black plate (106,1)

. When the front view/birds-eye view * D is . On the snow-covered or slippery road, there distances to objects with reference to the vehicle body
displayed on the screen, pushing the CAMERA/ may be a difference between the predictive line *
A , are displayed on the monitor.
the DISP button (* 9 ) will switch the view on the course lines and the actual course line. Distance guide lines:
right side to the front-side view * E . When the
. The displayed lines on the rearview will
CAMERA/the DISP button is pushed again (* 10 ),
Indicate distances from the vehicle body.
appear slightly off the right because the
the screen which was displayed before the rearview camera is not installed in the rear . Red line * 1 : approx. 0.5 m (1.5 ft)
Around View Monitor was activated * A is center of the vehicle. . Yellow line *2 : approx. 1 m (3 ft)
displayed. . Green line * 3 : approx. 2 m (7 ft)
The vehicle width and predictive course lines are wider
HOW TO SEEGUID-FD957BEE-8B34-4508-A536-331981E5DE85
EACH VIEW . Green line * 4 : approx. 3 m (10 ft)
than the actual width and course.
Vehicle width guide lines * 5 :
WARNING: Front and rearGUID-9BAACFD5-67D6-4EAE-AEB2-54231ECAD936
view Indicate the vehicle width when backing up.
. The distance guide line and the vehicle width Predictive course lines *
6 :
line should be used as a reference only Indicate the predictive course when operating the
when the vehicle is on a paved, level surface. vehicle. The predictive course lines will be displayed
The distance viewed on the monitor is for on the monitor when the steering wheel is turned. The
reference only and may be different than the predictive course lines will move depending on how
actual distance between the vehicle and much the steering wheel is turned and will not be
displayed objects. displayed while the steering wheel is in the neutral
. Use the displayed lines and the bird-eye position.
view as a reference. The lines and the bird- The front view will not be displayed when the vehicle
eye view are greatly affected by the number speed is above 10 km/h (6 MPH).
of occupants, fuel level, vehicle position, SAA1840
road condition and road grade. Front view
WARNING:
. If the tires are replaced with different sized
. The distance between objects viewed in the
tires, the predictive course line and the bird-
rear view may differ from the actual dis-
eye view may be displayed incorrectly.
tance. Objects in the rear view will appear
. When driving the vehicle up a hill, objects visually opposite from those viewed in the
viewed in the monitor are further than they inside and outside mirrors.
appear. When driving the vehicle down a hill,
. On a snow-covered or slippery road, there
objects viewed in the monitor are closer
may be a difference between the predictive
than they appear. Use the mirrors or actually
course line and the actual course line.
look to properly judge distances to other
objects. . The displayed lines on the rear view will
SAA1896 appear slightly off to the right because the
. Objects in the rearview will appear visually Rear view rear view camera is not installed in the rear
opposite like ones viewed in the inside and Guiding lines, which indicate the vehicle width and
outside mirrors.
4-8 Display screen, heater and air conditioner, and audio system

Condition: 'Except for China'/China/ [ Edit: 2013/ 8/ 2 Model: L33-A ]


Black plate (107,1)

center of the vehicle. Guiding lines:


WARNING:
CAUTION: Guiding lines that indicate the width and the front end
. Objects in the bird-eye view will appear of the vehicle are displayed on the monitor.
When the monitor displays the front view and further than the actual distance because
the bird-eye view is a pseudo view that is The front-of-vehicle line *
1 shows the front part of the
the steering wheel turns about 90 degrees or vehicle.
less from the neutral position, both the right and processed by combining the views from the
*
left predictive course lines 6 are displayed. cameras on the outside mirrors, the front The side-of-vehicle line *2 shows the vehicle width
When the steering wheel turns about 90 degrees and the rear of the vehicle. including the outside mirror.
or more, the predictive course line is displayed . Tall objects, such as a curb or vehicle, may The extensions *3 of both the front * 1 and side *
2
only on the opposite side of the turn. be misaligned or not displayed at the seam lines are shown with a green dotted line.
of the views. The corner sensor indicator * 4 will appear when a
Bird-eye viewGUID-AD18AEA0-FC04-4A0A-9D44-8A5BBA5BBB57 . Objects that are above the camera cannot be corner of the vehicle moves closer to an object.
displayed. The corner sensor indicator *4 can be turned off. See
. The view for the bird-eye view may be Driver Assistance (P.2-12).
misaligned when the camera position alters.
. A line on the ground may be misaligned and CAUTION:
is not seen as being straight at the seam of . There is a plastic cover over the camera. Do
the views. The misalignment will increase as not scratch the cover when cleaning dirt or
the line proceeds away from the vehicle. snow from the cover.
. The turn signal light may look like the side-
Front-side viewGUID-AFF37020-E7B5-4728-9323-1926DBDD0F8F
of-vehicle line. This is not a malfunction.
JVH0430X

The bird-eye view shows the overhead view of the


vehicle which helps confirm the vehicle position and
the predicted course to a parking space.
The vehicle icon *1 shows the position of the vehicle.
Note that the distance between objects viewed in the
bird-eye view differs from the actual distance.
The areas that the cameras cannot cover *
2 are
indicated in black.
JVH0614X
After the ignition switch is turned on, the nonviewable
area * 2 is highlighted in yellow for 3 seconds after the
bird-eye view is displayed.

Display screen, heater and air conditioner, and audio system 4-9

Condition: 'Except for China'/China/ [ Edit: 2013/ 8/ 2 Model: L33-A ]


Black plate (108,1)

DIFFERENCE BETWEEN PREDICTIVE AND Moving to a steep downhill


GUID-5D19A107-7E99-4AA8-BB55-C5AC07D8C6B8
Moving near aGUID-650987D0-F288-4EC8-ADDC-2AEA5D77BBCB
projecting object
ACTUAL DISTANCES
GUID-00F0384F-0905-4DF4-9FF7-22A74914F1F0

Moving to a steep uphill


GUID-1A934E8D-6EC5-4ABF-B172-895AF14BFABF

SAA2243 JVH0497X

When moving the vehicle down a hill, the distance The predictive course lines * A do not touch the
JVH0307X guide lines and the vehicle width guide lines are shown object in the display. However, the vehicle may hit the
further than the actual distance. For example, the object if it projects over the actual moving course.
When moving the vehicle up a hill, the distance guide display shows 1 m (3 ft) to the place * A , but the
lines and the vehicle width guide lines are shown actual 1 m (3 ft) distance on the hill is the place *
B .
closer than the actual distance. For example, the Note that any object on the hill is viewed in the monitor
display shows 1 m (3 ft) to the place * A , but the closer than it appears.
actual 1 m (3 ft) distance on the hill is the place *
B .
Note that any object on the hill is viewed in the monitor
further than it appears.

4-10 Display screen, heater and air conditioner, and audio system

Condition: 'Except for China'/China/ [ Edit: 2013/ 8/ 2 Model: L33-A ]


Black plate (109,1)

Moving closerGUID-65A75C38-A53C-4F90-B806-1A780B1C4677
to a projecting object CAMERA AIDING CORNER SENSOR
FUNCTION GUID-BE480A94-2B6A-4E2E-ACDC-20EA8A66D6F5
When the corner of the vehicle moves closer to the
object while the Around View Monitor is displayed, an
indicator is displayed and a tone is sounded by the
corner sensor function to warn the driver.
The color of the corner sensor indicator and the
pattern of the tone vary according to the distance to
the object.
Keep the corner sensors (located on the front and rear
bumper fascia) free from snow, ice and large
accumulations of dirt. Do not clean the sensors with
sharp objects. If the sensors are covered, the accuracy
of the corner sensor function will be diminished.
The tone sound and the sensor indicator display can
be turn on/off, and the volume of the tone sound and
the sensor detection range can be adjusted. (See
Driver Assistance (P.2-12).)

WARNING:
. The corner sensor function is not designed
JVH0615X
to prevent the object.
. The colors of the corner sensor indicator and
There may be a small distance visible between the SAA2244
the distance guide lines in the front/rear
vehicle and the object in the bird-eye view on the
The position * C is shown further than the position *B view indicate different distances to the
display *B .
in the display. However, the position *C is actually at object.
the same distance as the position * A . The vehicle . Inclement weather may affect the function of
may hit the object when moving toward the position the corner sensor system; this may include
* A if the object projects over the actual moving reduced performance or a false activation.
course.
. This function is designed as an aid to the
driver in detecting large stationary objects to
help avoid damaging the vehicle. The system
will not detect small objects below the
bumper, and may not detect objects that
are too close to the bumper or on the

Display screen, heater and air conditioner, and audio system 4-11

Condition: 'Except for China'/China/ [ Edit: 2013/ 8/ 2 Model: L33-A ]


Black plate (110,1)

ground. . When the shift lever is in the P position and the


. If your vehicle sustains damage to the vehicle speed is below approximately 8 km/h (5
bumper fascia, leaving it misaligned or bent, MPH), the MOD system detects moving objects in
the sensing zone may be altered causing the rear view. The MOD system will not operate if
inaccurate measurement of obstacles or the trunk is open.
false alarms. The MOD system does not detect moving objects in
the front-side view. The MOD icon is not displayed on
the screen when in this view.
CAUTION:
Keep the interior of the vehicle as quiet as WARNING:
possible to hear the tone clearly. JVH0617X
. The MOD system is not a substitute for
proper vehicle operation and does not pre- front view / rear view
MOVING OBJECT DETECTION (MOD) vent contact with the objects surrounding When the MOD system detects a moving object
FUNCTION GUID-7C3582DC-1D39-45D5-803C-126DA1B2BD34 the vehicle. When maneuvering, always use surrounding the vehicle, the yellow frame will be
The Moving Object Detection (MOD) system can the outside mirror and inside rearview mirror displayed on the view where the objects are detected
inform the driver of moving objects when driving out of and turn and look to check the surroundings and a chime will sound once. While the MOD system
garages, maneuvering into parking lots and in other to make sure it is safe to maneuver. continues to detect moving objects, the yellow frame
such instances. continues to be displayed.
. The MOD system is not designed to detect
The MOD system detects moving objects by using surrounding stationary objects. In the bird-eye view, the yellow frame *
1 is displayed
image processing technology on the image shown in on each camera image (front, rear, right, left) depend-
the display. The rear view camera is equipped with the ing on where moving objects are detected.
automatic washer function using window washer fluid. The yellow frame * 2 is displayed on each view in the
The MOD system operates in the following conditions front view and rear view modes.
when the camera view is displayed: While the sensor is beeping, the MOD system does
. When the shift lever is in the P or N position not chime.
and the vehicle is stopped, the MOD system A blue MOD icon is displayed in the view where the
detects the moving objects in the bird-eye view. MOD system is operative. A gray MOD icon is
The MOD system will not operate if the outside displayed in the view where the MOD system is not
mirror is moving in or out or if either door is operative.
opened. If the MOD system is turned off, the MOD icon *
3 is
JVH0616X
. When the shift lever is in the D position and the not displayed.
bird-eye view
vehicle speed is below approximately 8 km/h (5
The MOD system will turn on automatically under the
MPH), the MOD system detects moving objects in
following conditions:
the front view.
. When the shift lever is in the R (Reverse)
position.

4-12 Display screen, heater and air conditioner, and audio system

Condition: 'Except for China'/China/ [ Edit: 2013/ 8/ 2 Model: L33-A ]


Black plate (111,1)

. When the CAMERA (models with navigation . The MOD system may not function properly HOW TO ADJUST THE SCREEN
GUID-DE4658C2-3D56-4F78-A86C-CADF3B949122
system)/the DISP (models without navigation depending on the speed, direction, distance Models with navigation system:
system) button is pressed to switch from a or shape of the moving objects.
different screen to the camera view on the display. To adjust the screen brightness when the Around View
. If your vehicle sustains damage to the parts Monitor is displayed, push the button.
. When vehicle speed decreases below approxi- where the camera is installed, leaving it
mately 8 km/h (5 MPH). misaligned or bent, the sensing zone may be Adjust brightness to the preferred setting by using the
. When the ignition switch is placed in the OFF altered and the MOD system may not detect ENTER dial.
position and then back to the ON position. objects properly. Models without navigation system:
The MOD system can be set to remain inactive in the
vehicle information display. (See Driver Assistance Turning the MOD system on or off
GUID-E111B342-319C-4E7D-A48B-98D61A61FB4A
(P.2-12).) The MOD system is turned on or off using in the
vehicle information display. See Driver Assistance
WARNING: (P.2-12).
. Excessive noise (for example, audio system MOD malfunction
GUID-DC8E4F48-99A2-4B90-A8AC-C794637AF984
volume or open vehicle window) will inter-
When the orange MOD icon is displayed in the view,
fere with the chime sound, and it may not be
the system is not functioning properly. This will not
heard. hinder normal driving operation but the system should
. The MOD system performance will be lim- be inspected by a NISSAN dealer.
ited according to environmental conditions JVH0618X
and surrounding objects such as: Camera maintenance
GUID-33A9468C-3510-4742-8169-7C4FCD6EFD11

When there is low contrast between If dirt, rain or snow accumulates on the camera, the
background and the moving objects MOD system may not operate properly. Clean the
camera.
When there is blinking source of light.
The camera washer operates automatically when dirt is
When strong light such as another detected on the camera during driving. The washer
vehicles headlight or sunlight is pre- then stops operation after a period of time.
sent.
When there is dirt, water drops or snow
on the camera lens.
JVH0619X
When the position of the moving objects
in the display is not changed. To set up the Around View Monitor to your preferred
. The MOD system might detect something settings, push the ENTER/SETTING button * 1 while
like flowing water droplets on the camera the Around View Monitor screen is displayed. Each
lens, white smoke from the muffler, moving time the ENTER/SETTING button * 1 is pushed, the
shadows, etc. next setting item is selected. Turn the TUNEFOLDER

Display screen, heater and air conditioner, and audio system 4-13

Condition: 'Except for China'/China/ [ Edit: 2013/ 8/ 2 Model: L33-A ]


Black plate (112,1)

VENTILATORS
L33-A-121009-F409EE67-5605-4EEB-9C1D-06F2CDE74BB8
control knob *
2 to adjust each item. . The screen may flicker under fluorescent light. This
is not a malfunction. CENTERL33-A-121009-506B0051-EE82-461F-9DD8-DA9A5339193A
VENTILATORS
Available setting items:
. The colors of objects on the Around View Monitor
. Brightness
may differ somewhat from those of the actual
. Contrast object.
The setting items will disappear and the display will . Objects on the monitor may not be clear and the
return to the original screen if ENTER/SETTING button color of the object may differ in a dark location or
* 1 is pushed when the last setting item is selected or
at night. This is not a malfunction.
if the screen is left without operation for some time.
. There may be differences in clearness between
Choosing a language: each camera view of the birds-eye view.
The warning message on the camera screen flashes . If dirt, rain or snow attaches to the camera, the
when the DISP button * 3 is pressed and held for Around View Monitor may not display objects
more than 6 seconds. The language of the warning clearly. Clean the camera. JVH0460X
message changes when the DISP button * 3 is . Do not use alcohol, benzine or thinner to clean the Adjust the air flow direction of the ventilators by moving
pressed again while the warning message is flashing. camera. This will cause discoloration. To clean the the center knob (up/down, left/right) until the desired
When more than 6 seconds have elapsed with no camera, wipe with a cloth that has been dam- position is achieved.
operation, the warning message stops flashing and pened with a diluted mild cleaning agent and then
displays normally and the language is set. wipe with a dry cloth.
OPERATING TIPS . Do not damage the camera because the monitor
GUID-4284D6C6-DB2F-463A-94F4-17EDABFB4C09
screen may be adversely affected.
. The screen displayed on the Around View Monitor
. Do not use wax on the camera window. Wipe off
will automatically return to the previous screen
any wax with a clean cloth that has been
when no operation takes place for 3 minutes after
dampened with a mild detergent diluted with
the CAMERA (models with navigation system)/the
water.
DISP (models without navigation system) button
has been pushed while the shift lever is in a
position other than the R (Reverse) position.
. The display of images on the screen may be
delayed after screens are switched.
. When the temperature is extremely high or low,
the screen may not display objects clearly. This is
not a malfunction.
. When strong light directly shines on the camera,
objects may not be displayed clearly. This is not a
malfunction.

4-14 Display screen, heater and air conditioner, and audio system

Condition: 'Except for China'/China/ [ Edit: 2013/ 8/ 2 Model: L33-A ]


Black plate (113,1)

HEATER AND AIR CONDITIONER


L33-A-121009-1E059564-3E97-4D0C-A7CA-4BCCE95BCD99
SIDE VENTILATORS REAR VENTILATORS
L33-A-121009-1E413F85-C9AA-4106-8BBE-50FBDE21C71C L33-A-121009-8EB417AD-B13A-4C37-95DA-2524D64D749A WARNING:
. The heater and air conditioner operate only
when the engine is running.
. Never leave children or adults who would
normally require the support of others alone
in the vehicle. Pets should not be left alone
either. They could unknowingly activate
switches or controls and inadvertently be-
come involved in a serious accident and
injure themselves. On hot, sunny days,
JVH0461X SAA2119 temperatures in a closed vehicle could
quickly become high enough to cause se-
Open/close the ventilators by moving the control to Open/close the ventilators by moving the control to vere or possibly fatal injuries to people or
either direction. either direction. animals.
: This symbol indicates that the ventilators : This symbol indicates that the ventilators . Do not use the recirculation mode for long
are closed. Moving the side control to this are closed. Moving the side control to this periods as it may cause the interior air to
direction will close the ventilators. direction will close the ventilators. become stale and the windows to fog up.
: This symbol indicates that the ventilators : This symbol indicates that the ventilators . Do not adjust the heating and air condition-
are open. Moving the side control to this are open. Moving the side control to this ing controls while driving so that full atten-
direction will open the ventilators. direction will open the ventilators. tion may be given to vehicle operation.
Adjust the air flow direction of the ventilators by moving Adjust the air flow direction of the ventilators by moving The heater and air conditioner operate when the
the center knob (up/down, left/right) until the desired the center knob (up/down, left/right) until the desired engine is running. The air blower will operate even if
position is achieved. position is achieved. the engine is turned off and the ignition switch is in the
ON position.
NOTE:
. Odors from inside and outside the vehicle
can build up in the air conditioner unit. Odor
can enter the passenger compartment
through the vents.
. When parking, set the heater and air condi-
tioner controls to turn off air recirculation to
allow fresh air into the passenger compart-
ment. This should help reduce odors inside
the vehicle.

Display screen, heater and air conditioner, and audio system 4-15

Condition: 'Except for China'/China/ [ Edit: 2013/ 8/ 2 Model: L33-A ]


Black plate (114,1)

OPERATING TIPS
L33-A-121009-CD89DC6F-D7ED-4C30-A88C-182D6DA69DE9
DUAL ZONE AUTOMATIC AIR CONDITIONER
L33-A-121009-0680A252-2392-4D2E-A8CF-10CC3650351F

SAA2324 JVH0594X

1. (front defogger) button themselves or others through inadvertent


2. Temperature control dial (passengers side)/ operation of the vehicle. Also, on hot, sunny
DUAL button days, temperatures in a closed vehicle could
3. Display screen quickly become high enough to cause se-
4. Temperature control dial (drivers side)/AUTO vere or possibly fatal injuries to people or
(automatic) button animals.
5. (outside air circulation) button
. Do not use the recirculation mode for long
6. (rear window defogger) button periods as it may cause the interior air to
Defogger switch (P.2-25) become stale and the windows to fog up.
7. ONOFF button
JVH0612X
8. (fan speed control) buttons AutomaticL33-A-121009-D4752620-3EB6-457F-9C22-B0380E3B8564
operation
When the engine coolant temperature and outside air 9. MODE (manual air flow control) button Cooling and/or GUID-9E14C2E6-2E9C-4731-980B-C45B899B977B
dehumidified heating (AUTO):
temperature are low, the air flow from the foot outlets 10. A/C (air conditioner) button This mode may be used all year round as the system
may not operate. However, this is not a malfunction.
11. (air recirculation) button automatically works to keep a constant temperature.
After the coolant temperature warms up, the air flow
Air flow distribution and fan speed are also controlled
from the foot outlets will operate normally.
WARNING: automatically.
The sensors * A and * B located on the instrument
1. Push the AUTO button on. (The indicator on the
panel help maintain a constant temperature. Do not put . The air conditioner cooling function oper-
ates only when the engine is running. button will illuminate and AUTO will be displayed.)
anything on or around the sensors.
. Do not leave children or adults who would 2. Turn the temperature control dial to the left or right
normally require the assistance of others to set the desired temperature.
alone in your vehicle. Pets should also not
be left alone. They could accidentally injure

4-16 Display screen, heater and air conditioner, and audio system

Condition: 'Except for China'/China/ [ Edit: 2013/ 8/ 2 Model: L33-A ]


Black plate (115,1)

. Adjust the temperature display to about 248C Dehumidified defrosting or defogging: Outside air circulation:
GUID-9E14C2E6-2E9C-4731-980B-C45B899B977B GUID-9E14C2E6-2E9C-4731-980B-C45B899B977B
(758F) for normal operation. 1. Push the front defogger button on. (The Push the outside air circulation button to draw
. The temperature of the passenger compart- indicator light on the button will come on.) outside air into the passenger compartment. The
ment will be maintained automatically. Air flow indicator light on the button will come on.
2. Turn the temperature control dial to set the desired
distribution and fan speed are also controlled
temperature. Automatic intake air control:
automatically. GUID-9E14C2E6-2E9C-4731-980B-C45B899B977B
. To quickly remove ice from the outside of the In the AUTO mode, the intake air will be controlled
. A visible mist may be seen coming from the
windows, use the fan speed control buttons to automatically. To manually control the intake air, push
vents in hot, humid conditions as the air is
set the fan speed to maximum. the air recirculation button. To return to the
cooled rapidly. This does not indicate a
. As soon as possible after the windshield is automatic control mode, push and hold the air
malfunction.
clean, push the AUTO button to return to the recirculation button or push and hold the outside
3. You can individually set drivers and front passen- automatic mode. air circulation button for about 2 seconds. The
gers side temperature using each temperature indicator lights (both air recirculation and outside air
. When the front defogger button is
control dial. When the DUAL button or passen- circulation buttons) will flash twice, and then the intake
gers side temperature dial is turned, the DUAL pushed, the air conditioner will automatically
be turned on at outside temperatures above air will be controlled automatically.
indicator will come on. To turn off the passengers
side temperature control, push the DUAL button. 28C (358F) (The indicator light may or may not Air flow control:GUID-9E14C2E6-2E9C-4731-980B-C45B899B977B
illuminate). The air recirculation mode auto-
Pushing the MODE button manually controls air flow
Heating (A/C OFF):GUID-9E14C2E6-2E9C-4731-980B-C45B899B977B matically turns off, allowing outside air to be
and selects the air outlet:
The air conditioner does not activate in this mode. Only drawn into the passenger compartment to
use this mode when you need to heat the vehicle. further improve the defogging performance. : Air flows from the center and side ventila-
tors.
1. Push the A/C button. (A/C OFF will be displayed Manual operation
L33-A-121009-8FC0BE58-F68A-44F3-8EB2-1B8D6BAFE313 : Air flows from the center and side ventila-
and the A/C indicator will turn off.)
Fan speed control: tors and the foot outlets.
2. Turn the temperature control dial to set the desired GUID-9E14C2E6-2E9C-4731-980B-C45B899B977B
Push the fan control buttons to manually control : Air flows mainly from the foot outlets.
temperature.
the fan speed. : Air flows from the defogger and foot
. The temperature of the passenger compart-
outlets.
ment will be maintained automatically. Air flow Push the AUTO button to return to automatic control of
the fan speed. : Air flows from the defogger outlets.
distribution and fan speed are also controlled
automatically. Air recirculation:GUID-9E14C2E6-2E9C-4731-980B-C45B899B977B To turn the system off
L33-A-121009-4A84041B-4123-460C-A0C0-A606E23B547E
. Do not set the temperature lower than the Push the ONOFF button.
Push the air recirculation button to recirculate
outside air temperature or the system may not interior air inside the vehicle. The indicator light
work properly. on the button will come on.
. Not recommended if windows fog up.
The air recirculation cannot be activated when the air
conditioner is in the front defogging mode or
the front defogging and foot outlet mode.

Display screen, heater and air conditioner, and audio system 4-17

Condition: 'Except for China'/China/ [ Edit: 2013/ 8/ 2 Model: L33-A ]


Black plate (116,1)

AUDIO SYSTEM
L33-A-121009-C5CA058A-BD4C-4F1B-8078-A3011FE2F8BC
SERVICING AIR CONDITIONER
L33-A-121009-ADAD532C-2A28-4CFF-AFD9-247EA850D30F AUDIO OPERATION PRECAUTIONS CompactL33-A-121009-B4C90449-DAC4-4748-9862-179D19EAED4F
Disc (CD) player
L33-A-121009-4411ACC8-A743-4BE4-AFC3-B1AB16889056

WARNING: WARNING:
The air conditioner system contains refrigerant Do not adjust the audio system while driving so
under high pressure. To avoid personal injury, that full attention may be given to vehicle
any air conditioner service should be done only operation.
by an experienced technician with the proper
equipment. Radio L33-A-121009-0A9D4285-F09F-4AF5-BA20-614D15A48E0D
The air conditioner system in your vehicle is charged . Radio reception is affected by station signal
with a refrigerant designed with the environment in strength, distance from radio transmitter, build-
mind. ings, bridges, mountains and other external
influences. Intermittent changes in reception
This refrigerant will not harm the earths ozone
quality normally are caused by these external
layer. However, it may contribute in a small part to
influences.
global warming.
. Using a cellular phone in or near the vehicle may
Special charging equipment and lubricant are required influence radio reception quality.
when servicing your vehicles air conditioner. Using
. Some cellular phones or other devices may cause
improper refrigerants or lubricants will cause severe
interference or a buzzing noise to come from the
damage to the air conditioner system. (See Air
audio system speakers. Storing the device in a
conditioner system refrigerant and lubricant (P.9-3).)
different location may reduce or eliminate the
A NISSAN dealer will be able to service your noise.
environmentally friendly air conditioner system.

Air conditioner filter


L33-A-121009-39B4BE3B-99ED-41E2-B5D2-EDC1937A9D94
SAA0480
The air conditioner system is equipped with an air
conditioner filter which collects dirt and dust, etc. To . During cold weather or rainy days, the player may
make sure the air conditioner heats, defogs and malfunction due to the humidity. If this occurs,
ventilates efficiently, replace the filter according the remove the CD from CD player and dehumidify or
specified maintenance intervals listed in a separate ventilate the player completely.
maintenance booklet. To replace the filter, contact a . The player may skip while driving on rough roads.
NISSAN dealer.
. The CD player sometimes may not function when
The filter should be replaced if the air flow decreases the passenger compartment temperature is ex-
significantly or if windows fog up easily when operating tremely high. Lower the temperature before use.
the heater or air conditioner. . Do not expose the CD to direct sunlight.

4-18 Display screen, heater and air conditioner, and audio system

Condition: 'Except for China'/China/ [ Edit: 2013/ 8/ 2 Model: L33-A ]


Black plate (117,1)

. CDs that are of poor quality, or are dirty, USB (Universal Serial Bus) (if equipped)
L33-A-121009-DFA3EA04-DA20-4E88-A57F-823797F769C1
. Some characters used in other languages (Chi-
scratched, covered with fingerprints, or that have nese, Japanese, etc.) are not displayed properly
pin holes may not work properly. WARNING: on display. Using English language characters
. The following CDs may not work properly. with a USB device is recommended.
Do not connect, disconnect or operate the USB
Copy control compact discs (CCCD) General notes for USB use:
device while driving. Doing so can be a distrac-
Recordable compact discs (CD-R) tion. If distracted you could lose control of your Refer to your device manufacturers owner information
Rewritable compact discs (CD-RW) vehicle and cause an accident or serious injury. regarding the proper use and care of the device.
. Do not use the following CDs as they may cause Notes for iPod use:
the CD player to malfunction. CAUTION: iPod is a trademark of Apple Inc., registered in the U.S.
8 cm (3.1 in) discs and other countries.
. Do not force the USB device into the USB
CDs that are not round . Improperly plugging in the iPod may cause a
port. Inserting the USB device tilted or up-
CDs with a paper label side-down into the port may damage the checkmark to be displayed on and off (flickering).
CDs that are warped, scratched or have port. Make sure that the USB device is Always make sure that the iPod is connected
unusual edges. connected correctly into the USB port. properly.
. This audio system can only play prerecorded CDs. . Do not grab the USB port cover (if equipped) . An iPod nano (1st Generation) may remain in fast
It has no capabilities to record or burn CDs. forward or rewind mode if it is connected during a
when pulling the USB device out of the port.
. If the CD cannot be played, one of the following This could damage the port and the cover. seek operation. In this case, please manually reset
messages will be displayed. the iPod.
. Do not leave the USB cable in a place where
Check disc: . An iPod nano (2nd Generation) will continue to
it can be pulled unintentionally. Pulling the
Confirm that the CD is inserted correctly (the fast-forward or rewind if it is disconnected during
cable may damage the port.
label side is facing up, etc.). a seek operation.
Confirm that the CD is not bent or warped and The vehicle is not equipped with a USB device. USB . An incorrect song title may appear when the Play
it is free of scratches. devices should be purchased separately as necessary. Mode is changed while using an iPod nano (2nd
This system cannot be used to format USB devices. To Generation)
Push eject:
format a USB device, use a personal computer. . Audiobooks may not play in the same order as
This is a malfunction due to the temperature inside
they appear on an iPod.
the player is too high. Remove the CD by pushing In some states/area, the USB device for the front seats
the EJECT button, and after a short time reinsert plays only sound without images for regulatory . Large video files cause slow responses in an iPod.
the CD. The CD can be played when the reasons, even when the vehicle is parked. The vehicle center display may momentarily black
temperature of the player returns to normal. out, but will soon recover.
This system supports various USB devices, USB hard
Unplayable: . If an iPod automatically selects large video files
drives and iPod players. Some USB devices may not
while in the shuffle mode, the vehicle center
The file is unplayable in this audio system (only be supported by this system.
display may momentarily black out, but will soon
MP3 or WMA CD). . Partitioned USB devices may not be played recover.
correctly.

Display screen, heater and air conditioner, and audio system 4-19

Condition: 'Except for China'/China/ [ Edit: 2013/ 8/ 2 Model: L33-A ]


Black plate (118,1)


BluetoothL33-A-121009-4E69A79D-F6B4-47EF-A608-6DD72918D52C
Audio player (if equipped) Bluetooth is a trademark owned . ID3/WMA Tag The ID3/WMA tag is the part of
by Bluetooth SIG, Inc. the encoded MP3 or WMA file that contains
. Some Bluetooth audio devices may not be used
with this system. Compact Disc (CD)/USB device with MP3/ information about the digital music file such as
song title, artist, album title, encoding bit rate,
. Before using a Bluetooth audio system, the initial WMA GUID-143F200A-2D06-4F76-8D7A-35F194F2BE07 track time duration, etc. ID3 tag information is
registration process for the audio device is Terms: GUID-9E14C2E6-2E9C-4731-980B-C45B899B977B displayed on the Album/Artist/Track title line on
necessary.
. MP3 MP3 is short for Moving Pictures Experts the display.
. Operation of the Bluetooth audio system may
Group Audio Layer 3. MP3 is the most well known * Windows and Windows Media are registered
vary depending on the audio device that is
compressed digital audio file format. This format trademarks and/or trademarks of Microsoft Corpora-
connected. Confirm the operation procedure
allows for near CD quality sound, but at a tion in the United States of America and/or other
before use.
fraction of the size of normal audio files. MP3 countries.
. The playback of Bluetooth audio will be paused conversion of an audio track from CD can reduce
under the following conditions. The playback will Playback order: GUID-9E14C2E6-2E9C-4731-980B-C45B899B977B
the file size by approximately 10:1 ratio (Sampling:
be resumed after the following conditions are 44.1 kHz, Bit rate: 128 kbps) with virtually no
completed. perceptible loss in quality. MP3 compression
while using a hands-free phone removes the redundant and irrelevant parts of a
while checking a connection with a cell phone sound signal that the human ear doesnt hear.
. The in-vehicle antenna for Bluetooth commu- . WMA Windows Media Audio (WMA) is a
nication is built in the system. Do not place the compressed audio format created by Microsoft as
Bluetooth audio device in an area surrounded by an alternative to MP3. The WMA codec offers
metal, far away from the system or in a narrow greater file compression than the MP3 codec,
space where the device closely contacts the body enabling storage of more digital audio tracks in the
or the seat. Otherwise, sound degradation or same amount of space when compared to MP3s
connection interference may occur. at the same level of quality.
. While a Bluetooth audio device is connected . Bit rate Bit rate denotes the number of bits per
through the Bluetooth wireless connection, the second used by a digital music files. The size and
battery power of the device may discharge quicker quality of a compressed digital audio file is
than usual. determined by the bit rate used when encoding
. This system is compatible with the Bluetooth AV the file.
profile (A2DP and AVRCP). . Sampling frequency Sampling frequency is the
rate at which the samples of a signal are converted
from analog to digital (A/D conversion) per
second.
. Multisession Multisession is one of the methods
for writing data to media. Writing data once to the
media is called a single session, and writing more
SAA2494
than once is called a multisession.

4-20 Display screen, heater and air conditioner, and audio system

Condition: 'Except for China'/China/ [ Edit: 2013/ 8/ 2 Model: L33-A ]


Black plate (119,1)

Music playback order of the CD with MP3/WMA is as


illustrated above.
. The folder names of folders not containing MP3/
WMA files are not shown in the display.
. If there is a file in the top level of the disc, Root
Folder is displayed.
. The playback order is the order in which the files
were written by the writing software, so the files
might not play in the desired order.

Display screen, heater and air conditioner, and audio system 4-21

Condition: 'Except for China'/China/ [ Edit: 2013/ 8/ 2 Model: L33-A ]


Black plate (120,1)

Specification chart (model without USB connector):


GUID-9E14C2E6-2E9C-4731-980B-C45B899B977B

Supported media CD, CD-R, CD-RW


ISO9660 LEVEL1, ISO9660 LEVEL2, Romeo, Joliet
Supported file systems * ISO9660 Level 3 (packet writing) is not supported.
* Files saved using the Live File System component (on a Windows Vista-based computer) are not supported.
Version MPEG1, MPEG2, MPEG2.5
MP3 Sampling frequency 8 kHz - 48 kHz
Supported Bit rate 8 kbps - 320 kbps, VBR*4
versions*1 Version WMA7, WMA8, WMA9
WMA*3 Sampling frequency 32 kHz - 48 kHz
Bit rate 32 kbps - 192 kbps, VBR*4
ID3 tag VER1.0, VER1.1, VER2.2, VER2.3, VER2.4 (MP3 only)
Tag information (Song title and Artist name)
WMA tag (WMA only)
Folder levels Folder levels: 8, Folders: 255 (including route folder), Files: 512 (Max. 255 files for one folder)
01: ASCII, 02: ISO-8859-1, 03: UNICODE (UTF-16 BOM Big Endian), 04: UNICODE (UTF-16 Non-BOM Big
Displayable character codes*2 Endian), 05: UNICODE (UTF-8), 06: UNICODE (Non-UTF-16 BOM Little Endian)
*1 Files created with a combination of 48 kHz sampling frequency and 64 kbps bit rate cannot be played.
*2 Available codes depend on what kind of media, versions and information are going to be displayed.
*3 Protected WMA files (DRM) cannot be played.
*4 When VBR files are played, the playback time may not be displayed correctly. WMA7 and WMA8 are not applied to VBR.

4-22 Display screen, heater and air conditioner, and audio system

Condition: 'Except for China'/China/ [ Edit: 2013/ 8/ 2 Model: L33-A ]


Black plate (121,1)

Specification chart (model with USB connector):


GUID-9E14C2E6-2E9C-4731-980B-C45B899B977B

Supported media CD, CD-R, CD-RW, USB2.0


CD, CD-R, CD-RW: ISO9660 LEVEL1, ISO9660 LEVEL2, Romeo, Joliet
* ISO9660 Level 3 (packet writing) is not supported.
* Files saved using the Live File System component (on a Windows Vista-based computer) are not supported.
Supported file systems UDF Bridge (UDF1.02+ISO9660), UDF1.5, UDF2.0
* UDF1.5/UDF2.0 (packet writing) is not supported.
* Files saved using the Live File System component (on a Windows Vista-based computer) are not supported.
USB device: FAT16, FAT32
Version MPEG-1 Audio Layer 3, MPEG-2 Audio Layer 3
MPEG-2 Audio Layer 3: 16kHz, 22.05kHz, 24kHz
MP3 Sampling frequency
MPEG-1 Audio Layer 3: 32kHz, 44.1kHz, 48kHz
Bit rate 8 kbps - 320 kbps
Supported Version WMA7, WMA8, WMA9
versions*1 WMA*2 Sampling frequency 8k/11.025k/16k/22.05k/32k/44.1k/48 kHz
Bit rate 12,16,20,22,32,40,48,80,96,128,160,192kbps , VBR*3
Version MPEG-AAC
AAC*5 Sampling frequency 11.025 kHz - 48 kHz
Bit rate 8 kbps - 256 kbps, VBR*3
Tag information (album title, song title and artist ID3 tag VER1.0, VER1.1, VER2.2, VER2.3, VER2.4 (MP3 only)
name) WMA tag (WMA only)
CD, CD-R, CD-RW: Folder levels: 8, Folders: 255 (including root folder), Files: 1024 (Max. 1024 files for one folder)
Folder levels/Capacity
USB 2.0: Folder levels: 8, Folders: 512 (including root folder), Files: 8000 (Max. 255 files for one folder)
01: ASCII, 02: ISO-8859-1, 03: UNICODE (UTF-16 BOM Big Endian), 04: UNICODE (UTF-16 Non-BOM Big
Displayable character codes*4 Endian), 05: UNICODE (UTF-8), 06: UNICODE (Non-UTF-16 BOM Little Endian), 07: SHIFT-JIS
*1 Files created with a combination of 48 kHz sampling frequency and 64 kbps bit rate cannot be played.
*2 Protected WMA files (DRM) cannot be played. Playback of silence for 5 seconds.
*3 When VBR files are played, the playback time may not be displayed correctly. WMA7 and WMA8 are not applied to VBR.
*4 Available codes depend on what kind of media, versions and information are going to be displayed.
*5 Only m4a file (saved using iTunes) are supported.

Display screen, heater and air conditioner, and audio system 4-23

Condition: 'Except for China'/China/ [ Edit: 2013/ 8/ 2 Model: L33-A ]


Black plate (122,1)

Troubleshooting guide:
GUID-9E14C2E6-2E9C-4731-980B-C45B899B977B

Symptom Cause and Countermeasure


Check if the disc was inserted correctly.
Check if the disc is scratched or dirty.
Check if there is condensation inside the player, and if there is, wait until the condensation is gone (about 1 hour) before using the
player.
If there is a temperature increase error, the CD player will play correctly after it returns to the normal temperature.
If there is a mixture of music CD files (CD-DA data) and MP3/WMA files on a CD, only the music CD files (CD-DA data) will be
Cannot play played.
Files with extensions other than .MP3, .WMA, .M4A, .mp3, .wma or m4a cannot be played. In addition, the character codes
and number of characters for folder names and file names should be in compliance with the specifications.
Check if the disc or the file is generated in an irregular format. This may occur depending on the variation or the setting of MP3/WMA
writing applications or other text editing applications.
Check if the finalization process, such as session close and disc close, is done for the disc.
Check if the disc is protected by copyright.
Poor sound quality Check if the disc is scratched or dirty.
It takes a relatively long time before
If there are many folder or file levels on the MP3/WMA disc, some time may be required before the music starts playing.
the music starts playing.
The writing software and hardware combination might not match, or the writing speed, writing depth, writing width, etc., might not
Music cuts off or skips
match the specifications. Try using the slowest writing speed.
Skipping with high bit rate files Skipping may occur with large quantities of data, such as for high bit rate data.
Move immediately to the next song When a non-MP3/WMA file has been given an extension of .MP3, .WMA, .M4A, .mp3, .wma or m4a*, or when play is
when playing. prohibited by copyright protection, the player will skip to the next song.
The songs do not play back in the The playback order is the order in which the files were written by the writing software, so the files might not play in the desired order.
desired order.

4-24 Display screen, heater and air conditioner, and audio system

Condition: 'Except for China'/China/ [ Edit: 2013/ 8/ 2 Model: L33-A ]


Black plate (123,1)

ANTENNA
L33-A-121009-DB6625B4-2D2A-4010-8CDD-D698D242D503
FM-AM RADIO WITH COMPACT DISC (CD) PLAYER (Type A)
L33-A-121009-9E40BD54-E5B3-441C-9305-290745D8DDC4
WindowL33-A-121009-9B43DBAA-8D2D-428B-9EDD-4D6533C5941E
antenna
The antenna pattern is printed inside the rear window.

CAUTION:
. Do not place metallic film near the rear
window. Do not attach any metal items to
the rear window. This may cause poor
reception and/or noise.
. When cleaning the inside of the rear win-
dow, be careful not to scratch or damage the
rear window antenna. Lightly wipe along the
antenna with a dampened soft cloth.

Diversity antenna (if equipped):


GUID-9E14C2E6-2E9C-4731-980B-C45B899B977B
The electronic tuning radio has a diversity reception
system. The FM signal can reflect off of obstacles such
as buildings or mountains. This causes offensive
noises. The diversity system employs two antennas
and automatically switches to the antenna with the
better reception. Thus the radio transmits less noise.

JVH0596X

1. TRACK button 9. VOL (Volume)/Power button


2. SEEK button 10. FM button
3. CD eject button 11. AM button
4. Display 12. CD button
5. Radio memory buttons 13. AUX (Auxiliary) button
6. SCAN button 14. AUX (Auxiliary) IN jack
7. DISP (Display) button 15. TUNEFOLDER/MENU button
8. RPT (Repeat)RDM (Random) button

Display screen, heater and air conditioner, and audio system 4-25

Condition: 'Except for China'/China/ [ Edit: 2013/ 8/ 2 Model: L33-A ]


Black plate (124,1)

Audio main operation


L33-A-121009-C229F34C-8145-47D8-AAB6-E68E8CEE679F
Clock setting: GUID-9E14C2E6-2E9C-4731-980B-C45B899B977B FM-AM L33-A-121009-EAFDD671-CE9E-4797-8694-C7B1CDDB1F98
radio operation
The audio system operates when the ignition switch is Turning the clock ON/OFF: The audio system operates when the ignition switch is
in the ACC or ON position. 1. Push the TUNEFOLDER/MENU button until in the ACC or ON position.
POWER ONOFF: Clock: ON or Clock: OFF is displayed.
GUID-9E14C2E6-2E9C-4731-980B-C45B899B977B
2. Turn the TUNEFOLDER/MENU button to toggle / FM/AM button:
To turn on the audio system, push the VOL/Power GUID-9E14C2E6-2E9C-4731-980B-C45B899B977B
button. between Clock: ON and Clock: OFF. When the / button is pushed while the audio
. The system will turn on in the mode (radio or CD) Adjusting the clock: system is off, the audio system will turn on and the
which was used immediately before the system 1. Turn on the clock. radio will turn on.
was turned off. When the / button is pushed while another
2. Push the TUNEFOLDER/MENU button until
. If there are no CDs loaded, the radio will be turned Adjust Clock: ON is displayed. audio source is playing, the other audio source will turn
on. off and the radio will turn on.
3. Turn the TUNEFOLDER/MENU button until Ad-
To turn off the audio system, push the VOL/Power To change the radio bands (FM1, FM2, or AM), push
just Clock is displayed.
button. the / buttons.
4. Adjust the hour digits by turning the TUNE-
Volume control:GUID-9E14C2E6-2E9C-4731-980B-C45B899B977B FOLDER/MENU button while the digits are flash- TUNEFOLDER/MENU button:
GUID-9E14C2E6-2E9C-4731-980B-C45B899B977B
To control the volume, turn the VOL/Power button. ing and Adjust Clock is displayed. When adjusting the broadcasting station frequency
Turn the VOL/Power button clockwise to increase the 5. Push TUNEFOLDER/MENU button. Adjust the manually, turn the TUNEFOLDER/MENU button until
volume. minutes by turning the TUNEFOLDER/MENU the preferred frequency is achieved.
Turn the VOL/Power button counterclockwise to button while the digits are flashing and Adjust
decrease the volume. Clock is displayed. TRACK/SEEK button:
GUID-9E14C2E6-2E9C-4731-980B-C45B899B977B
When no action is taken for 5 seconds, the display will To adjust the broadcasting station frequency auto-
Adjusting soundGUID-9E14C2E6-2E9C-4731-980B-C45B899B977B
preference:
automatically return to the original mode. matically, push and release the TRACK or SEEK
1. To adjust the sound settings, push the TUNE-
button. When the system detects a broadcasting
FOLDER/MENU button until the item (Bass,
AUX button: station, it will stop at the station.
Treble, Balance, Fade, Spd sen Vol (speed GUID-9E14C2E6-2E9C-4731-980B-C45B899B977B
sensitive volume) or AUX IN Volume) to be The AUX IN jack is located on the audio unit. The AUX Detected stations are skipped while TRACK or SEEK
adjusted is displayed. IN audio input jack accepts any standard analog audio button is pushed and held.
2. Turn the TUNEFOLDER/MENU button to adjust input such as from a portable cassette tape player, CD
the settings. player, digital audio player or laptop computer. SCAN tuning:
GUID-9E14C2E6-2E9C-4731-980B-C45B899B977B
When no action is taken for 5 seconds, the display will Push the AUX button to play a compatible device when When the button is pushed, the system will
automatically return to the original mode. it is plugged into the AUX IN jack. seek and stop at the detected broadcasting station for
NISSAN strongly recommends using a stereo mini 5 seconds, and then it will start to seek for the next
plug cable when connecting your music device to the broadcasting station.
audio system. Music may not play properly when a Push the button in this 5-second period to stop
monaural cable is used. seeking.

4-26 Display screen, heater and air conditioner, and audio system

Condition: 'Except for China'/China/ [ Edit: 2013/ 8/ 2 Model: L33-A ]


Black plate (125,1)

*
1 *
2 *
3 *
4 *5 * 6 Radio memory buttons:
GUID-9E14C2E6-2E9C-4731-980B-C45B899B977B
DISP button: RPTRDM button:
The audio system can store up to 12 FM station GUID-9E14C2E6-2E9C-4731-980B-C45B899B977B GUID-9E14C2E6-2E9C-4731-980B-C45B899B977B
frequencies (for FM1 and FM2) and 6 AM station When the is pushed while a CD with title When the button is pushed while a CD is playing,
frequencies. information is playing, the information text on the the play mode will change as follows:
During radio reception, pushing the radio memory display will change as follows: CD:
button for less than 1.5 seconds will play the stored CD: DISC REPEAT ? TRACK REPEAT ? DISC RAN-
radio station. Track time ? Album Title ? Artist Name ? Song Title DOM ? DISC REPEAT
To store the station frequency: ? Track time CD with MP3/WMA:
1. Tune to the desired broadcasting station fre- CD with MP3/WMA: DISC REPEAT ? FOLDER REPEAT ? TRACK
quency using the TRACK and SEEK buttons. Track time ? Folder Title ? Album Title ? Artist Name REPEAT ? DISC RANDOM ? FOLDER RANDOM
2. Push and hold one of the radio memory buttons ? Song Title ? Track time ? DISC REPEAT
*1 - *6 until a beep sounds. DISC REPEAT:
3. The frequency of the selected channel will appear TRACK/SEEK buttons: All the tracks on the selected CD will play repeatedly in
GUID-9E14C2E6-2E9C-4731-980B-C45B899B977B
on the display when the memory is stored sequential order.
Fast forward/Rewind:
properly.
Push and hold the TRACK or SEEK button for more FOLDER REPEAT (CD with MP3 or WMA only):
4. Perform steps 1 - 3 for all other memory buttons.
than 1.5 seconds to fast forward or rewind through the All the tracks in the selected folder will play repeatedly
CompactL33-A-121009-5783C06F-C617-4807-B883-3B92C9F83F98
Disc (CD) player operation track. Release the button to play the CD at normal in sequential order.
speed.
Loading: TRACK REPEAT:
GUID-9E14C2E6-2E9C-4731-980B-C45B899B977B
Track up/down:
Insert a CD into the slot with the label side facing up. The selected track will play repeatedly.
The CD will be guided automatically into the slot and To play the next track, push the TRACK button for less
DISC RANDOM:
will start playing. After the disc is loaded, track than 1.5 seconds while a CD is playing.
All the tracks on the selected CD will play in random
information will appear on the display. To play the previous track, push the SEEK button for
order.
less than 1.5 seconds within 2 seconds after the
CAUTION: current track started playing. To return to the beginning FOLDER RANDOM (CD with MP3 or WMA only):
of the current track, push the SEEK button for less than All the tracks in the selected folder will play repeatedly
Do not force the CD into the slot. This could
1.5 seconds after 2 seconds from when the current in random order.
damage the player.
track started playing.
TUNEFOLDER/MENU button (CD with MP3/ SCAN button:
CD button: GUID-9E14C2E6-2E9C-4731-980B-C45B899B977B
WMA):
GUID-9E14C2E6-2E9C-4731-980B-C45B899B977B GUID-9E14C2E6-2E9C-4731-980B-C45B899B977B When the button is pushed while a CD is being
When the button is pushed while a CD is loaded, To skip to the next folder, turn the TUNEFOLDER/ played, the first 10 seconds of all the tracks will be
the CD will start playing. MENU button. played.
To skip to the next or previous track within the folder, When the button is pushed again, the CD will
push TRACK or SEEK button. return to the regular play mode.

Display screen, heater and air conditioner, and audio system 4-27

Condition: 'Except for China'/China/ [ Edit: 2013/ 8/ 2 Model: L33-A ]


Black plate (126,1)

FM-AM RADIO WITH COMPACT DISC (CD) PLAYER (Type B)


CD eject button: L33-A-121009-AF657EE5-07BA-4AE6-A382-7CA4394A74DF
GUID-9E14C2E6-2E9C-4731-980B-C45B899B977B
The CD in the unit will be ejected when the button
is pushed. If the CD is not removed and left ejected in
the unit for 20 seconds, it will be reloaded into the slot
for protection.

JVH0609X

1. USBAUX button 9. SCAN tuning button


2. FMAM button 10. SEEKTRACK (fast forward) button
3. CD eject button 11. BACK button
4. CD button 12. VOL (volume) control knob/PWR (power) button
5. DISP (display) button 13. RPT (repeat) button
6. Color display 14. RDM (random) button
7. iPod MENU button 15. Radio station preset select buttons
8. SEEKTRACK (rewind) button 16. AUX (Auxiliary) IN jack

4-28 Display screen, heater and air conditioner, and audio system

Condition: 'Except for China'/China/ [ Edit: 2013/ 8/ 2 Model: L33-A ]


Black plate (127,1)

17. TUNEFOLDER control knob preferred level. 2) Adjust the hour with the TUNEFOLDER
18. ENTER/SETTING button . Speed Sens Vol. control knob * 1 and then push the ENTER/

To change the Speed Sensitive Volume (Speed SETTING button * 2 .


Audio main operation
L33-A-121009-B520DD9B-1021-4E96-B89C-28EAA0DFD7FC
Sens Vol.) level from off (0) to 5, turn the 3) Adjust the minute with the TUNEFOLDER
Head unit: GUID-9E14C2E6-2E9C-4731-980B-C45B899B977B TUNEFOLDER control knob. control knob * 1 and then push the ENTER/
The auto loudness circuit enhances the low and high . AUX Vol. SETTING button * 2 .
frequency ranges automatically in both radio reception Controls the volume level of incoming sound when 24 hour clock is not available.
and CD playback. an auxiliary device is connected to the system. . On-Screen Clock
PWR button/VOL control knob: Choose a setting between 1 and 3 or choose 0 to When this item is turned on, a clock is always
GUID-9E14C2E6-2E9C-4731-980B-C45B899B977B
Place the ignition switch in the ACC or ON disable the feature entirely. displayed in the upper right corner of the screen.
position, and then push the PWR button while the . Brightness and Contrast Select the On-Screen Clock using the TUNE-
system is off to turn on the last audio source, which Adjust the brightness and contrast of the screen. FOLDER control knob and then push the ENTER/
was playing immediately before the system was turned Select the brightness or contrast using the SETTING button. You can toggle between ON
off. While the system is on, pushing the PWR button TUNEFOLDER control knob and then push the and OFF using the TUNEFOLDER control knob.
turns the system off. ENTER/SETTING button. Turn the TUNEFOLDER . RDS Display (if equipped)
Turn the VOL control knob to adjust the volume. control knob to adjust the brightness and contrast RDS (radio data system) information can be
of the screen to the preferred level. shown on the display. Select RDS Display using
Audio settings: GUID-9E14C2E6-2E9C-4731-980B-C45B899B977B the TUNEFOLDER control knob and then push
. Clock Adjust
The settings screen will appear when pushing the Adjust the clock according to the following the ENTER/SETTING button. You can toggle
ENTER/SETTING button. procedure. between ON and OFF using the TUNEFOLDER
The following items are available in the settings screen. control knob.
. Language Select
. Bluetooth
The Language Select can be set to English,
It is possible to set the Bluetooth settings. For
details of the Bluetooth settings, see Bluetooth Chinese, Taiwanese or Korea.
streaming audio operation (P.4-33) and Setup Select Language Select using the TUNE-
(P.4-37). FOLDER control knob and then push the
ENTER/SETTING button. Use the TUNEFOLDER
. Bass, Treble, Balance and Fade
control knob to select the preferred language.
Controls the sound of the audio system. Balance
adjusts the sound between the left and right
speakers. Fade adjusts the sound between the DISP button:
GUID-9E14C2E6-2E9C-4731-980B-C45B899B977B
front and rear speakers. JVH0610X
Display of the screen can be canceled by pushing the
Select the Bass, Treble, Balance or Fade 1) Select Clock Adjust using the TUNE- DISP button. You can then listen to music that is being
using the TUNEFOLDER control knob and then FOLDER control knob * 1 and then push played back. If you want to display the screen again,
push the ENTER/SETTING button. Turn the the ENTER/SETTING button * 2 . either push the DISP button once more or push the
TUNEFOLDER control knob to adjust the Bass, FMAM or USBAUX button.
Treble, balance and Fade of the screen to the
Display screen, heater and air conditioner, and audio system 4-29

Condition: 'Except for China'/China/ [ Edit: 2013/ 8/ 2 Model: L33-A ]


Black plate (128,1)

AUX IN jack: GUID-9E14C2E6-2E9C-4731-980B-C45B899B977B RDS can display: opens, the radio memory will be erased. In that case,
The AUX IN jack is located on the audio unit. The AUX . Station name, such as The Groove. reset the desired stations.
IN audio input jack accepts any standard analog audio . Music or programming type such as Classical, CD player operation
input such as from a portable cassette tape/CD player, Country or Rock. L33-A-121009-A8218895-563D-4EF1-84E8-BEA3BDCCDDEB

MP3 player or laptop computer. Place the ignition switch in the ACC or ON position
and insert the Compact Disc (CD) into the slot with the
NISSAN strongly recommends using a stereo mini SEEK tuning: label side facing up. The CD will be guided auto-
plug cable when connecting your music device to the GUID-9E14C2E6-2E9C-4731-980B-C45B899B977B
Push the SEEKTRACK (rewind) or SEEKTRACK (fast matically into the slot and start playing.
audio system. Music may not play properly when a
monaural cable is used. forward) button to tune from low to high or high to low After loading the CD, the number of tracks on the CD
frequencies and to stop at the next broadcasting and the play time will appear on the display.
station. If the radio is already operating, it will automatically turn
USBAUX button:
GUID-9E14C2E6-2E9C-4731-980B-C45B899B977B off and the CD will play.
Pushing the USBAUX button will switch the displays SCAN tuning: If the system has been turned off while the CD was
as follows: GUID-9E14C2E6-2E9C-4731-980B-C45B899B977B
Push the SCAN tuning button to tune from low to high playing, pushing the PWR button will start the CD.
iPod/USB ? AUX ? iPod/USB
frequencies and stop at each broadcasting station for
Radio operation 5 seconds. Pushing the button again during this 5 PLAY:
L33-A-121009-6272D9A6-B43D-4312-A9D9-617A6E47B7E5 GUID-9E14C2E6-2E9C-4731-980B-C45B899B977B
seconds period will stop SCAN tuning and the radio
will remain tuned to that station. When the CD button is pushed with the system off and
radio (FMAM) band select: the CD loaded, the system will turn on and the CD will
GUID-9E14C2E6-2E9C-4731-980B-C45B899B977B If the SCAN tuning button is not pushed within 5 start to play.
Pushing the FMAM button will change the band as seconds, SCAN tuning moves to the next station.
follows: When the CD button is pushed with the CD loaded
to Station memory operations:
GUID-9E14C2E6-2E9C-4731-980B-C45B899B977B and the radio playing, the radio will automatically be
AM ? FM1 ? FM2 ? AM
12 stations can be set for the FM band (6 each for turned off and the CD will start to play.
TUNE (Tuning): GUID-9E14C2E6-2E9C-4731-980B-C45B899B977B FM1 and FM2) and 6 stations can be set for the AM
Turn the radio TUNEFOLDER control knob for manual band. SEEK/TRACK button:
tuning. 1. Choose the radio band using the FMAM button.
GUID-9E14C2E6-2E9C-4731-980B-C45B899B977B
When the SEEKTRACK (rewind) or SEEKTRACK
Radio Data System (RDS) (if equipped):
GUID-9E14C2E6-2E9C-4731-980B-C45B899B977B 2. Tune to the desired station using the SEEK- (fast forward) button is pushed for more than 1.5
RDS stands for Radio Data System, and is a data TRACK, SCAN button or the radio TUNE- seconds while the CD is being played, the CD will play
information service transmitted by some radio stations FOLDER control knob. while fast forwarding or rewinding. When the button is
on the FM band (not AM band) encoded within a 3. Push and hold the desired station preset button released, the CD will return to normal play speed.
regular radio broadcast. Currently, most RDS stations to until the radio mutes. When the SEEKTRACK (rewind) or SEEKTRACK
are in large cities, but many stations are now (fast forward) button is pushed for less than 1.5
4. The station indicator will then come on and the
considering broadcasting RDS data. seconds while the CD is being played, the next track or
sound will resume. Memorizing is now complete.
the beginning of the current track on the CD will be
5. Other buttons can be set in the same manner.
played.
If the battery cable is disconnected, or if the fuse

4-30 Display screen, heater and air conditioner, and audio system

Condition: 'Except for China'/China/ [ Edit: 2013/ 8/ 2 Model: L33-A ]


Black plate (129,1)

USB device operation


REPEAT (RPT): GUID-BC3684E2-4EB9-4220-B355-24A86017CC06 PLAY:
GUID-9E14C2E6-2E9C-4731-980B-C45B899B977B Audio main operation: GUID-9E14C2E6-2E9C-4731-980B-C45B899B977B
GUID-9E14C2E6-2E9C-4731-980B-C45B899B977B
When the RPT button is pushed while the CD is When the USBAUX button is pushed with the system
Connecting a USB device will switch the audio mode
played, the play pattern can be changed as follows: off and the USB device inserted, the system will turn
to the USB mode automatically. See USB port (P.4-
(CD) on.
34) for the location of the USB port.
Normal 1 Track Repeat If another audio source is playing and a USB device is
If the system has been turned off while the USB device
inserted, push the USBAUX button repeatedly until
(CD with compressed audio files) was playing, pushing the PWR button will start the
the color display changes to the USB device mode.
Normal ? 1 Folder Repeat ? 1 Track Repeat ? USB device.
Normal Previous/Next File and Fast Re-
WARNING:
wind/Forward:
Do not connect, disconnect or operate the USB GUID-9E14C2E6-2E9C-4731-980B-C45B899B977B
RANDOM (RDM):
GUID-9E14C2E6-2E9C-4731-980B-C45B899B977B
device while driving. Doing so can be a distrac- When the SEEKTRACK (rewind) or SEEKTRACK
When the RDM button is pushed while a CD is being (fast forward) button is pushed for more than 1.5
tion. If distracted you could lose control of your
played, the play pattern can be changed as follows: seconds while a USB device is being played, the USB
vehicle and cause an accident or serious injury.
(CD) device will play while forwarding or rewinding. When
the button is released, the USB device will return to
Normal 1 Disc Random CAUTION: normal play speed.
(CD with compressed audio files)
. Do not force the USB device into the USB When the SEEKTRACK (rewind) or SEEKTRACK
Normal ? 1 Disc Random ? 1 Folder Random ? port. Inserting the USB device tilted or up- (fast forward) button is pushed for less than 1.5
Normal side-down into the port may damage the seconds while the USB device is being played, the
port. Make sure that the USB device is next track or the beginning of the current track on the
CD eject: connected correctly into the USB port. USB device will be played.
GUID-9E14C2E6-2E9C-4731-980B-C45B899B977B
When the CD eject button is pushed with the CD . Do not grab the USB port cover (if equipped) Folder selection:GUID-9E14C2E6-2E9C-4731-980B-C45B899B977B
loaded, the CD will be ejected. when pulling the USB device out of the port. To change to another folder in the USB device, turn the
This could damage the port and the cover. TUNEFOLDER control knob.
When this button is pushed while the CD is being
played, the CD will be ejected. . Do not leave the USB cable in a place where
it can be pulled unintentionally. Pulling the REPEAT (RPT):
If the CD comes out and is not removed, it will be cable may damage the port. GUID-9E14C2E6-2E9C-4731-980B-C45B899B977B
pulled back into the slot to protect it. When the RPT button is pushed while the USB device
Refer to your device manufacturers owner information is played, the play pattern can be change as follows.
regarding the proper use and care of the device.
To change the play mode, push the RPT button
repeatedly and the mode will change as follows.
Normal ? 1 Folder Repeat ? 1 Track Repeat ?
Normal

Display screen, heater and air conditioner, and audio system 4-31

Condition: 'Except for China'/China/ [ Edit: 2013/ 8/ 2 Model: L33-A ]


Black plate (130,1)

. Third generation iPod nano (Firmware version


RANDOM (RDM): CAUTION:
GUID-9E14C2E6-2E9C-4731-980B-C45B899B977B
1.1.2PC or 1.1.3PC)
When the RDM button is pushed while a USB device . Do not force the USB device into the USB . Fourth generation iPod nano (Firmware version
is being played, the play pattern can be changed as port. Inserting the USB device tilted or up- 1.0.2 or 1.0.4)
follows. side-down into the port may damage the . Fifth generation iPod nano (Firmware version 1.0.1
port. Make sure that the USB device is or 1.0.2)
To change the play mode, push the RDM button
connected correctly into the USB port.
repeatedly, and the mode will change as follows. The iPod touch may not response quickly with the
. Do not grab the USB port cover (if equipped) system in some cases.
Normal ? All Random ? 1 Folder Random ? Normal
when pulling the USB device out of the port.
Make sure that the iPod firmware is updated.
This could damage the port and the cover.
BACK: Audio main operation:
GUID-9E14C2E6-2E9C-4731-980B-C45B899B977B . Do not leave the USB cable in a place where GUID-9E14C2E6-2E9C-4731-980B-C45B899B977B
When the BACK button is pushed, it returns to the it can be pulled unintentionally. Pulling the Place the ignition switch to the ACC or ON
previous display. cable may damage the port. position. Then, push the USBAUX button repeatedly
to switch to the iPod mode.
iPod player operation
GUID-8317B682-3A5A-43F5-9A03-5384911DD495
Refer to your device manufacturers owner information
If the system has been turned off while the iPod was
regarding the proper use and care of the device.
Connecting iPod: GUID-9E14C2E6-2E9C-4731-980B-C45B899B977B
playing, pushing the PWR button will start the iPod.
Connect the iPod cable to the USB port. See USB Compatibility: GUID-9E14C2E6-2E9C-4731-980B-C45B899B977B
port (P.4-34) for the location of the USB port. The following models are compatible: iPod MENU:
GUID-9E14C2E6-2E9C-4731-980B-C45B899B977B
Depending on the version of the iPod, the display on . Third generation iPhone (Firmware version Place the ignition switch in the ACC or ON
the iPod shows a NISSAN or Accessory Attached IOS4/4.0) position. Then, push the iPod MENU button to switch
screen when the connection is completed. When the . Fourth generation iPhone (Firmware version to the iPod mode.
iPod is connected to the vehicle, the iPod music library IOS4/4.0)
can only be operated by the vehicle audio controls. If another audio source is playing and the iPod is
. Fifth generation iPod (Firmware version 1.3 ) connected, pushing the iPod MENU button changes to
* iPod and iPhone are a trademark of Apple Inc., . First generation iPod Classic (Firmware version the iPod mode.
registered in the U.S. and other countries. 1.1.1 or 1.1.2PC)
If the system has been turned off while the iPod was
. Second generation iPod Classic (Firmware ver- playing, pushing the PWR button will start the iPod.
WARNING: sion 2.0.1 )
When the iPod MENU button is pushed while the iPod
Do not connect, disconnect or operate the USB . First generation iPod touch (Firmware version
is connected, the interface for iPod operation is shown
device while driving. Doing so can be a distrac- 1.1.5 or 2.2.1)
on the audio display. The items on the menu list can be
tion. If distracted you could lose control of your . Second and third generation iPod touch (Firm- scrolled by pushing the SEEKTRACK (rewind) or
vehicle and cause an accident or serious injury. ware version 2.2.1 or IOS4/4.0.0) SEEKTRACK (fast forward) button while the iPod is
. First generation iPod nano (Firmware version operational. To select an item, push ENTER. Items in
1.3.1) the iPod menu appear on the display in the following
. Second generation iPod nano (Firmware version order.
1.1.3)

4-32 Display screen, heater and air conditioner, and audio system

Condition: 'Except for China'/China/ [ Edit: 2013/ 8/ 2 Model: L33-A ]


Black plate (131,1)

. Now playing
RANDOM (RDM):
. Playlists GUID-9E14C2E6-2E9C-4731-980B-C45B899B977B
. Artists When the RDM button is pushed while a track is being
. Albums played, the play pattern can be changed as follows:
. songs Shuffle Off ? Track Shuffle ? Albums Shuffle ?
. Podcasts Shuffle Off
. Genres
. Composers BACK:
GUID-9E14C2E6-2E9C-4731-980B-C45B899B977B
. Audiobooks The display will return to the previous screen.
. Shuffle songs JVH0621X
Bluetooth streaming audio operation (if
For more information about each item, see the iPod
Owners Manual.
equipped) GUID-87A8FCA3-1418-49F3-BB31-2E4066B5FB39
3. Select the Add Telephone or Device key. This
If you have a compatible Bluetooth audio device that same screen can be accessed to remove, replace
is capable of playing audio files, the device can be or select a different Bluetooth device.
Previous/Next Track and Fast Re-
connected to the vehicles audio system so that the 4. The system acknowledges the command and asks
wind/Forward:
GUID-9E14C2E6-2E9C-4731-980B-C45B899B977B audio files on the device play through the vehicles you to initiate connecting from the Bluetooth
When the SEEKTRACK (rewind) or SEEKTRACK speakers. device. The connecting procedure of the Blue-
(fast forward) button is pushed for more than 1.5 tooth device varies according to each cellular
Connecting Bluetooth audio:
seconds while the iPod is playing, the iPod will play GUID-9E14C2E6-2E9C-4731-980B-C45B899B977B phone model. See the Owners manual of the
while fast forwarding or rewinding. When the button is To connect your Bluetooth audio device to the Bluetooth device for details.
released, the iPod will return to the normal play speed. vehicle, follow the procedure below:
Audio main operation:
When the SEEKTRACK (rewind) or SEEKTRACK 1. Push the ENTER/SETTING button. GUID-9E14C2E6-2E9C-4731-980B-C45B899B977B

(fast forward) button is pushed for less than 1.5


seconds while the iPod is playing, the next track or the
beginning of the current track on the iPod will be
played.

REPEAT (RPT):
GUID-9E14C2E6-2E9C-4731-980B-C45B899B977B
When the RPT button is pushed while a track is being
played, the play pattern can be changed as follows:
Repeat Off ? 1 Track Repeat? All Repeat ? Repeat
Off JVH0622X
JVH0620X

To switch to the Bluetooth audio mode, push the
2. Select the Bluetooth key. USBAUX button repeatedly until the Bluetooth audio
mode is displayed on the screen.

Display screen, heater and air conditioner, and audio system 4-33

Condition: 'Except for China'/China/ [ Edit: 2013/ 8/ 2 Model: L33-A ]


Black plate (132,1)

The controls for the Bluetooth audio are dislayed on USB device Tuning switch
L33-A-121009-A53742EC-1086-4A2F-B56D-E0B80F075221 L33-A-121009-0465823E-C4C8-4EB0-8E32-61EE0AB5AD01
the screen. Use the Preset 3 button to play and use the . Do not touch the terminal portion of the USB Push the switch upward or downward to select a
Preset 4 button to pause. device. channel, track, CD or folder when they are listed on the
USB PORT (ifGUID-D3A2D721-61B2-406B-8ED6-AF7E9EAF6AFF
equipped) . Do not place heavy objects on the USB device. display.
. Do not store the USB device in highly humid RADIO: GUID-9E14C2E6-2E9C-4731-980B-C45B899B977B
locations. . Pushing DOWN /UP shorter
. Do not expose the USB device to direct sunlight. Next or previous preset channel
. Do not spill any liquids on the USB device. . Pushing DOWN /UP longer
Refer to the USB device Owners Manual for the Next or previous station/channel
details.
CD: GUID-9E14C2E6-2E9C-4731-980B-C45B899B977B
STEERING-WHEEL-MOUNTED CON- . Pushing DOWN /UP shorter
TROLS FOR AUDIO
L33-A-121009-D0DBA330-6B74-4A25-B3C1-AD02E872F235 Next track or the beginning of the current track
(the previous track if the button is pushed
JVH0597X immediately after the current track starts playing)
. Pushing DOWN /UP longer
The USB port is located on the center console. Open
the lid and connect a USB device or iPod. Forward or rewind
CD with MP3/WMA/iPod (if equipped), USB
CD/DVD/USB DEVICE CARE AND device (if equipped) or Bluetooth audio (if
CLEANING
L33-A-121009-8E36A11A-295C-4674-93A1-2463ADE1A943 equipped): GUID-9E14C2E6-2E9C-4731-980B-C45B899B977B
CD . Pushing DOWN /UP shorter
GUID-6B5FA614-287C-42DD-9A00-01E6C2F3B827
. Handle a disc by its edges. Never touch the Next track or the beginning of the current track
surface of the disc. Do not bend the disc. JVH0417X (the previous track if the button is pushed
. Always place the discs in the storage case when immediately after the current track starts playing)
1. SOURCE select switch
they are not being used. . Pushing DOWN /UP longer
2. Tuning switch
. To clean a disc, wipe the surface from the center Folder change (When the last folder is changed,
3. Volume control switches the next disc will be selected.)
to the outer edge using a clean, soft cloth. Do not
wipe the disc using a circular motion.
Do not use a conventional record cleaner or
alcohol intended for industrial use.
. A new disc may be rough on the inner and outer
edges. Remove the rough edges by rubbing the
inner and outer edges with the side of a pen or
pencil as illustrated.

4-34 Display screen, heater and air conditioner, and audio system

Condition: 'Except for China'/China/ [ Edit: 2013/ 8/ 2 Model: L33-A ]


Black plate (133,1)

Bluetooth HANDS-FREE PHONE


CAR PHONE AND CB RADIO SYSTEM (if equipped for models
L33-A-121009-5560B71C-50A0-4D0D-BCEC-00A8EB317B84
without navigation system)
GUID-16C816A4-D948-43BD-8710-DF554DDD9FD1
Volume control switches When installing a CB, ham radio or a car phone in your
L33-A-121009-34C120B8-5689-4B7F-9E09-73BC710C00EA
vehicle, be sure to observe the following cautions, WARNING:
Push the (+) or () button to increase or
otherwise the new equipment may adversely affect the . Use a phone after stopping your vehicle in a
decrease the volume.
Engine Control System and other electronic parts. safe location. If you have to use a phone
SOURCE select switch
L33-A-121009-DDCC3530-514B-4EC7-B7F1-E84AA335805E while driving, exercise extreme caution at all
Push the SOURCE select switch to change the mode CAUTION: times so full attention may be given to
to available audio source. . Keep the antenna as far away as possible vehicle operation.
from the Electronic Control Module. . If you find yourself unable to devote full
. Keep the antenna wire at least 20 cm (8 in) attention to vehicle operation while talking
away from the Engine Control harnesses. Do on the phone, pull off the road to a safe
not route the antenna wire next to any location and stop your vehicle before doing
harnesses. so.
. Adjust the antenna standing wave ratio as
recommended by the manufacturer. CAUTION:
. Connect the ground wire from the radio To avoid draining the vehicle battery, use a
chassis to the body. phone after starting the engine.
. For details, consult a NISSAN dealer.
NOTE:
Wireless LAN (Wi-Fi) and the Bluetooth func-
tions share the same frequency band (2.4 GHz).
Using the Bluetooth and the wireless LAN
functions at the same time may slow down or
disconnect communication and cause undesired
noise. It is recommended that you turn off the
wireless LAN (Wi-Fi) when using the Bluetooth
functions.
Your vehicle is equipped with Bluetooth Hands-Free
Phone System. If you are an owner of a Bluetooth
enabled cellular phone, you can set up the wireless
connection between your cellular phone and the in-
vehicle phone module. With Bluetooth wireless
technology, you can make or receive a telephone call
with your cellular phone in your pocket.
Once your cellular phone is paired to the in-vehicle
phone module, no phone connecting procedure is
required. Your phone is automatically connected with
Display screen, heater and air conditioner, and audio system 4-35

Condition: 'Except for China'/China/ [ Edit: 2013/ 8/ 2 Model: L33-A ]


Black plate (134,1)

the in-vehicle phone module when the ignition switch . Do not place the cellular phone in an area Number of Channel: 79
is pushed to the ON position with the registered surrounded by metal or far away from the in- This wireless equipment cant be used for any
cellular phone turned on and carried in the vehicle. vehicle phone module to prevent tone quality services related to safety because there is the
You can register up to 5 different Bluetooth cellular degradation and wireless connection disruption. possibility of radio interference.
phones in the in-vehicle phone module. However, you . While a cellular phone is connected through the
can talk on only one cellular phone at a time. Bluetooth wireless connection, the battery power REGULATORYGUID-B84ABFF1-529F-41FB-AB85-3A3C39561FC1
INFORMATION
of the cellular phone may discharge quicker than Bluetooth trademark
When a call is active, the audio system and GUID-515A4CD9-C717-4FE7-9214-A21FFE2B0289
usual.
microphone (located near the map light) are used for Bluetooth is a trademark owned
the handsfree communications. . If the Bluetooth Hands-Free Phone System
by Bluetooth SIG, Inc.
seems to be malfunctioning, please contact a
If the audio system is being used at the time, the audio NISSAN dealer. CE statement GUID-78519A5C-40AC-4B7A-BED5-8FE38F0EF222
mode will mute and will stay muted until the active call
. Some cellular phones or other devices may cause Hereby Yangfeng Visteon Automotive Electronics Co.,
is ended.
interference or a buzzing noise to come from the Ltd. declares that this Bluetooth car kit is in
Before using the Bluetooth Hands-Free Phone audio system speakers. Storing the device in a compliance with the essential requirements and other
System, refer to the following notes. different location may reduce or eliminate the relevant provisions of Directive 1999/5/EC.
. Set up the wireless connection between a cellular noise.
phone and the in-vehicle phone module before . Refer to the cellular phone Owners Manual
using the Bluetooth Hands-Free Phone System. regarding the telephone pairing procedure spe- NSY0105
. Some Bluetooth enabled cellular phones may not cific to your phone, battery charging, cellular
be recognized by the in-vehicle phone module. phone antenna, etc. USING THE SYSTEM
GUID-99E0E671-7BD7-4373-B919-3B5A8E8DDD22
. You will not be able to use a hands-free phone . The antenna display on the monitor will not
Control buttons:
under the following conditions: coincide with the antenna display of some cellular
Your vehicle is outside of the telephone service phones.
area. . Keep the interior of the vehicle as quiet as
Your vehicle is in an area where it is difficult to possible to hear the callers voice clearly as well
receive radio waves; such as in a tunnel, in an as to minimize its echoes.
underground parking garage, behind a tall . If reception between callers is unclear, adjusting
building or in a mountainous area. the incoming or outgoing call volume may improve
Your cellular phone is locked in order not to be the clarity.
dialed. . This wireless hands free car kit is based on
. When the radio wave condition is not ideal or Bluetooth technology,
ambient sound is too loud, it may be difficult to Frequency: 2402 MHz - 2480 MHz
JVH0627X
hear the other persons voice during a call. Output Power: 4.14 dBm E.I.R.P
. Immediately after the ignition switch is pushed to Modulation: FHSS GFSK 8DPSK, p/4DQPSK 1. / button
the ON position, it may be impossible to receive
a call for a short period of time.

4-36 Display screen, heater and air conditioner, and audio system

Condition: 'Except for China'/China/ [ Edit: 2013/ 8/ 2 Model: L33-A ]


Black plate (135,1)

2. Phone send button detail. Bluetooth on/off:


GUID-9E14C2E6-2E9C-4731-980B-C45B899B977B
3. Phone end button Selecting a registered phone: 1. Push the ENTER/SETTING button.
GUID-9E14C2E6-2E9C-4731-980B-C45B899B977B
Microphone: 1. Push the phone send button and / 2. Use the TUNEFOLDER knob to select Blue-
Microphone is located near the map light. button to select Connect Phone, and then push tooth and then push the ENTER/SETTING
the phone send button. button.
The NISSAN Voice Recognition system allows hands-
free operation of the Bluetooth Hands- Free Phone 2. Push the / button to select Select 3. Select On or Off to turn the vehicles Blue-
System. Phone, and then push the phone send tooth system on or off.
button. When Bluetooth is off, you will not be able to make or
If the vehicle is in motion, some commands may not be
available so full attention may be given to vehicle 3. Push the / button. Each time the button receive calls by the hands-free mode. Also, you will not
operation. is operated, the system announces the names of have access to the phonebook.
the phones. Select the phone you wish to use.
Setup Phonebook GUID-A1F31EC0-4278-4FDA-B683-1CA945115AA0
GUID-897E463A-5698-4417-B424-738C37519ED3 4. Push the phone send button to complete the
The phonebook stores up to 40 names for each phone
Choosing a language: selection.
GUID-9E14C2E6-2E9C-4731-980B-C45B899B977B paired with the system.
You can interact with the Bluetooth Hands-Free Deleting a registered phone:
GUID-9E14C2E6-2E9C-4731-980B-C45B899B977B
Phone System using English, Chinese or Korean. To NOTE:
1. Push the phone send button and /
change the language, perform the following. See Each phone has its own separate phonebook.
button to select Connect Phone, and then push
Audio main operation (P.4-29). You cannot access Phone As phonebook if you
the phone send button.
Connecting procedure: are currently connected with Phone B.
GUID-9E14C2E6-2E9C-4731-980B-C45B899B977B 2. Push the / button to select Delete
You can register up to 5 different Bluetooth cellular New entry:
Phone, and then push the phone send GUID-9E14C2E6-2E9C-4731-980B-C45B899B977B
phones in the in-vehicle phone module. However, you button. This function is not available while driving.
can talk on only one cellular phone at a time. 3. Push the / button. Each time the button 1. Push the phone send button and /
To connect a phone to the Bluetooth hands-free is operated, the system announces the name of button to select PHONEBOOK, and then push
phone system: the phones. Select the phone you wish to delete. the phone send button.
1. Push the ENTER/SETTING button. 4. When the system asks if you want to delete, push 2. Push the / button to select Transfer
the phone send button. To cancel the Entry, and then push the phone send button.
2. Use the TUNEFOLDER knob to select Blue-
tooth and then push the ENTER/SETTING deletion, push the phone end button. 3. The Phonebook is transferred automatically to the
button. 5. The system asks you to confirm the deletion. To system.
3. Select Add Phone or Device and then push the delete the desired phone, push the phone send The memory sending procedure from the Blue-
ENTER/SETTING button. button again. tooth cellular phone varies according to each
cellular phone manufacturer. See the cellular
4. When a message with a PIN appears on the NOTE:
phone Owners Manual for more details.
screen, operate the Bluetooth phone to enter the When you delete a phone, the associated
PIN. 4. When prompted by the system, say the name that
phonebook for the phone will also be deleted.
you would like to give for the new entry.
The connecting procedure varies according to
each phone. See the phones Owners Manual for Speak in a natural voice without pausing between
Display screen, heater and air conditioner, and audio system 4-37

Condition: 'Except for China'/China/ [ Edit: 2013/ 8/ 2 Model: L33-A ]


Black plate (136,1)

words. 3. Push the / button, and choose the nection.


5. When the system requires you to repeat the name, phonebook entry you wish to call. The system Once the ignition switch is placed in the OFF
say the name again. acknowledges the name and begins the call. position and the ON position again, the system will
6. Push the phone send button to continue the Redial: automatically change to the hands-free mode as a
GUID-9E14C2E6-2E9C-4731-980B-C45B899B977B
entry, or push the phone end button to finish 1. Push the phone send button and / default setting.
the phone mode. button to select CALL, and then push the phone
Delete: send button.
GUID-9E14C2E6-2E9C-4731-980B-C45B899B977B
This function is not available while driving. 2. Push the / button to select Redial, and
then push the phone send button.
1. Push the phone send button and /
button to select PHONEBOOK, and then push 3. Push the phone send button, and then the
the phone send button. system begins the call.
2. Push the / button to select Delete Bluetooth cellular phone keypad:
GUID-9E14C2E6-2E9C-4731-980B-C45B899B977B
Entry, and then push the phone send button. You can also make a call by operating the cellular
3. Push the / button and choose the phone that is registered to the in-vehicle phone module
phonebook entry you wish to delete. to use the hands-free phone system.
4. When the system asks if you want to delete the Ending a call: GUID-9E14C2E6-2E9C-4731-980B-C45B899B977B
contact, push the phone send button. To Push the phone end button on the steering wheel
cancel the deletion, push the phone end or the off button on the cellular phone.
button.
5. The system asks you to confirm the deletion.
Receiving or rejecting a call
GUID-1880C742-9A80-4CF4-B0F7-6580EC6D6F03
When you hear the ring tone, push the phone send
6. To delete the desired contact, push the phone
button on the steering wheel.
send button again.
If you do not wish to answer the call when you hear the
7. Push the phone send button to continue the
ring tone, push the phone end button.
deletion or push the phone end button to
finish the phone mode. Transferring aGUID-DB161A4B-A94F-424E-B48E-8377343D9DDC
call
Making a call During a call, push the phone send button to
GUID-7AB88917-BF10-4D09-A353-281D937361CA
switch the call from the Bluetooth Hands-Free Phone
Phonebook: GUID-9E14C2E6-2E9C-4731-980B-C45B899B977B System to the cellular phone when privacy is desired.
1. Push the phone send button and /
Push the phone send button again to return to the
button to select CALL, and then push the phone
hands-free mode.
send button.
Some Bluetooth cellular phones may not be able to
2. Push the / button to select List Name,
return to the hands-free mode. Refer to the cellular
and then push the phone send button.
phone Owners Manual for information about recon-

4-38 Display screen, heater and air conditioner, and audio system

Condition: 'Except for China'/China/ [ Edit: 2013/ 8/ 2 Model: L33-A ]


Black plate (137,1)

5 Starting and driving

Break-in schedule ....................................................................................


.... 5-2 Cruise control (if equipped) ..............................................................
.... 5-17
Before starting engine ............................................................................
.... 5-2 Precautions on cruise control ..................................................
.... 5-17
Precautions when starting and driving ...............................................
.... 5-2 Cruise control operations ..........................................................
.... 5-17
Exhaust gas (carbon monoxide) ....................................................
.... 5-2 ECO mode system ..............................................................................
.... 5-18
Three-way catalyst ............................................................................
.... 5-3 ECO Pedal Guide function .......................................................
.... 5-18
Care when driving ...................................................................................
.... 5-3 Ambient ECO ...............................................................................
.... 5-19
Engine cold start period ..................................................................
.... 5-3 Parking ....................................................................................................
.... 5-19
Loading luggage .... ............................................................................... 5-3 Parking sensor system (if equipped) ..............................................
.... 5-21
Driving in wet conditions .... ................................................................ 5-3 Parking sensor system OFF switch ........................................
.... 5-22
Driving in winter conditions ............................................................
.... 5-3 Parking sensor system setting .................................................
.... 5-22
Push-button ignition switch ..................................................................
.... 5-4 Trailer towing (except for Australia and New Zealand) ............. .... 5-23
Precautions on push-button ignition switch operation .... ........... 5-4 Trailer towing (for Australia and New Zealand) ........................... .... 5-23
Intelligent Key system ......................................................................
.... 5-4 Operating precautions .... ............................................................... 5-23
Ignition switch positions ..................................................................
.... 5-4 Maximum load limits ....................................................................
.... 5-23
Continuously Variable Transmission (CVT) ................................ .... 5-5 Tire pressure .................................................................................
.... 5-24
Steering lock ......................................................................................
.... 5-5 Safety chains ................................................................................
.... 5-24
Intelligent Key battery discharge ...................................................
.... 5-5 Trailer brakes .... ................................................................................ 5-24
Starting engine .........................................................................................
.... 5-6 Trailer detection (if equipped) ..................................................
.... 5-24
Driving vehicle ..........................................................................................
.... 5-7 Hydraulic pump electric power steering system ......................... .... 5-25
Driving with Continuously Variable Transmission (CVT) ......... .... 5-7 Brake system ........................................................................................
.... 5-25
Vehicle Dynamic Control (VDC) system .........................................
.... 5-11 Brake precautions .......................................................................
.... 5-25
Vehicle Dynamic Control (VDC) OFF switch ......................... .... 5-12 Anti-lock Braking System (ABS) .............................................
.... 5-26
Blind Spot Warning (BSW)/Lane Departure Warning (LDW) Vehicle security .....................................................................................
.... 5-27
systems (if equipped) ..........................................................................
.... 5-12 Cold weather driving ...........................................................................
.... 5-27
BSW system operation ................................................................
.... 5-12 Battery ............................................................................................
.... 5-28
BSW driving situations .................................................................
.... 5-14 Engine coolant .... ............................................................................. 5-28
LDW system operation .................................................................
.... 5-15 Tire equipment .... ............................................................................. 5-28
BSW/LDW temporary disabled status .... .................................... 5-16 Special winter equipment ..........................................................
.... 5-28
BSW/LDW automatic deactivation ...........................................
.... 5-16 Parking brake ................................................................................
.... 5-28
BSW/LDW malfunction .... ............................................................... 5-16 Corrosion protection ...................................................................
.... 5-28
Camera unit maintenance ............................................................
.... 5-16

Condition: 'Except for China'/China/ [ Edit: 2013/ 8/ 2 Model: L33-A ]


Black plate (138,1)

PRECAUTIONS WHEN STARTING


BREAK-IN SCHEDULE BEFORE STARTING ENGINE
AND DRIVING
L33-A-121009-76CEB0BC-7E6E-4386-AA34-332094D6FE4A L33-A-121009-23F404FD-A681-49DA-B505-523EF6743FD9
L33-A-121009-053F36A5-3865-4E11-97AB-91F4E79785D7
During the first 1,600 km (1,000 miles), follow these
WARNING: WARNING:
recommendations to obtain maximum engine perfor-
mance and ensure the future reliability and economy of The driving characteristics of your vehicle will . Never leave children or adults who would
your new vehicle. Failure to follow these recommenda- change remarkably by any additional load and normally require the support of others alone
tions may result in shortened engine life and reduced its distribution, as well as by adding optional in your vehicle. Pets should not be left alone
engine performance. equipment (roof racks, etc.). Your driving style either. They could unknowingly activate
. Do not drive at a constant speed, either fast or and speed must be adjusted according to the switches or controls and inadvertently be-
slow, for long periods of time. circumstances. Especially when carrying heavy come involved in a serious accident and
loads, your speed must be reduced adequately. injure themselves. On hot, sunny days,
. Do not run the engine over 4,000 rpm.
temperatures in a closed vehicle could
. Do not accelerate at full throttle in any gear. . Make sure the area around the vehicle is clear. quickly become high enough to cause se-
. Do not start quickly. . Visually inspect tires for their appearance and vere or possibly fatal illness to people or
. Do not brake hard as much as possible. condition. Measure and check the tire pressure for animals.
. Do not tow a trailer for at least the first 800 km proper inflation.
. Closely supervise children when they are
(500 miles) (for Australia and New Zealand) . Check that all windows and lights are clean. around your vehicle to prevent them from
. Adjust the seat and head restraint positions. playing and becoming locked in the trunk
. Adjust the inside and outside rearview mirror where they could be seriously injured. Keep
positions. the vehicle locked with the trunk lid closed
. Fasten your seat belt and ask all passengers to do when not in use, and prevent childrens
the same. access to vehicle keys.
. Check that all doors are closed.
EXHAUST GAS (carbon monoxide)
. Check the operation of the warning lights when L33-A-121009-E288EED8-A65A-4211-B401-038FED965F7A

the ignition switch is placed in the ON position.


WARNING:
. Maintenance items in the 8. Maintenance and do-
it-yourself section should be checked periodi- . Do not breathe exhaust gas; it contains
cally. colorless and odorless carbon monoxide.
Carbon monoxide is dangerous. It can cause
unconsciousness or death.
. If you suspect that exhaust fumes are
entering the vehicle, drive with all windows
fully open, and have the vehicle inspected
immediately.
. Do not run the engine in closed spaces such
as a garage.

5-2 Starting and driving

Condition: 'Except for China'/China/ [ Edit: 2013/ 8/ 2 Model: L33-A ]


Black plate (139,1)

CARE WHEN DRIVING


L33-A-121009-8E8E6565-8F40-4977-A5B3-52FD70583074
. Do not park the vehicle with the engine cause a fire. Driving your vehicle to fit the circumstances is essential
running for an extended period of time. The three-way catalyst is an emission control device for your safety and comfort. As a driver, you should be
installed in the exhaust system. Exhaust gas in the the one who knows best how to drive in the given
. Keep the trunk lid closed while driving,
three-way catalyst is burned at high temperatures to circumstances.
otherwise exhaust gas could be drawn into
the passenger compartment. If you must help reduce pollutants.
ENGINEL33-A-121009-A5FEF2BC-090C-40EF-AFB4-9C2AD396B9A9
COLD START PERIOD
drive with the trunk lid open, follow these
CAUTION: Due to the higher engine speeds, when the engine is
precautions:
cold, extra caution must be exercised when selecting a
Open all the windows. . Do not use leaded gasoline. (See Recom- gear during the engine warm-up period after starting
mended fuel/lubricants and capacities (P.9- the engine.
Turn the air recirculation mode off and
2).) Deposits from leaded gasoline seriously
set the fan speed control to the highest
reduce the ability of the three-way catalyst LOADING LUGGAGE
level to circulate the air. L33-A-121009-2BBC6009-9E5A-4256-8C20-7E419CD1A158
to help reduce exhaust pollutants and/or Loads and their distribution and the attachment of
. The exhaust system and body should be damage the three-way catalyst. equipment (coupling devices, roof luggage carriers,
inspected by a qualified mechanic whenever: . Keep your engine tuned up. Malfunctions in etc.) will considerably change the driving character-
Your vehicle is raised while being ser- the ignition, fuel injection, or electrical istics of the vehicle. Your driving style and speed must
viced. systems may cause overrich fuel to flow into be adjusted according to the circumstances.
the three-way catalyst, causing it to over-
You suspect that exhaust fumes are DRIVINGL33-A-121009-7755FC2F-0579-47FE-BC3F-D7B1C3C79122
IN WET CONDITIONS
heat. Do not keep driving if the engine
entering into the passenger compart-
misfires, or if noticeable loss of performance . Avoid accelerating or stopping suddenly.
ment.
or other unusual operating conditions are . Avoid sharp turning or lane changing suddenly.
You notice a change in the sound of the detected. Have the vehicle inspected . Avoid following too close to the vehicle in front.
exhaust system. promptly by a NISSAN dealer.
When water covers the road surface with water
You have had an accident involving . Avoid driving with an extremely low fuel puddles, small water streams, etc., reduce speed to
damage to the exhaust system, under- level. Running out of fuel could cause the prevent hydroplaning which can cause skidding and
body, or rear of the vehicle. engine to misfire, damaging the three-way loss of control. Worn tires will increase this risk.
catalyst.
THREE-WAY CATALYST DRIVINGL33-A-121009-B217D9FE-22A4-49FF-9EF4-D280A0CDB0A8
IN WINTER CONDITIONS
L33-A-121009-2A1FCB28-D12E-49F5-A7CD-F4FEFA1D85DB
. Do not race the engine while warming it up.
. Drive cautiously.
. Do not push or tow your vehicle to start the
WARNING: engine. . Avoid accelerating or stopping suddenly.
. Avoid sharp turning or lane changing suddenly.
. The exhaust gas and the exhaust system are
very hot. Keep people, animals and flam- . Avoid sudden steering.
mable materials away from the exhaust . Avoid following too close to the vehicle in front.
system components.
. Do not stop or park the vehicle over
flammable materials such as dry grass,
wastepaper or rags. They may ignite and
Starting and driving 5-3

Condition: 'Except for China'/China/ [ Edit: 2013/ 8/ 2 Model: L33-A ]


Black plate (140,1)

PUSH-BUTTON IGNITION SWITCH


L33-A-121009-65023CEC-3B63-4CE6-82D9-81F8351812FD

PRECAUTIONS ON PUSH-BUTTON IGNI- Operating range


L33-A-121009-CC9E1FAA-2F67-4CD3-9AD1-FBA8D6FA2758
IGNITION SWITCH POSITIONS
L33-A-121009-68B4DB52-4A88-4C01-96C0-13645F03C4E7

TION SWITCH OPERATION


L33-A-121009-72A662FF-6554-4E03-AF8C-D8D839FBABB6
Do not operate the push-button ignition switch
while driving the vehicle except in an emergency.
(The engine will stop when the ignition switch is
pushed 3 consecutive times or the ignition
switch is pushed and held for more than 2
seconds.) The steering wheel may lock and could
cause the driver to lose control of the vehicle.
This could result in serious vehicle damage or
personal injury.
SSD0659 SSD0859
Before operating the push-button ignition switch, be
sure to move the shift lever to the P (Park) position. The Intelligent Key functions can only be used for When the ignition switch is pushed without depressing
starting the engine when the Intelligent Key is within the brake pedal, the ignition switch position will
INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM
L33-A-121009-A80A5744-2D98-43CC-A91A-21BE81160798 the specified operating range as illustrated. change as follows:
The Intelligent Key system can operate the ignition
When the Intelligent Key battery is almost discharged . Push once to change to ACC.
switch without taking the key out from your pocket or
or strong radio waves are present near the operating . Push two times to change to ON.
purse. The operating environment and/or conditions
location, the Intelligent Key systems operating range . Push three times to change to OFF. (No position
may affect the Intelligent Key system operation.
becomes narrower and may not function properly. illuminates.)
CAUTION: If the Intelligent Key is within the operating range, it is . Push four times to return to ACC.
possible for anyone, even someone who does not carry . Open or close any door to return to LOCK from
. Be sure to carry the Intelligent Key with you the Intelligent Key, to push the ignition switch to start
when operating the vehicle. the OFF position.
the engine.
The indicator light *A on the ignition switch illumi-
. Never leave the Intelligent Key inside the . The trunk area is not included in the operating nates when the ignition switch is in the ACC or ON
vehicle when you leave the vehicle. range, but the Intelligent Key may function. position.
. If the vehicle battery is discharged, the . If the Intelligent Key is placed on the instrument
ignition switch cannot be switched from panel, rear parcel shelf, inside the glove box or LOCK L33-A-121009-80740743-8AE5-4447-9F95-1CD83B2D2AC4
position
the LOCK position and if the steering lock door pocket, the Intelligent Key may not function. The ignition switch and steering lock can only be
is engaged, the steering wheel cannot be . If the Intelligent Key is placed near the door or locked at this position.
moved. Charge the battery as soon as window outside the vehicle, the Intelligent Key The ignition switch will be unlocked when it is pushed
possible. (See Jump starting (P.6-5).) may function. to the ACC position while carrying the Intelligent Key.

5-4 Starting and driving

Condition: 'Except for China'/China/ [ Edit: 2013/ 8/ 2 Model: L33-A ]


Black plate (141,1)

ACC position
L33-A-121009-6D799E50-0262-45F2-BCC0-A71CBBC65C01
1. Shift to Park warning appears on the vehicle To unlockL33-A-121009-3C4E7A95-64A0-4F95-9A60-4C7A74A9367B
steering wheel
The electrical accessory power activates at this information display and a chime sounds. Push the ignition switch, and the steering wheel will be
position without the engine turned on. 2. Move the shift lever to the P (Park) position. automatically unlocked.
3. If the ignition switch is in the ACC position,
ON position CAUTION:
L33-A-121009-C77F518B-17D9-40C6-A3EA-4F847F9D9F40 Push ignition to OFF warning appears on the
The ignition system and the electrical accessory power vehicle information display.
activate at this position without the engine turned on. . If the battery of the vehicle is discharged, the
4. Push the ignition switch. The ignition switch is push-button ignition switch cannot be
OFF position
L33-A-121009-C0C4D1FE-5A79-40B6-9349-0804CD469ED2
switched to the ON position. switched from the LOCK position.
The engine is turned off with the steering wheel 5. Push ignition to OFF warning appears again on . If the steering lock release malfunction
unlocked. the vehicle information display. indicator appears on the vehicle information
6. Push the ignition switch. The ignition switch is display, push the ignition switch again while
WARNING: switched to the OFF position. rotating the steering wheel slightly to the
right and left. (See Vehicle information
Never push the ignition switch to the OFF 7. Open the door. The ignition switch turns to the display (P.2-11).)
position while driving. The steering wheel may LOCK position.
lock and cause the driver to lose control of the For warnings and indicators on the vehicle information INTELLIGENT KEY BATTERY DISCHARGE
L33-A-121009-15BF0952-FEE8-4E16-A397-F959832809F7
vehicle, resulting in serious vehicle damage or display, see Vehicle information display (P.2-11).
personal injury.
If the ignition switch is switched to the LOCK
position, the shift lever cannot be moved from the P
CAUTION: (Park) position. The shift lever can be moved if the
Do not leave the vehicle for extended periods of ignition switch is in the ON position with the foot
time when the ignition switch is in the ACC or brake pedal depressed.
ON position and the engine is not running. STEERING LOCK
L33-A-121009-242B0464-35C3-41B7-BFE4-00C1D09486F5
This can discharge the battery.
The ignition switch is equipped with an anti-theft
To start the engine, see Starting engine (P.5-6). steering lock device.

CONTINUOUSLY VARIABLE TRANSMIS- To lock steering wheel


L33-A-121009-5AF0BEE7-ED84-4957-8F5B-36E954E45064
SSD0944

SION (CVT)
L33-A-121009-10557C9C-B556-4A29-A8C6-DFE1E6094A48
1. Push the ignition switch to the OFF position If the battery of the Intelligent Key is discharged, or
The ignition lock is designed so that the ignition switch where the ignition switch position indicator will not environmental conditions interfere with the Intelligent
cannot be switched to the LOCK position until the illuminate. Key operation, start the engine according to the
shift lever is moved to the P (Park) position. 2. Open or close the door. The ignition switch turns following procedure:
When the ignition switch cannot be switched to the to the LOCK position. 1. Move the shift lever to the P (Park) position.
LOCK position: 3. Turn the steering wheel 1/8 of a turn to the right or 2. Firmly apply the foot brake.
left from the straight up position.

Starting and driving 5-5

Condition: 'Except for China'/China/ [ Edit: 2013/ 8/ 2 Model: L33-A ]


Black plate (142,1)

STARTING ENGINE
L33-A-121009-4EE49EC6-F8DA-4B1C-BFA0-D95F108C03B4
3. Touch the ignition switch with the Intelligent Key 1. Apply the parking brake. 6. Allow the engine to idle for at least 30 seconds
as illustrated. (A chime will sound.) 2. Move the shift lever to the P (Park) or N after starting the engine to warm-up. Drive at
4. Push the ignition switch while depressing the (Neutral) position. moderate speeds for a short distance first,
brake pedal within 10 seconds after the chime especially in cold weather.
The starter is designed to operate only when
sounds. The engine will start. the shift lever is in the proper position.
CAUTION:
After step 3 is performed, when the ignition switch is 3. Confirm the location of the key.
pushed without depressing the brake pedal, the . Carry the Intelligent Key inside the vehicle. Do not leave the vehicle unattended while the
ignition switch position will change to ACC. engine is warming up.
4. Push the ignition switch to the ON position.
NOTE: Depress the brake pedal and push the ignition To stop the engine, move the shift lever to the P
. When the ignition switch is pushed to the switch to start the engine. (Park) position, apply the parking brake and push the
ACC or ON position or the engine is To start the engine immediately, push and release ignition switch to the OFF position.
started by the above procedures, the Key the ignition switch while depressing the brake
Battery Low indicator appears on the vehicle pedal with the ignition switch in any position.
information display even if the Intelligent
Key is inside the vehicle. This is not a 5. Immediately release the ignition switch when the
malfunction. To turn off the Key Battery engine starts. If the engine starts, but fails to run,
Low indicator, touch the ignition switch with repeat the above procedures.
the Intelligent Key again. If the engine is very hard to start in extremely cold
. If the Key Battery Low indicator appears on or hot weather, depress the accelerator pedal and
the vehicle information display, replace the hold it to help start the engine. Push the ignition
battery as soon as possible. See Battery switch for up to 15 seconds while holding.
(P.8-17). Release the accelerator pedal when the engine
starts.

CAUTION:
. Do not operate the starter for more than 15
seconds at a time. If the engine does not
start, turn the ignition switch off and wait 10
seconds before cranking the engine again.
Otherwise, the starter could be damaged.
. If it becomes necessary to start the engine
with a booster battery and jumper cables,
the instructions and cautions contained in
the 6. In case of emergency section should
be carefully followed.

5-6 Starting and driving

Condition: 'Except for China'/China/ [ Edit: 2013/ 8/ 2 Model: L33-A ]


Black plate (143,1)

DRIVING VEHICLE
L33-A-121009-61931AD0-61AE-4739-98B4-DC9AD9121494

DRIVING WITH CONTINUOUSLY VARI- The CVT can operate in two different automatic drive and driving enjoyment.
ABLE TRANSMISSION (CVT) modes:
L33-A-121009-A09106EF-15A6-49F5-BDE7-A841798805A1 NOTE:
. D (Drive) mode - Move the shift lever to D
(Drive), the transmission is in the normal forward Engine power may be automatically reduced to
WARNING:
automatic driving mode. The position indicator in protect the CVT if the engine speed increases
. Do not depress the accelerator pedal while the meter shows a D. The D (Drive) mode does quickly when driving on slippery roads or while
shifting from P (Park) or N (Neutral) to R not produce a gear change sensation like a being tested on some dynamometers.
(Reverse), D (Drive), Ds (Drive Sport) or traditional automatic transmission. Starting vehicle
manual shift mode (if equipped). Always L33-A-121009-0763C355-AF66-4E8A-96DB-7F28A98E970F
. Ds (Drive Sport) mode - Move the shift lever from 1. After starting the engine, fully depress the foot
depress the brake pedal until shifting is
D (Drive) to Ds (Drive Sport). The position brake pedal before moving the shift lever out of the
completed. Failure to do so could cause you
indicator in the meter shows a Ds. In Ds (Drive P (Park) position.
to lose control and have an accident.
Sport) mode, transmission operation changes to
. Cold engine idle speed is high, so use 2. Keep the foot brake pedal depressed, push the
Sporty driving shift operation, creating a more
caution when shifting into a forward or shift lever button and move the shift lever to a
aggressive acceleration feeling than the D (Drive)
reverse gear before the engine has warmed driving position.
mode and a gear change sensation when the
up. driver accelerates or when using the paddle 3. Release the parking brake, the foot brake pedal,
. Do not downshift abruptly on slippery roads. shifters (if equipped). During Ds (Drive Sport) and then gradually start the vehicle in motion.
This may cause a loss of control. mode operation, the driver must move the shift 4. Stop the vehicle completely before shifting the
lever from Ds (Drive Sport) mode to D (Drive) shift lever to the P (Park) position.
. Never shift to P (Park) or R (Reverse)
mode and back again to re-select Ds (Drive Sport) The CVT is designed so the foot brake pedal
while the vehicle is moving. This could cause
mode. MUST be depressed before shifting from the P
an accident.
. To cancel the Ds (Drive Sport) mode, return the (Park) position to any driving position while the
shift lever to the D (Drive) position. The ignition switch is in the ON position.
CAUTION: transmission returns to the automatic drive mode.
The shift lever cannot be moved out of the P
. Except in an emergency, do not shift to the The CVT can operate in two manual drive modes (if (Park) position and into any of the other
N (Neutral) position while driving. Coast- equipped): positions if the ignition switch is placed in the
ing with the transmission in the N (Neutral) . Manual shift mode (if equipped) - With the shift LOCK position.
position may cause serious damage to the lever in the Ds (Drive Sport) mode, using the
transmission. paddle shifters up (+) or down () produces
. When stopping the vehicle on an uphill noticeable upshifts and downshifts. The position
grade, do not hold the vehicle by depressing indicator in the meter shows a M.
the accelerator pedal. The foot brake should . To Ds (Drive Sport) mode, move the shift lever to
be used for this purpose. the D (Drive) position and then return the shift
The Continuously Variable Transmission (CVT) in your lever to the Ds (Drive Sport) mode again.
vehicle is electronically controlled to produce maximum The recommended operating procedures for this
power and smooth operation. transmission are shown on the following pages. Follow
these procedures for maximum vehicle performance
Starting and driving 5-7

Condition: 'Except for China'/China/ [ Edit: 2013/ 8/ 2 Model: L33-A ]


Black plate (144,1)

To move the shift lever:


GUID-9E14C2E6-2E9C-4731-980B-C45B899B977B
starting the engine. Make sure that the vehicle is D (Drive) position. The transmission returns to the
completely stopped and move the shift lever into normal driving mode.
the P (Park) position. Apply the parking brake.
When parking on a hill, first depress the foot brake Manual shift mode (if equipped)
L33-A-121009-584BD3B9-5B80-4FEF-9C6A-2FB7C186DF06
pedal, apply the parking brake, and then move the shift
lever into the P (Park) position.
R (Reverse): GUID-9E14C2E6-2E9C-4731-980B-C45B899B977B

CAUTION:
To prevent transmission damage, use the P
(Park) or R (Reverse) position only when the
JVS0334X vehicle is completely stopped.
: Push the button * A while depressing the Use this position to back up. Make sure that the vehicle
foot brake pedal. is completely stopped before selecting the R JVS0176X
: Push the button * A . (Reverse) position. The brake pedal must be When the shift lever is in the Ds (Drive Sport)
: Just move the shift lever. depressed to move the shift lever from P position, the transmission is ready for the manual shift
(Park), N (Neutral) or any drive position to R mode. Shift ranges can be selected manually by pulling
Shifting L33-A-121009-0B6DD7E3-B562-4244-B4D9-A0F1E25AFC2D (Reverse). the right-side or left-side paddle shifter.
WARNING: N (Neutral): GUID-9E14C2E6-2E9C-4731-980B-C45B899B977B When shifting up, pull the right side paddle shifter (+)
Apply the parking brake if the shift lever is in any
Neither the forward nor reverse gear is engaged. The *
C . The transmission shifts to the higher range.
engine can be started in this position. You may shift to When shifting down, pull the left side paddle shifter (-)
position while the engine is not running. Failure
the N (Neutral) position and restart a stalled engine *
B . The transmission shifts to the lower range.
to do so could cause the vehicle to move
while the vehicle is moving.
unexpectedly or roll away and result in serious When canceling the manual shift mode, return the shift
personal injury or property damage. D (Drive): GUID-9E14C2E6-2E9C-4731-980B-C45B899B977B lever to the D (Drive) position. The transmission
Use this position for all normal forward driving. returns to the normal driving mode. When you pull the
After starting the engine, fully depress the brake pedal paddle shifter while in the D (Drive) position, the
and move the shift lever from P (Park) to any of the Ds (Drive Sport):GUID-9E14C2E6-2E9C-4731-980B-C45B899B977B
transmission will shift to the upper or lower range
desired shift positions. When the shift lever is shifted from the D (Drive) to temporarily. The transmission will automatically return
P (Park): Ds (Drive Sport) position, the transmission enters the to the D (Drive) position after a short period of time. If
GUID-9E14C2E6-2E9C-4731-980B-C45B899B977B
Ds (Drive Sport) mode. Moving the shift lever to the you want to return to the D (Drive) position manually,
CAUTION: Ds (Drive Sport) position allows you to enjoy sporty pull and hold the paddle shifter for about 1.5 seconds.
driving shift operation on a winding road and feel
To prevent transmission damage, use the P In the manual shift mode, the shift range is displayed
smooth acceleration or deceleration on a hilly road by
(Park) or R (Reverse) position only when the on the position indicator in the meter.
moving in a lower gear automatically. When canceling
vehicle is completely stopped. the Ds (Drive Sport) mode, return the shift lever to the
Use this position when the vehicle is parked or when
5-8 Starting and driving

Condition: 'Except for China'/China/ [ Edit: 2013/ 8/ 2 Model: L33-A ]


Black plate (145,1)

Shift ranges up or down one by one as follows: . In the manual shift mode, the transmission OFF position: GUID-9E14C2E6-2E9C-4731-980B-C45B899B977B
may shift up automatically to a higher range For normal driving and fuel economy, use the OFF
? ? ? ? ? ? 7
1 / 2 / 3 / 4 / 5 / 6 than selected if the engine speed is too high. position.
/
When the vehicle speed decreases, the
M7 (7th): transmission automatically shifts down and ON position: GUID-9E14C2E6-2E9C-4731-980B-C45B899B977B
GUID-9E14C2E6-2E9C-4731-980B-C45B899B977B
Use this position for all normal forward driving at shifts to 1st gear before the vehicle comes to For driving up or down long slopes where engine
highway speeds. a stop. braking is necessary, or for powerful acceleration, use
. CVT operation is limited to automatic drive mode the ON position. The transmission will automatically
M6 (6th) and M5GUID-9E14C2E6-2E9C-4731-980B-C45B899B977B
(5th): select a different gear ratio, allowing the engine to
when CVT fluid temperature is extremely low even
Use these positions when driving up long slopes, or for if manual shift mode is selected. This is not a provide high output.
engine braking when driving down long slopes. malfunction. When CVT fluid warms up, manual When driving conditions change, push the switch to
M4 (4th), M3 (3rd) and M2 (2nd): mode can be selected. turn the SPORT mode off.
GUID-9E14C2E6-2E9C-4731-980B-C45B899B977B
Use these positions for hill climbing or engine braking . When the CVT fluid temperature is high, the shift Remember not to drive at high speeds for extended
on downhill grades. range may upshift in lower rpm than usual. This is periods of time with the SPORT mode in the ON
not a malfunction. position. This reduces fuel economy.
M1 (First): GUID-9E14C2E6-2E9C-4731-980B-C45B899B977B
Use this position when climbing steep hills slowly or SPORT mode switch (if equipped)
L33-A-121009-7285265F-E6B0-4D21-8245-DFA6F7E9FDEA Shift lockL33-A-121009-B1B887A9-0CD5-4AF2-A5EE-80392739394D
release
driving slowly through deep snow, sand or mud, or for If the battery charge is low or discharged, the shift
maximum engine braking on steep downhill grades. lever may not be moved from the P (Park) position
. Remember not to drive at high speeds for even with the brake pedal depressed and the shift lever
extended periods of time in lower than M7 range. button pushed.
This reduces fuel economy. To move the shift lever, release the shift lock. The shift
When shifting up: lever can be moved to the N (Neutral) position.
GUID-9E14C2E6-2E9C-4731-980B-C45B899B977B
However, the steering wheel will be locked unless the
Move the shift lever to the + (up) side. (Shifts to higher
ignition switch is placed in the ON position. This
range.)
allows the vehicle to be moved if the battery is
When shifting down:
GUID-9E14C2E6-2E9C-4731-980B-C45B899B977B discharged.
Move the shift lever to the - (down) side. (Shifts to JVS0335X
lower range.) To select the SPORT mode, push the SPORT mode
. Moving the shift lever rapidly to the same side switch with the shift lever in the D (Drive) position.
twice will shift the ranges in succession. The SPORT mode indicator light in the meter
. In the manual shift mode, the transmission panel illuminates. To turn off the SPORT mode, push
may not shift to the selected gear. This helps the SPORT mode switch again. The SPORT mode
maintain driving performance and reduces indicator light will turn off. When the shift lever is
the chance of vehicle damage or loss of shifted to any position other than D, the SPORT
control. mode will be automatically turned off.

Starting and driving 5-9

Condition: 'Except for China'/China/ [ Edit: 2013/ 8/ 2 Model: L33-A ]


Black plate (146,1)

Accelerator downshift - in the D position -


L33-A-121009-18F42ABF-590C-4802-BEB9-0EE88F941499
speed may be lower than other traffic, which
For passing or hill climbing, depress the accelerator could increase the chance of a collision. Be
pedal to the floor. This shifts the transmission down especially careful when driving. If necessary, pull
into a lower gear, depending on the vehicle speed. to the side of the road at a safe place and allow
the transmission to return to normal operation,
High fluidL33-A-121009-6659EB07-3C98-4120-AD91-46CDB6965E76
temperature protection mode or have it repaired if necessary.
This transmission has a high fluid temperature protec-
tion mode. If the fluid temperature becomes too high
(for example, when climbing steep grades in high
temperature with heavy loads), engine power and,
JVS0336X under some conditions, vehicle speed will be de-
creased automatically to reduce the chance of
To move the shift lever, complete the following transmission damage. Vehicle speed can be controlled
procedure: with the accelerator pedal, but engine and vehicle
1. Push the ignition switch to the LOCK position. speed may be limited.
2. Apply the parking brake. Fail-safeL33-A-121009-E5D9781C-DBCC-42FF-9229-F06297E4BDC2
3. Push down the shift lock release button *
A . If the vehicle is driven under extreme conditions,
4. Move the shift lever to the N (Neutral) position such as excessive wheel spinning and subse-
while holding down the shift lock release. quent hard braking, the fail-safe system may be
Place the ignition switch in the ON position to activated. The Malfunction Indicator Light (MIL)
release the steering wheel lock. may come on to indicate the fail-safe mode is
activated. (See Malfunction Indicator Light
The vehicle may be moved, by pushing, to the desired (MIL) (P.2-10).) This will occur even if all
location. electrical circuits are functioning properly. In
If the shift lever cannot be moved out of P (Park), this case, place the ignition switch in the OFF
have a NISSAN dealer check the transmission as soon position and wait for 10 seconds. Then push the
as possible. switch back to the ON position. The vehicle
should return to its normal operating condition.
WARNING: If it does not return to its normal operating
condition, have a NISSAN dealer check the
If the shift lever cannot be moved from the P transmission and repair if necessary.
(Park) position while the engine is running and
the brake pedal is depressed, the stop lights
WARNING:
may not work. Malfunctioning stop lights could
cause an accident injuring yourself and others. When the high fluid temperature protection
mode or fail-safe operation occurs, vehicle
speed may be gradually reduced. The reduced

5-10 Starting and driving

Condition: 'Except for China'/China/ [ Edit: 2013/ 8/ 2 Model: L33-A ]


Black plate (147,1)

VEHICLE DYNAMIC CONTROL (VDC)


SYSTEM
L33-A-121009-9A181216-631E-4119-8A69-FD33FECE81E2
warning light may illuminate. This is not . You may feel a pulsation in the brake pedal and
WARNING: a malfunction. Restart the engine after hear a noise or vibration from under the hood. This
. The Vehicle Dynamic Control (VDC) system driving onto a stable surface. is normal and indicates that the VDC system is
is designed to help the driver maintain . If wheels or tires other than the NISSAN working properly.
stability but does not prevent accidents recommended ones are used, the VDC . Adjust your speed and driving to the road
due to abrupt steering operation at high system may not operate properly and the conditions.
speeds or by careless or dangerous driving VDC warning light may illuminate. If a malfunction occurs in the system, the VDC warning
techniques. Reduce vehicle speed and be light illuminates in the instrument panel. The VDC
. The VDC system is not a substitute for winter
especially careful when driving and corner- system automatically turns off.
tires or tire chains on a snow covered road.
ing on slippery surfaces and always drive
The VDC OFF switch is used to turn off the VDC
carefully. The Vehicle Dynamic Control (VDC) system uses
system. The VDC off indicator light illuminates to
. Do not modify the vehicles suspension. If various sensors to monitor driver inputs and vehicle
indicate the VDC system is off. When the VDC OFF
suspension parts such as shock absorbers, motion. Under certain driving conditions, the VDC
switch is used to turn off the system, the VDC system
struts, springs, stabilizer bars, bushings and system helps to perform the following functions.
still operates to prevent one drive wheel from slipping
wheels are not NISSAN recommended for . Controls brake pressure to reduce wheel slip on by transferring power to a non slipping drive wheel.
your vehicle or are extremely deteriorated, one slipping drive wheel so power is transferred to The VDC switch is placed in the OFF position then
the VDC system may not operate properly. a non slipping drive wheel on the same axle. back to the ON position.
This could adversely affect vehicle handling . Controls brake pressure and engine output to See Vehicle Dynamic Control (VDC) warning light
performance, and the VDC warning light reduce drive wheel slip based on vehicle speed (P.2-9) and Vehicle Dynamic Control (VDC) off
may illuminate. (traction control function). indicator light (P.2-10).
. If brake related parts such as brake pads, . Controls brake pressure at individual wheels and
The computer has a built-in diagnostic feature that
rotors and calipers are not NISSAN recom- engine output to help the driver maintain control of
tests the system each time you start the engine and
mended or are extremely deteriorated, the the vehicle in the following conditions:
move the vehicle forward or in reverse at a slow speed.
VDC system may not operate properly and understeer (vehicle tends to not follow the When the self-test occurs, you may hear a clunk
the VDC warning light may illuminate. steered path despite increased steering input) noise and/or feel a pulsation in the brake pedal. This is
. If engine control related parts are not oversteer (vehicle tends to spin due to certain normal and is not an indication of a malfunction.
NISSAN recommended or are extremely road or driving conditions).
deteriorated, the VDC warning light The VDC system can help the driver to maintain control
may illuminate. of the vehicle, but it cannot prevent loss of vehicle
. When driving on extremely inclined surfaces control in all driving situations.
such as higher banked corners, the VDC When the VDC system operates, the VDC warning
system may not operate properly and the light in the instrument panel flashes so note the
VDC warning light may illuminate. Do following:
not drive on these types of roads.
. The road may be slippery or the system may
. When driving on an unstable surface such as determine some action is required to help the
a turntable, ferry, elevator or ramp, the VDC vehicle on the steered path.

Starting and driving 5-11

Condition: 'Except for China'/China/ [ Edit: 2013/ 8/ 2 Model: L33-A ]


Black plate (148,1)

BLIND SPOT WARNING (BSW)/


LANE DEPARTURE WARNING (LDW)
SYSTEMS (if equipped)
GUID-55C7DEF7-3CF2-4577-BE18-B98509F632F4
VEHICLE DYNAMIC CONTROL (VDC) OFF The Blind Spot Warning (BSW) system helps alert the and be in control of the vehicle at all times.
SWITCHL33-A-121009-6005824B-38EB-47D1-8884-4DD874416096 driver of other vehicles in adjacent lanes when
. The camera unit may not function properly
changing lanes.
under the following conditions:
The Lane Departure Warning (LDW) system helps
When strong light enters the camera
alert the driver when the vehicle is traveling close to
unit. (For example, light directly shines
either the left or the right of a traveling lane.
on the rear of the vehicle at sunrise or
sunset.)
When ambient brightness changes sud-
denly. (For example, when the vehicle
enters or exits a tunnel or passes under
a bridge.)

JVS0033X
. If the camera lens is excessively dirty, the
automatic washer may not be able to
The vehicle should be driven with the Vehicle Dynamic completely clean the lens. This could result
Control (VDC) system on for most driving conditions. in the camera not detecting vehicles or lane
When the vehicle is stuck in mud or snow, the VDC JVS0178X
markers.
system reduces the engine output to reduce wheel . Excessive noise (for example, audio system
spin. The engine speed will be reduced even if the The BSW/LDW systems use the rearview camera unit volume, open vehicle window) will interfere
accelerator is depressed to the floor. If maximum *1 with automatic washer and blower. with the chime sound, and it may not be
engine power is needed to free a stuck vehicle, turn heard.
the VDC system off. WARNING:
To turn off the VDC system, push the VDC OFF switch . The BSW system is not a replacement for
BSW SYSTEMGUID-76F995F0-557F-45E8-8882-0DEECFDA2A73
OPERATION
located on the lower side of the instrument panel. The proper driving procedure and is not de-
indicator light will illuminate. signed to prevent contact with vehicles or
Push the VDC OFF switch again or restart the engine objects. When changing lanes, always use
to turn on the system. the side and rear mirrors and turn and look
in the direction you will move to ensure it is
safe to change lanes. Never rely solely on
the BSW system.
. The LDW system is only a warning device to
help inform the driver of a potential unin-
tended lane departure. It will not steer the
vehicle or prevent loss of control. It is the JVS0179X
drivers responsibility to stay alert, drive Blind Spot Indicator light
safely, keep the vehicle in the traveling lane,

5-12 Starting and driving

Condition: 'Except for China'/China/ [ Edit: 2013/ 8/ 2 Model: L33-A ]


Black plate (149,1)

detection zone shown as illustrated. 2. Select Driving Aids, and press the ENTER
This detection zone typically starts from the outside button.
mirror of your vehicle and extends approximately 3 m 3. To set the BSW system to on or off, use the
(10 ft) behind the rear bumper, and approximately 3 m buttons to navigate in the menu and use the
(10 ft) sideways. ENTER button to select or change an item:
. Select Blind Spot and press the ENTER
NOTE:
button.
The Blind Spot Indicator light will illuminate for . To turn on the warning, use the ENTER button
a few seconds when the ignition switch is placed
to check box for Warning (BSW)
in the ON position.
SSD1029 The brightness of the Blind Spot Indicator lights is
BSW light (in the Vehicle information display) adjusted automatically depending on the brightness of
The BSW system operates above approximately 32 the ambient light.
km/h (20 MPH).
A chime sounds if the camera unit has already
When the camera unit detects vehicles in the detection detected vehicles when the driver activates the turn
zone, the Blind Spot Indicator light located inside the signal. If a vehicle comes into the detection zone after
outside mirrors will illuminate. If the turn signal is then the driver activates the turn signal, then only the Blind
activated, the system chimes (twice) and the Blind Spot Indicator light flashes and no chime sounds. (See
Spot Indicator light flashes to alert the driver. BSW driving situations (P.5-14).)
The Blind Spot Indicator light continues to flash until
the detected vehicle(s) leave the detection zone. Turning on or GUID-2332AB3E-978B-4BF4-B7C6-9CE7249EF2AA
off the BSW system JVS0202X

The BSW system is turned on or off using the settings Warning systems switch
Detection zoneGUID-28E63383-6441-4151-92C1-C030272202EC menu in the vehicle information display. The warning systems switch is used to temporarily turn
off the warning systems (Lane Departure Warning
SYSTEM ON: GUID-9E14C2E6-2E9C-4731-980B-C45B899B977B (LDW) and Blind Spot Warning (BSW) systems) that
The BSW indicator (white) in the vehicle information are activated using the settings menu.
display will appear.
WARNING:
SYSTEM OFF: GUID-9E14C2E6-2E9C-4731-980B-C45B899B977B
The BSW indicator (white) in the vehicle information . The camera unit may not be able to detect
display will off. when certain objects are present such as:
Perform the following steps to enable or disable the Pedestrians, bicycles, animals
BSW system. Some types of small vehicles such as
1. Press the button until Settings displays in motorcycles and very short length vehi-
SSD1026
the vehicle information display. Use the to cles
The camera unit can detect vehicles on either side of select Driver Assistance. Then press the ENTER
your vehicle when part of another vehicle is within the button.

Starting and driving 5-13

Condition: 'Except for China'/China/ [ Edit: 2013/ 8/ 2 Model: L33-A ]


Black plate (150,1)

Oncoming vehicles BSW DRIVING SITUATIONS


GUID-BA3DBDA4-D2B1-4B15-8A1F-F21B114CE22D
Spot Indicator light flashes and a chime will sound
twice.
A vehicle approaching rapidly from be- Another vehicle approaching from behind
GUID-D617EA40-6C48-4270-8E03-E4DC9264FB4A
hind. (See BSW driving situations (P.5- NOTE:
14).)
If the driver activates the turn signal before a
A vehicle which your vehicle overtakes vehicle enters the detection zone, the Blind Spot
rapidly. (See BSW driving situations Indicator light will flash but no chime will sound
(P.5-14).) when the other vehicle is detected.
A vehicle that merges or changes lanes Overtaking other vehicles
GUID-A4503AED-AFB9-4FFC-B901-4182090EB198
rapidly directly next to your vehicle.
. The camera unit may not be able to detect
properly when your vehicle travels beside
the middle section of a vehicle with long
SSD1026
wheelbase (for example, trailer truck, semi-
trailer, tractor). The Blind Spot Indicator light illuminates if a vehicle
. The camera detection zone is designed enters the detection zone from behind in an adjacent
based on a standard lane width. When lane.
driving in a wider lane, the camera unit However, if the overtaking vehicle is traveling much
may not detect vehicles in an adjacent lane. faster than your vehicle, the indicator light may not
When driving in a narrow lane, the camera SSD1033
illuminate before the detected vehicle is beside your
unit may detect vehicles driving two lanes vehicle. Always use the side and rear mirrors and turn The Blind Spot Indicator light illuminates if you
away. and look in the direction your vehicle will move to overtake a vehicle and that vehicle stays in the
. The camera unit is designed to ignore most ensure it is safe to change lanes. detection zone for approximately 3 seconds.
stationary objects, however objects such as
The camera unit may not detect slower moving
guardrails, walls, foliage and parked vehi-
vehicles if they are passed quickly.
cles may occasionally be detected. This is a
normal operating condition.
. The camera unit may detect the reflected
image of vehicles or roadside objects that
are not actually in the detection zone,
especially when the road is wet.

SSD1031

If the driver activates the turn signal, then the Blind

5-14 Starting and driving

Condition: 'Except for China'/China/ [ Edit: 2013/ 8/ 2 Model: L33-A ]


Black plate (151,1)

SYSTEM ON: GUID-9E14C2E6-2E9C-4731-980B-C45B899B977B


The LDW light (white) on the instrument panel will light
up.
SYSTEM OFF: GUID-9E14C2E6-2E9C-4731-980B-C45B899B977B
The LDW light (white) on the instrument panel will
goes out.
Perform the following steps to enable or disable the
LDW system.
1. Press the button until Settings displays in
SSD1034 SSD0672 the vehicle information display. Use the to
LDW light (in the Vehicle information display) select Driver Assistance. Then press the ENTER
If the driver activates the turn signal while another The LDW system operates above approximately 70 button.
vehicle is in the detection zone, then the Blind Spot km/h (45 MPH).
Indicator light flashes and a chime will sound twice. 2. Select Driving Aids, and press the ENTER
When the vehicle approaches either the left or the right button.
LDW SYSTEMGUID-A6C499A7-BEE7-48A8-A25E-AF90E8F746AA
OPERATION of the traveling lane, the LDW system will chime a
3. To set the LDW system to on or off, use the
sound and the LDW light (orange) on the instrument
buttons to navigate in the menu and use the
panel will blink to alert the driver.
ENTER button to select or change an item:
The LDW system is not designed to operate under the . Select Lane and press the ENTER button.
following conditions.
. To turn on the warning, use the ENTER button
. When you operate the lane change signal and to check box for Warning (LDW)
change traveling lanes in the direction of the
signal. (The LDW system will become operable
again approximately 2 seconds after the lane
change signal is turned off.)
. When the vehicle speed is less than approximately
JVS0154X 70 km/h (45 MPH).

Turning on or off the LDW system


GUID-E6954F5D-F15E-4233-A4E2-A5DB9B259775
The LDW system is turned on or off using the settings
menu in the vehicle information display.

JVS0202X
Warning systems switch
The warning systems switch is used to temporarily turn
off the warning systems (Lane Departure Warning
(LDW) and Blind Spot Warning (BSW) systems) that
Starting and driving 5-15

Condition: 'Except for China'/China/ [ Edit: 2013/ 8/ 2 Model: L33-A ]


Black plate (152,1)

are activated using the settings menu in the vehicle BSW/LDW TEMPORARY DISABLED STA- CAMERA UNITGUID-11B4121A-9122-4754-8E8E-576A59B7B79D
MAINTENANCE
information display. TUS GUID-2A163E8D-2ABE-4407-95F3-4C527829C8C2
Under the following condition, the BSW and/or LDW
WARNING: system is turned off temporarily, the BSW light (white)
. The camera unit may not be able to detect and/or LDW light (white) will blink, and either of the
properly under the following conditions: following message will appear in the vehicle informa-
tion display:
On roads where there are multiple
parallel lane markers; lane markers that . Trunk Open
are faded or not painted clearly; yellow . Low Washer Fluid
painted lane markers; nonstandard lane When the above conditions are corrected, the BSW
markers; or lane markers covered with and/or LDW system will resume automatically.
water, dirt, snow, etc. JVS0155X
BSW/LDW AUTOMATIC DEACTIVATION
On roads where the discontinued lane GUID-707C5A85-9759-4939-8B2F-EF1852F32059
The rearview camera unit * 1 for the LDW/BSW
markers are still detectable. When dirt, rain or snow accumulates on the camera,
systems is located above the rear licence plate. To
the BSW and/or LDW system will be turned off
On roads where there are sharp curves. maintain the proper operation of the LDW/BSW
automatically and cannot be removed by the automatic
systems and help keep the system functioning, be
On roads where there are sharply con- washer and blower the BSW light (white) and/or LDW
sure to observe the following:
trasting objects, such as shadows, light (white) will blink, and the Unavailable : Clean rear
camera will appear in the vehicle information display. . Always keep the camera unit clean. Be careful not
snow, water, wheel ruts, seams or lines
to damage the nozzle of automatic washer and
remaining after road repairs. (The LDW Action to take:
blower.
system could detect these items as lane If the message appears, park the vehicle in a safe
markers.) . Do not attach licence plate accessories that
place, clean the camera unit with a soft cloth. Then turn reflect light.
On roads where the traveling lane off and restart the engine.
. Do not strike or damage the areas around the
merges or separates. camera unit.
BSW/LDW MALFUNCTION
GUID-7278D435-E387-46F3-9E55-9176F2BBA66E
When the vehicles traveling direction When the BSW and/or LDW system malfunctions,
does not align with the lane marker. they will be turned off automatically, the BSW light
When the road surface is very dark due (orange) and/or LDW light (orange) will illuminate and
to weak ambient light or impaired tail Malfunction: Please see owners manual will appear in
lamp. the vehicle information display.
. When driving on a curved road, warning will Action to take:
be late on the outside of the curve. Stop the vehicle in a safe location, turn off and restart
the engine. If the LDW light (orange) continues to
illuminate, have the BSW and/or LDW system checked
by a NISSAN dealer.

5-16 Starting and driving

Condition: 'Except for China'/China/ [ Edit: 2013/ 8/ 2 Model: L33-A ]


Black plate (153,1)

CRUISE CONTROL (if equipped)


L33-A-121009-4F4300BB-13AB-4B16-A7FC-C07AAD06E0DD
. The CRUISE indicator may blink when the cruise Resetting to slower speed:
GUID-9E14C2E6-2E9C-4731-980B-C45B899B977B
control MAIN switch is turned ON while pushing Use any one of the following methods to reset to a
the ACCELERATE/RESUME, COAST/SET or slower speed.
CANCEL switch. To properly set the cruise control
. Lightly tap the foot brake pedal. When the vehicle
system, perform the following procedures.
reaches the desired speed, push and release the
CRUISE L33-A-121009-39B6E038-E072-4A35-A93C-A4706DE453FA
CONTROL OPERATIONS COAST/SET switch.
The cruise control allows driving at speeds above 40 . Push and hold the COAST/SET switch. When the
km/h (25 MPH) without keeping your foot on the vehicle reaches the desired speed, release the
accelerator pedal. COAST/SET switch.
The cruise control will automatically be canceled if the . Quickly push and release the COAST/SET switch.
JVS0180X
vehicle slows down more than approximately 13 km/h This will reduce the vehicle speed by about 1 km/h
1. CANCEL switch (8 MPH) below the set speed. (0.6 MPH).
2. ACCELERATE/RESUME switch Resetting to faster speed:
Moving the shift lever to the N (Neutral) position will GUID-9E14C2E6-2E9C-4731-980B-C45B899B977B
3. COAST/SET switch cancel and the CRUISE indicator will off. Use any one of the following methods to reset to a
4. Cruise control MAIN switch faster speed.
Turning onL33-A-121009-9E343933-3A98-4138-A929-2F0546818A41
cruise control
PRECAUTIONS ON CRUISE CONTROL . Depress the accelerator pedal. When the vehicle
L33-A-121009-FE54FA53-0EFD-4DF9-8A67-A9BB9FF64BB5 Push the MAIN switch. The CRUISE indicator in the reaches the desired speed, push and release the
vehicle information display will appear. COAST/SET switch.
Setting L33-A-121009-253BD6C7-066C-40A5-9D4C-3AFFD2C14CCA
cruising speed . Push and hold the ACCELERATE/RESUME
switch. When the vehicle reaches the desired
1. Accelerate to the desired speed.
speed, release the ACCELERATE/RESUME
2. Push the COAST/SET switch and release it. switch.
3. Take your foot off the accelerator pedal. . Quickly push and release the ACCELERATE/
The vehicle will maintain the set speed. RESUME switch. This will increase the vehicle
speed by about 1 km/h (0.6 MPH).
Passing anotherGUID-9E14C2E6-2E9C-4731-980B-C45B899B977B
vehicle:
Resuming at preset speed:
Depress the accelerator pedal to accelerate. After GUID-9E14C2E6-2E9C-4731-980B-C45B899B977B
JVS0339X Push and release the ACCELERATE/RESUME switch.
releasing the accelerator pedal, the vehicle will return
. If the cruise control system malfunctions, it will to the previously set speed. The vehicle will resume the last set cruising speed
cancel automatically. The CRUISE indicator in the The vehicle may not maintain the set speed when when the vehicle speed is over 40 km/h (25 MPH).
vehicle information display will then blink to warn going up or down steep hills. In such cases, drive
the driver. without the cruise control.
. If the CRUISE indicator blinks, turn the cruise
control MAIN switch off and have the system
checked by a NISSAN dealer.

Starting and driving 5-17

Condition: 'Except for China'/China/ [ Edit: 2013/ 8/ 2 Model: L33-A ]


Black plate (154,1)

ECO MODE SYSTEM


GUID-FF6D5B38-1FA3-4D68-8EE7-62752BEF05C3
Cancelling cruising speed
L33-A-121009-6DACC82D-D47B-45A2-90DA-38BBCFE48E20
ECO PEDAL GUIDE FUNCTION
GUID-0AB11CD8-878C-4789-A34E-61D81FE8E96E
Use any one of the following methods to cancel the set
speed.
. Push the CANCEL switch.
. Tap the foot brake pedal.
. Push the cruise control MAIN switch. The CRUISE
indicator will turn off.

JVS0185X

The ECO mode system helps to enhance the fuel JVS0201X


economy by controlling the engine and CVT operation
Use the ECO Pedal Guide function for improving fuel
automatically to avoid rapid acceleration.
economy.
To turn on the ECO mode system, push the ECO
When the ECO Pedal Guide bar is in the green range
switch. The ECO mode indicator appears in the vehicle
information display.
*1 , it indicates that the vehicle is driven within range
of economy drive.
To turn off the ECO mode, push the ECO switch again.
If the ECO Pedal Guide bar is out of the green range, it
The ECO mode indicator will turn off.
indicates that the accelerator pedal is depressed over
. The ECO mode system cannot be turned off while the range of economy drive.
the accelerator pedal is depressed even if the
The ECO Pedal Guide bar is not displayed when the
ECO switch is pushed to OFF. Release the
cruise control system (if equipped) is operating.
accelerator pedal to turn off the ECO mode
system. To activate or deactivate the ECO Pedal Guide
. The ECO mode system will turn off automatically if function, see ECO Mode Settings (P.2-13).
a malfunction occurs in the system.
. Turn off the ECO mode system when acceleration
is required such as when:
driving with a heavy load of passengers or
cargo in the vehicle
driving on a steep uphill slope

5-18 Starting and driving

Condition: 'Except for China'/China/ [ Edit: 2013/ 8/ 2 Model: L33-A ]


Black plate (155,1)

PARKING
L33-A-121009-94200F43-E3E6-4656-A317-833145CB31EE
AMBIENT ECO
GUID-0F36FE07-30CE-41B0-AC91-2B4C5E8CA807 WARNING:
. Do not stop or park the vehicle over
flammable materials such as dry grass,
waste paper or rags. They may ignite and
cause a fire.
. Safe parking procedures require that both
the parking brake be applied and the shift
lever placed in the P (Park) position. Fail-
ure to do so could cause the vehicle to move
unexpectedly or roll away and result in an
JVS0200X accident.
. When parking the vehicle, make sure the
The ambient ECO * 1 is displayed according to the
shift lever is moved to the P (Park)
accelerator pedal operation, while driving the vehicle in position. The shift lever cannot be moved
ECO mode. out of the P (Park) position without
The ambient ECO will illuminate in the directions of *
2 depressing the foot brake pedal.
as the driving pattern becomes more ECO friendly. . Never leave the engine running while the
To activate or deactivate the ambient ECO, see ECO vehicle is unattended.
Mode Settings (P.2-13). . Never leave children or adults who would
The ambient ECO is not displayed in the following normally require the support of others alone
conditions in the vehicle. Pets should not be left alone
. The vehicle speed is under 10 km/h (6 MPH). either. They could unknowingly activate
switches or controls and inadvertently be-
. The shift lever is in the P (Park), N (Neutral) or
come involved in a serious accident and
R (Reverse) position.
injure themselves. On hot, sunny days,
. The cruise control system (if equipped) is operat- temperatures in a closed vehicle could
ing. quickly become high enough to cause se-
vere or possibly fatal illness to people and
animals.

Starting and driving 5-19

Condition: 'Except for China'/China/ [ Edit: 2013/ 8/ 2 Model: L33-A ]


Black plate (156,1)

SSD0441

1. Firmly apply the parking brake.


2. Move the shift lever to the P (Park) position.
3. To help prevent the vehicle from moving into traffic
when parked on an incline, it is a good practice to
turn the wheels as illustrated.
HEADED DOWNHILL WITH CURB *
1

Turn the wheels towards the curb and move the


vehicle forward until the curb side wheel gently
touches the curb. Then apply the parking brake.
HEADED UPHILL WITH CURB *
2

Turn the wheels away from the curb and allow the
vehicle to move back until the curb side wheel
gently touches the curb. Then apply the parking
brake.
HEADED UPHILL OR DOWNHILL, WITHOUT
CURB *
3

Turn the wheels toward the side of the road so the


vehicle will move away from the center of the road
if the vehicle moves. Then apply the parking brake.
4. Push the ignition switch to the OFF position.

5-20 Starting and driving

Condition: 'Except for China'/China/ [ Edit: 2013/ 8/ 2 Model: L33-A ]


Black plate (157,1)

PARKING SENSOR SYSTEM (if


equipped)
L33-A-121009-115B9F18-CC67-412C-A62E-3606E77E79A9
. This function is designed as an aid to the
driver in detecting large stationary objects to
help avoid damaging the vehicle. The system
is not designed to prevent contact with small
or moving objects. Always move slowly.
. The system will not detect small objects
below the bumper, and may not detect
objects close to the bumper or on the
ground.
. The system may not detect the following
SSD0723 objects.
Type A Fluffy objects such as snow, cloth,
cotton, glass-wool, etc.
Thin objects such as rope, wire and
chain, etc.
Wedge-shaped objects
. If your vehicle sustains damage to the
bumper fascia, leaving it misaligned or bent,
the sensing zone may be altered causing
inaccurate measurement of obstacles or
false alarms.
JVS0337X
Type B
CAUTION:
The parking sensor system sounds a tone to inform the . Read and understand the limitations of the
driver of obstacles near the bumper. parking sensor system as contained in this . Keep the interior of the vehicle as quiet as
When the Display key is ON, the sensor view will section. The colors of the corner sensor possible to hear the tone clearly.
automatically appear in the vehicle information display. indicator and the distance guide lines in the . Keep the sensors (located on the bumper
front (if equipped)/rear view indicate differ- fascia) free from snow, ice and large accu-
WARNING: ent distances to the object. Inclement mulations of dirt. Do not clean the sensors
weather or ultrasonic sources such as an with sharp objects. If the sensors are
. The parking sensor system is a convenience automatic car wash, a trucks compressed- covered, the accuracy of the sensor function
but it is not a substitute for proper parking. air brakes or a pneumatic drill may affect the will be diminished.
The driver is always responsible for safety function of the system; this may include
during parking and other manoeuvres. Al- For the vehicle equipped with rear sensor (Type
reduced performance or a false activation.
ways look around and check that it is safe to A):
do so before parking. The system inform with visual and audible signal of rear
Starting and driving 5-21

Condition: 'Except for China'/China/ [ Edit: 2013/ 8/ 2 Model: L33-A ]


Black plate (158,1)

obstacles when the shift lever is in the R (Reverse) When the center of the vehicle moves close to an Sensor GUID-9A3A879B-A804-4F5A-A467-CF660E624A25
position. object, the center sonar indicator *
2 appears.
Activate or deactivate the use of sensor.
The system is deactivated at speeds above 10 km/h (6 When the object is detected, the indicator (green) ON (default) - Fr only (if equipped) - OFF
MPH). It is reactivated at lower speeds. appears and blinks and the tone sounds intermittently.
The intermittent tone will stop after 3 seconds when an When the vehicle moves closer to the object, the color Display GUID-B35BD757-7656-4C2F-A3AC-89E67B1F69C3
obstacle is detected by only the corner sensor and the of the indicator turns yellow and the rate of the blinking Automatically shows the sensor view on the vehicle
distance does not change. The tone will stop when the increase. When the vehicle is very close to the object, information display when the sensor is activated.
obstacle get away from the vehicle. the indicator stops blinking and turns red, and the tone
sounds continuously. ON (default) - OFF
For the vehicle equipped with front and rear
sensor (Type B): PARKING SENSOR SYSTEM OFF SWITCH Range GUID-3A540D98-CD63-442B-8C78-FA2F6A46FCEA
GUID-D7BC282B-4384-40BA-A7AB-23CB313954CD
The system inform with visual and audible signal of The switch on the steering-wheel-mounted Adjust the detection range of the sensor.
front obstacles when the shift lever is in the D (Drive) controls allows the driver to turn the parking sensor Far - Mid (default) - Near
position and both front and rear obstacles when the system off.
shift lever is in the R (Reverse) position. The parking sensor system will turn on automatically
The system is deactivated at speeds above 10 km/h (6 under the following conditions.
MPH). It is reactivated at lower speeds. . When the ignition switch is turned from the OFF
The intermittent tone will stop after 3 seconds when an position to the ON position.
obstacle is detected by only the corner sensor and the . When the shift lever is in the R (Reverse)
distance does not change. The tone will stop when the position.
obstacle get away from the vehicle. . When the vehicle speed decrease to 10 km/h (6
MPH).
The automatic turning on function can be turned on
and off by Sensor key in the setting menu. See
Driver Assistance (P.2-12).

PARKING SENSOR SYSTEM SETTING


GUID-E4B58E4D-7DD0-4D0C-BEC1-1AAA862402E6

Volume GUID-CE5778D1-7E9F-416D-AD9D-A9A890F18006
Adjust the volume of the tone.
High - Mid (default) - Low
JVS0338X

When the corner of the vehicle moves closer to an


object, the corner sensor indicators *
1 appears (if
equipped).

5-22 Starting and driving

Condition: 'Except for China'/China/ [ Edit: 2013/ 8/ 2 Model: L33-A ]


Black plate (159,1)

TRAILER TOWING (except for TRAILER TOWING (for Australia and


Australia and New Zealand) New Zealand)
GUID-F5A19DEE-1706-4434-A45C-576DA97F08F6 GUID-DCFF0893-C71A-43B1-BDEF-EDCEF63ED2B0
Your vehicle was designed to be used to carry Your new vehicle was designed to be used primarily to . The trailer must be loaded so that heavy goods are
passengers and luggage. NISSAN does not recom- carry passengers and luggage. placed over the axle. The maximum allowable
mend trailer towing, because it places additional loads Towing a trailer will place additional loads on your vertical load on the trailer hitch must not be
on your vehicles engine, drivetrain, steering, braking vehicles engine, drive train, steering, braking and other exceeded.
and other systems. systems. The towing of a trailer will exaggerate other . Have your vehicle serviced more often than at the
conditions such as sway caused by crosswinds, rough intervals specified in a separate maintenance
CAUTION: road surfaces or passing trucks. booklet.
Vehicle damage resulting from towing a trailer is Your driving style and speed must be adjusted . Trailer towing requires more fuel than under
not covered by the warranty. according to the circumstances. Before towing a normal circumstances because of a considerable
trailer, see a NISSAN dealer for an explanation about increase in traction power and resistance.
the proper use of towing equipment. While towing a trailer, check the engine coolant
temperature indicator to prevent the vehicle
OPERATING GUID-7A51CBC6-32AC-4C3A-B1D3-1D6818B76278
PRECAUTIONS from overheating.
. Avoid towing a trailer during the break-in period.
. Before driving, make sure that the lighting system
MAXIMUM LOAD LIMITS
GUID-D356DF3A-DA97-4910-8A8F-EB347BE101D3
of the trailer works properly.
. Observe the legal maximum speeds for trailer
operation.
. Avoid abrupt starts, accelerations and stops.
. Avoid sharp turns and lane changes.
. Always drive your vehicle at a moderate speed.
. Do not use the Blind Spot Warning (BSW) system
(if equipped).
. Do not use the Lane Departure Warning (LDW)
system (if equipped). CA0011-A
. Follow the trailer manufacturers instructions.
. Choose proper coupling devices (trailer hitch, Maximum trailer loads (including tires and other loaded
safety chain, roof carrier, etc.) for your vehicle and equipment):
trailer. These devices are available from a NISSAN 1. Never allow the total trailer load to exceed:
dealer where you can also obtain more detailed . The maximum 750 kg (1,654 lb) for a trailer
information about trailer towing. without brakes.
. Never allow the total trailer load (trailer weight plus . The maximum 1,200 kg (2,646 lb) for a trailer
its cargo weight) to exceed the maximum set for with brakes.
the vehicle and the coupling device. See a
2. The total trailer load must be lower than the
NISSAN dealer for more information.
following three values even if it does not exceed

Starting and driving 5-23

Condition: 'Except for China'/China/ [ Edit: 2013/ 8/ 2 Model: L33-A ]


Black plate (160,1)

the maximum permissible trailer loads. The rear gross axle weight must not exceed the TRAILER DETECTION (if equipped)
GUID-B80BE079-7568-4A6F-BA26-C28C23F205AF
. Towing capacity displayed on a tow-bar. Permissible Axle Weight (PAW). When towing a trailer with a genuine NISSAN tow bar
. Trailers gross vehicle mass marked on a PAW: electrical kit and the turn signal switch is used, the
GUID-9E14C2E6-2E9C-4731-980B-C45B899B977B
coupling body. Rear electrical system of the vehicle will detect the
. Gross vehicle mass marked on a trailer data QR engine models: 995 kg (2,194 lb) additional electrical load of the trailer lighting. As a
plate. VQ engine models: 1,010 kg (2,227 lb) result, the direction indicator tone will be different.
The maximum trailer load which can be towed by your The trailer must be loaded so that heavy goods are
vehicle depends on the towing equipment fitted to the placed over the axle.
vehicle. Therefore, it is important to not only have the
correct equipment fitted but also to use it correctly. TIRE PRESSURE
GUID-46F6B25E-7599-4357-82D5-A25EF1F761BB
Towing loads greater than the value specified for your When towing a trailer, inflate the vehicle tires to the
vehicle or using towing equipment which is not maximum recommended COLD tire pressure (for full
provided by NISSAN could seriously affect the loading) indicated on the tire placard.
handling and/or performance of your vehicle.
Do not tow a trailer when the vehicle is installed with a
Vehicle damage resulting from improper towing temporary spare tire or a compact spare tire.
procedures is not covered by NISSAN warranties.
Information on trailer towing and the required equip- SAFETY CHAINS
GUID-46C3F508-1718-4EA4-A012-CE70CCE9B080
ment should be obtained from a NISSAN dealer. Always use a suitable chain between the vehicle and
trailer. The chain should be crossed and should be
Maximum tongue load
GUID-B71B06D3-C480-4A62-954F-DCF1FE1DB8B2 attached to the hitch, not to the vehicle bumper or axle.
Never allow the tongue load to exceed 10% of the total Be sure to leave enough slack in the chain to permit
trailer load. If the tongue load exceeds 10%, rearrange turning corners.
the cargo in the trailer.
TRAILER BRAKES
Maximum rear GUID-880EB82F-EEF5-4C6E-B9C2-D82C89785231
gross axle weight GUID-B6B03FFE-D8CA-4299-A249-AA0E1ABC7B7C
Ensure that trailer brakes are installed as required by
local regulations. Also check that all other trailer
equipment conforms to local regulations.
Always block the wheels on both the vehicle and trailer
when parking. Apply the hand brake on the trailer if
equipped. Parking on a steep slope is not recom-
mended.
If parking on a steep slope is unavoidable, place the
shift lever in the P (Park) position, and turn the front
wheels towards the curb.
CA0050

5-24 Starting and driving

Condition: 'Except for China'/China/ [ Edit: 2013/ 8/ 2 Model: L33-A ]


Black plate (161,1)

HYDRAULIC PUMP ELECTRIC


BRAKE SYSTEM
POWER STEERING SYSTEM
L33-A-121009-3F8A7FF3-46D1-4ED8-B1F8-2881DC7B5D0E L33-A-121009-859B06BF-0FC4-470F-9E66-BFBEFE90D148
If the hydraulic pump electric power steering warning The brake system has two separate hydraulic circuits. If
WARNING: light illuminates while the engine is running, it may one circuit malfunctions, you will still have braking
. If the engine is not running or is turned off indicate the hydraulic pump electric power steering ability at two wheels.
while driving, the power assist for the system is not functioning properly and may need
servicing. Have the hydraulic pump electric power BRAKE PRECAUTIONS
L33-A-121009-E45C495C-5731-45C8-8459-3D21AFEDF707
steering will not work. Steering will be
harder to operate. steering system checked by a NISSAN dealer. Vacuum assisted brakes
L33-A-121009-56865DE2-0590-4F65-A4B1-F8D66822CE37
. When the hydraulic pump electric power When the hydraulic pump electric power steering The brake booster aids braking by using engine
steering warning light illuminates with the warning light illuminates with the engine running, the vacuum. If the engine stops, you can stop the vehicle
engine running, the power assist for the power assist for the steering will cease operation but by depressing the foot brake pedal. However, greater
steering will cease operation. You will still you will still have control of the vehicle. At this time, foot pressure on the foot brake pedal will be required
have control of the vehicle, but the steering greater steering efforts are required to operate the to stop the vehicle. The stopping distance will be
will be much harder to operate. steering wheel, especially in sharp turns and at low longer.
speeds.
The hydraulic pump electric power steering system is If the engine is not running or is turned off while driving,
designed to provide power assistance while driving to the power assisted brakes will not function. Braking
operate the steering wheel with light force. will be harder.
When the steering wheel is operated repeatedly or
WARNING:
continuously while parking or driving at a very low
speed, the power assist for the steering wheel will be Do not coast with the engine stopped.
reduced. This is to prevent overheating of the hydraulic
pump electric power steering system and protect it Using brakes
L33-A-121009-10687E46-0CD8-4300-B4AE-6A8370492AD9
from getting damaged. While the power assist is
Avoid resting your foot on the foot brake pedal while
reduced, steering wheel operation will become heavy.
driving. This will overheat the brakes, wear out the
If the steering wheel operation is still performed, the
brake linings/pads faster, and increase fuel consump-
power steering may stop and the hydraulic pump
tion.
electric power steering warning light will illuminate.
Stop the engine and push the ignition switch to the To help reduce brake wear and to prevent the brakes
OFF position. The temperature of the hydraulic pump from overheating, reduce speed and downshift to a
electric power steering system will go down and the lower gear before going down a slope or long grade.
power assist level will return to normal after starting the Overheated brakes may reduce braking performance
engine. The hydraulic pump electric power steering and could result in loss of vehicle control.
warning light will go off. Avoid repeating such steering While driving on a slippery surface, be careful when
wheel operations that could cause the hydraulic pump braking, accelerating or downshifting. Abrupt braking
electric power steering system to overheat. or acceleration could cause the wheels to skid and
You may hear a noise from the front of the vehicle when result in an accident.
the steering wheel is operated. This is not a malfunc-
tion.

Starting and driving 5-25

Condition: 'Except for China'/China/ [ Edit: 2013/ 8/ 2 Model: L33-A ]


Black plate (162,1)

Wet brakes
L33-A-121009-0EBB5FC0-5EFE-4DA7-9E85-C3E5196E04A3
ANTI-LOCK BRAKING SYSTEM (ABS)
L33-A-121009-0D02B63D-2CA9-4417-A719-B07032C12846
on slippery surfaces.
When the vehicle is washed or driven through water, Using system
the brakes may get wet. As a result, your braking WARNING: L33-A-121009-B5278A6B-A3E2-4CC4-9EAA-E8408A6806A7

distance will be longer and the vehicle may pull to one Depress the brake pedal and hold it down. Depress
. The Anti-lock Braking System (ABS) is a the brake pedal with firm steady pressure, but do not
side during braking. sophisticated device, but it cannot prevent pump the brakes. The ABS will operate to prevent the
To dry the brakes, drive the vehicle at a safe speed accidents resulting from careless or danger- wheels from locking up. Steer the vehicle to avoid
while lightly depressing the brake pedal to heat up the ous driving techniques. It can help maintain obstacles.
brakes. Do this until the brakes return to normal. Avoid vehicle control during braking on slippery
driving the vehicle at high speeds until the brakes surfaces. Remember that stopping distances WARNING:
function correctly. on slippery surfaces will be longer than on
normal surfaces even with ABS. Stopping Do not pump the brake pedal. Doing so may
Parking brake break-in
L33-A-121009-53F6A7DE-86A2-475E-9509-99CF86199284 distances may also be longer on rough, result in increased stopping distances.
Break in the parking brake shoes whenever the gravel or snow covered roads, or if you are
stopping effect of the parking brake is weakened or using tire chains. Always maintain a safe Self-testL33-A-121009-0968E03B-52BC-4DFD-A6EB-2B79C0455115
feature
whenever the parking brake shoes and/or drums/rotors distance from the vehicle in front of you. The ABS includes electronic sensors, electric pumps,
are replaced, in order to assure the best braking Ultimately, the driver is responsible for hydraulic solenoids and a computer. The computer has
performance. safety. a built-in diagnostic feature that tests the system each
This procedure is described in the vehicle service . Tire type and condition may also affect time you start the engine and move the vehicle at a low
manual and can be performed by a NISSAN dealer. braking effectiveness. speed in forward or reverse. When the self-test
When replacing tires, install the speci- occurs, you may hear a clunk noise and/or feel a
Driving downhill
L33-A-121009-746BB44E-E508-4AA5-962B-0AD737E9CBA9 pulsation in the brake pedal. This is normal and does
fied size of tires on all four wheels.
The engine braking action is effective for controlling not indicate a malfunction. If the computer senses a
the vehicle while descending hills. The manual shift When installing a spare tire, make sure malfunction, it switches the ABS off and illuminates the
mode (if equipped) or Ds (Drive Sport) mode should that it is the proper size and type as ABS warning light on the instrument panel. The brake
be selected and the SPORT mode switch (if equipped) specified on the tire placard. (See Tire system then operates normally, but without anti-lock
should be pushed to the On position prior to placard (P.9-7).) assistance.
descent. For detailed information, see Tires and If the ABS warning light illuminates during the self-test
wheels (P.8-24). or while driving, have the vehicle checked by a
NISSAN dealer.
The Anti-lock Braking System (ABS) controls the
brakes so the wheels do not lock during hard braking
or when braking on slippery surfaces. The system
detects the rotation speed at each wheel and varies
the brake fluid pressure to prevent each wheel from
locking and sliding. By preventing each wheel from
locking, the system helps the driver maintain steering
control and helps to minimize swerving and spinning

5-26 Starting and driving

Condition: 'Except for China'/China/ [ Edit: 2013/ 8/ 2 Model: L33-A ]


Black plate (163,1)

VEHICLE SECURITY COLD WEATHER DRIVING


L33-A-121009-A49F7B87-9720-4C77-A606-E4C41D80AFBE L33-A-121009-8820E294-6E7A-462B-BFC4-BA1225892833
Normal operation When leaving your vehicle unoccupied:
L33-A-121009-DBFBC751-5E18-4A93-A148-19027E42085E WARNING:
The ABS operates at speeds above 5 to 10 km/h (3 to . Always take the key with you - even when leaving
6 MPH). The speed varies according to road condi- the vehicle in your own garage. . Whatever the condition, drive with caution.
tions. . Close all windows completely and lock all doors. Accelerate and decelerate with great care. If
. Always park your vehicle where it can be seen. accelerating or decelerating too fast, the
When the ABS senses that one or more wheels are
Park in a well lit area during the night. drive wheels will lose even more traction.
close to locking up, the actuator rapidly applies and
releases hydraulic pressure. This action is similar to . If the security system is equipped, use it - even for . Allow more stopping distance in cold weath-
pumping the brakes very quickly. You may feel a a short period. er driving. Braking should be started sooner
pulsation in the brake pedal and hear a noise from . Never leave children or pets in the vehicle than on dry pavement.
under the hood or feel a vibration from the actuator unattended. . Keep at a greater distance from the vehicle
when it is operating. This is normal and indicates that . Never leave valuables inside the vehicle. Always in front of you on slippery roads.
the ABS is operating properly. However, the pulsation take valuables with you. . Wet ice (08C, 328F and freezing rain), very
may indicate that road conditions are hazardous and
. Never leave the vehicle documents in the vehicle. cold snow and ice can be slick and very
extra care is required while driving.
. Never leave articles on a roof rack. Remove them difficult to drive on. The vehicle will have a
from the rack and keep and lock them in a safe lot less traction or grip under these condi-
place such as inside the trunk. tions. Try to avoid driving on wet ice until the
. Never leave the spare key in the vehicle. road is salted or sanded.
. Watch for slippery spots (glaring ice). These
may appear on an otherwise clear road in
shaded areas. If a patch of ice is seen ahead,
brake before reaching it. Try not to brake
while actually on the ice, and avoid any
sudden steering maneuvers.
. Do not use cruise control (if equipped) on
slippery roads.
. Snow can trap dangerous exhaust gas under
your vehicle. Keep snow clear of the exhaust
pipe and from around your vehicle.

Starting and driving 5-27

Condition: 'Except for China'/China/ [ Edit: 2013/ 8/ 2 Model: L33-A ]


Black plate (164,1)

BATTERY
L33-A-121009-6C734AC0-8BAA-4528-BC41-303F89BB28E5
SPECIALL33-A-121009-95C97C7A-159E-42E4-AD46-E47FD0C6625C
WINTER EQUIPMENT CORROSION PROTECTION
L33-A-121009-9C9C00AE-BB61-4E7F-8AAA-79416A031F03
If the battery is not fully charged during extremely cold It is recommended that the following items be carried Chemicals used for road surface deicing are extremely
weather conditions, the battery fluid may freeze and in the vehicle during the winter: corrosive and will accelerate corrosion and the
damage the battery. To maintain maximum efficiency, . A scraper and stiff-bristled brush to remove ice deterioration of underbody components such as the
the battery should be checked regularly. For details, and snow from the windows. exhaust system, fuel and brake lines, brake cables,
see Battery (P.8-17). floor pan and fenders.
. A sturdy, flat board to be placed under the jack to
ENGINEL33-A-121009-F65A8689-8D96-4B25-A6CC-2CF6B6FB4AE5
COOLANT give it firm support. In the winter, the underbody must be cleaned
. A shovel to dig the vehicle out of snowdrifts. periodically. For additional information, see
If the vehicle is to be left outside without anti-freeze, Corrosion protection (P.7-5).
drain the cooling system, including the engine block. Engine block heater (if equipped)
Refill before operating the vehicle. For details, see L33-A-121009-32745A0B-93D4-42A3-878F-1EDA4EBD7881 For additional protection against rust and corrosion,
Changing engine coolant (P.8-8). which may be required in some areas, consult a
WARNING: NISSAN dealer.
TIRE EQUIPMENT
L33-A-121009-8C733A19-388E-41C0-A932-57D2D7C49021 Do not use the heater with an ungrounded
1. If you have snow tires installed on the front/rear electrical system or two-pronged (cheater) adap-
wheels of your vehicle, they should be of the same ters. You can be injured by an electrical shock if
size, loading range, construction and type (bias, you use an ungrounded connection.
bias-belted or radial) as the rear/front tires.
An engine block heater to assist in extreme cold
2. If the vehicle is to be operated in severe winter temperature starting is available through a NISSAN
conditions, snow tires should be installed on all dealer.
four wheels.
3. For additional traction on icy roads, studded tires PARKING BRAKE
L33-A-121009-A1C90FB0-E482-40EA-8379-310278E86CC5
may be used. However, some countries, provinces When parking in the area where the outside tempera-
and states prohibit their use. Check local, state ture is below 0 8C (32 8F), do not apply the parking
and provincial laws before installing studded tires. brake to prevent it from freezing. For safe parking:
Skid and traction capabilities of studded . Place the shift lever in the P (Park) position.
snow tires, on wet or dry surfaces, may be . Securely block the wheels.
poorer than that of non-studded snow tires.
4. Snow chains may be used if desired. Make sure
they are the proper size for the tires on your
vehicle and are installed according to the chain
manufacturers instructions. (See Tire chains
(P.8-25).)

5-28 Starting and driving

Condition: 'Except for China'/China/ [ Edit: 2013/ 8/ 2 Model: L33-A ]


Black plate (165,1)

MEMO

Starting and driving 5-29

Condition: 'Except for China'/China/ [ Edit: 2013/ 8/ 2 Model: L33-A ]


Black plate (166,1)

MEMO

5-30 Starting and driving

Condition: 'Except for China'/China/ [ Edit: 2013/ 8/ 2 Model: L33-A ]


Black plate (167,1)

6 In case of emergency

Hazard indicator flasher switch ............................................................


.... 6-2 Jump starting ............................................................................................
.... 6-5
Flat tire ....
....................................................................................................... 6-2 Push starting ............................................................................................
.... 6-7
Stopping vehicle .... ............................................................................... 6-2 If your vehicle overheats .......................................................................
.... 6-7
Preparing tools and spare tire .......................................................
.... 6-2 Towing your vehicle ................................................................................
.... 6-8
Blocking wheels ................................................................................
.... 6-3 Towing precautions ........................................................................
.... 6-8
Removing tire .....................................................................................
.... 6-3 Towing recommended by NISSAN ............................................
.... 6-8
Installing spare tire .... ........................................................................... 6-4 Freeing trapped vehicle ................................................................
.... 6-8
Stowing damaged tire and tools ...................................................
.... 6-5

Condition: 'Except for China'/China/ [ Edit: 2013/ 8/ 2 Model: L33-A ]


Black plate (168,1)

HAZARD INDICATOR FLASHER


FLAT TIRE
SWITCH
L33-A-121009-B507FD1D-AE6D-457E-967B-651755E67BD9
L33-A-121009-3F71081A-C4A4-419E-8373-28ED574838A9
If you have a flat tire, follow the instructions as follows. PREPARING TOOLS AND SPARE TIRE
L33-A-121009-140721BA-B1E5-4280-B677-AD3D3130F781

STOPPING VEHICLE
L33-A-121009-FF338837-414E-42D9-BE92-7C85B14BB975

WARNING:
. Be sure to apply the parking brake firmly.
. Be sure to move the shift lever to the P
(Park) position.
. Never change tires when the vehicle is on a
slope, ice or slippery area. This is hazardous.
SIC2475
. Never change tires when the oncoming
traffic is close to your vehicle. Call for JVE0099X
The hazard indicator flasher switch operates regard-
less of the ignition switch position except when the professional road assistance.
battery is discharged. 1. Safely move the vehicle off the road away from
The hazard indicator flasher is used to warn other traffic.
drivers when you have to stop or park under 2. Turn on the hazard indicator flasher lights.
emergency conditions.
3. Park on a level surface.
When the hazard indicator flasher switch is pushed, all
turn signal lights will flash. To turn off the hazard 4. Apply the parking brake.
indicator flasher, push the hazard indicator flasher 5. Move the shift lever to the P (Park) position.
switch again. 6. Turn off the engine.
7. Open the hood:
SCE0913
. To warn other traffic.
. To signal professional road assistance person- Remove the jack, necessary tools and the spare tire
nel that you need assistance. from the storage area located under the trunk.
8. Have all passengers get out from the vehicle and
stand in a safe place, away from other traffic and
clear of the vehicle.

6-2 In case of emergency

Condition: 'Except for China'/China/ [ Edit: 2013/ 8/ 2 Model: L33-A ]


Black plate (169,1)

BLOCKING WHEELS
L33-A-121009-06945A01-F4C7-4318-BF16-FBB0B5590E4E
REMOVING TIRE
L33-A-121009-634D13F4-ADD4-4FA9-9E03-305B90813E16

Jacking up vehicle
L33-A-121009-D27074F6-7676-4478-AB98-E356144BD193

MCE0001D

CE1089-A
WARNING: Jack-up points
Be sure to block the appropriate wheel to
prevent the vehicle from moving, which may
cause personal injury.

Place suitable blocks *1 at both the front and back of


the wheel diagonally opposite the flat tire * A to
prevent the vehicle from moving when it is jacked up.

In case of emergency 6-3

Condition: 'Except for China'/China/ [ Edit: 2013/ 8/ 2 Model: L33-A ]


Black plate (170,1)

Removing tire
L33-A-121009-27EB2645-2BD8-4423-8A5B-C2CCFEA51749
1. Remove the wheel nuts.
2. Remove the damaged tire.

CAUTION:
The tire is heavy. Be sure that your feet are clear
from the tire and use gloves as necessary to
avoid injury.

SCE0504 INSTALLING SPARE TIRE


L33-A-121009-1951FD6F-970B-450F-B0F0-0A502BCC9419

. Be sure to read the caution label attached to


WARNING:
the jack body before using.
. Be sure to read and follow the instructions in
1. Place the jack directly under the jack-up point as
this section.
illustrated so that the top of the jack contacts the
. DO NOT GET UNDER A VEHICLE THAT IS vehicle at the jack-up point.
SUPPORTED BY A JACK.
The jack should be placed on firm level
. Never use a jack which was not provided ground.
with your vehicle.
2. Align the jack head between the two notches
. The jack, which is provided with your vehicle, located at the jack-up point of either the front or
is designed only to lift your vehicle during a JVE0028X
the rear section.
tire change. Do not use the jack provided
3. Fit the groove of the jack head between the
with your vehicle on other vehicles. WARNING:
notches as shown.
. Never jack up the vehicle at a location other . Never use wheel nuts which are not provided
4. Loosen each wheel nut, counterclockwise, one or
than the jack-up point that is specified. with your vehicle. Incorrect wheel nuts or
two turns with the wheel nut wrench.
. Never lift the vehicle more than necessary. improperly tightened wheel nuts may cause
Do not remove the wheel nuts until the tire is
. Never use blocks on or under the jack. the wheel to become loose or come off. This
off the ground.
could cause an accident.
. Never start or run the engine while the 5. Carefully raise the vehicle until the clearance
vehicle is on the jack. The vehicle may move . Never use oil or grease on the wheel studs
between the tire and ground is achieved.
suddenly, and this may cause an accident. or nuts. This may cause the wheel nuts to
6. To lift the vehicle, securely hold the jack lever and become loose.
. Never allow passengers to remain in the rod with both hands and turn the jack lever.
vehicle while the tire is off the ground. . The temporary-use spare tire (if equipped) is
designed for emergency use only.

6-4 In case of emergency

Condition: 'Except for China'/China/ [ Edit: 2013/ 8/ 2 Model: L33-A ]


Black plate (171,1)

JUMP STARTING
L33-A-121009-23A94DC0-A238-4753-8470-8DA1463DF4AA
1. Clean any mud or dirt from the surface between STOWING DAMAGED TIRE AND TOOLS
the wheel and hub.
L33-A-121009-5A5D65B4-C087-4147-B225-DE4F91C689DB WARNING:
2. Carefully put the spare tire on and tighten the WARNING: . Incorrect jump starting can lead to a battery
wheel nuts with your fingers. Check that all the explosion. The battery explosion may result
Be sure that the tire, jack and tools used are
wheel nuts contact the wheel surface horizontally. in severe injury or death. It may also result in
properly stored after use. Such items can
damage to the vehicle. Be sure to follow the
3. Tighten the wheel nuts alternately and evenly in become dangerous projectiles in an accident or
instructions in this section.
the sequence illustrated (*
1 - *5 ), more than 2 sudden stop.
times with the wheel nut wrench, until they are . Explosive hydrogen gas is always present in
tight. 1. Securely store the damaged tire, jack and tools the vicinity of the battery. Keep all sparks
used in the storage area. and flames away from the battery.
4. Lower the vehicle slowly until the tire touches the
ground. 2. Replace the spare tire cover and the floor cover. . Always wear suitable eye protection and
3. Close the trunk lid. remove rings, bracelets, and any other jew-
5. Tighten the wheel nuts securely, with the wheel
elry whenever working on or near a battery.
nut wrench, in the sequence illustrated.
. Never lean over the battery while jump
6. Lower the vehicle completely.
starting.
Tighten the wheel nuts to the specified torque
. Never allow battery fluid to come into
with a torque wrench as soon as possible.
contact with eyes, skin, clothes or the
Wheel nut tightening torque: vehicles painted surfaces. Battery fluid is a
108 Nm (11 kg-m, 80 ft-lb) corrosive sulfuric acid which can cause
The wheel nuts must be kept tightened to severe burns. If the fluid comes into contact
specification at all times. It is recommended with anything, immediately flush the con-
that the wheel nuts be tightened to specification tacted area with plenty of water.
at each lubrication interval. . Keep the battery out of the reach of children.
. The booster battery must be rated at 12
WARNING: volts. Use of an incorrectly rated battery will
Retighten the wheel nuts when the vehicle has damage your vehicle.
been driven for 1,000 km (600 miles) (also in . Never attempt to jump start a frozen battery.
cases of a flat tire, etc.). It could explode and cause serious injury.

In case of emergency 6-5

Condition: 'Except for China'/China/ [ Edit: 2013/ 8/ 2 Model: L33-A ]


Black plate (172,1)

1. If the booster battery is in another vehicle * B , 9. Start the engine of the booster vehicle *
B and let
position the two vehicles* A and * B to bring the it run for a few minutes.
batteries into close proximity to each other. 10. Depress the accelerator pedal of the booster
vehicle *
B at about 2,000 rpm.
CAUTION:
11. Start the engine of the jumped vehicle *
A in the
*
If the battery of vehicle A equipped with the normal manner.
Intelligent Key system is discharged, the ignition
switch cannot be moved from the LOCK CAUTION:
position and, if the steering lock is engaged,
the steering wheel cannot be moved. Connect Never keep the starter motor engaged for more
SCE0719 the jumper cables to the booster vehicle B * than 10 seconds. If the engine does not start
right away, push the ignition switch to the OFF
VQ35DE engine model before pushing the ignition switch and disenga-
ging the steering lock. position and wait at least 10 seconds before
trying again.
2. Apply the parking brake.
12. After the engine is started, carefully disconnect
3. Move the shift lever to the P (Park) position. the jumper cables in the opposite sequence from
4. Switch off all unnecessary electrical systems that illustrated (*
4 , *
3 , *
2 , *1 ).
(headlights, heater, air conditioner, etc.). 13. Remove and dispose of the cloth as it may be
5. Push the ignition switch to the LOCK position. contaminated with corrosive acid.
6. Remove the vent caps, if equipped, on the battery. 14. Replace the vent caps, if removed.
7. Cover the battery with a firmly wrung out moist
SCE0794 cloth to reduce the hazard of an explosion.
QR25DE engine model 8. Connect the jumper cables in the sequence as
illustrated (*
1 , *
2 , *
3 , *
4 ).

CAUTION:
. Always connect positive + to positive + and
negative 7 to body ground, NOT to the
batterys negative 7.
. Be sure that the jumper cables do not touch
moving parts in the engine compartment.
. Be sure that the jumper cables clamps do
SCE0759
not contact any other metal.
MR20DE engine model

6-6 In case of emergency

Condition: 'Except for China'/China/ [ Edit: 2013/ 8/ 2 Model: L33-A ]


Black plate (173,1)

PUSH STARTING IF YOUR VEHICLE OVERHEATS


L33-A-121009-B28FA164-F54D-4986-BE29-C5D975D3F12E L33-A-121009-A644D305-69C0-4CCC-A4CD-2D4BEA82E7E0
Do not attempt to start the engine by pushing the 7. Get out from the vehicle.
vehicle. WARNING:
8. Visually inspect and listen for steam or coolant
. Never continue driving if your vehicle over- escaping from the radiator before opening the
CAUTION: heats. Doing so could cause a vehicle fire. hood. Wait until no steam or coolant can be seen
. Continuously Variable Transmission (CVT) . Never open the hood if steam is coming out. before proceeding.
model cannot be started by pushing. At- . Never remove the radiator cap while the 9. Open the engine hood.
tempting to do so may cause damage to the engine is hot. If the radiator cap is removed 10. Visually inspect if the cooling fan is running.
transmission. when the engine is hot, pressurized hot
11. Visually inspect the radiator and radiator hoses for
. Three-way catalyst equipped model should water will spurt out and possibly cause
leakage.
not be started by pushing. Attempting to do burning, scalding or serious injury.
so may cause damage to the three-way If the cooling fan is not running or the coolant is
. If steam or coolant is coming from the
catalyst. leaking, stop the engine.
engine, stand clear of the vehicle to prevent
. Never try to start the engine by towing. getting burned. 12. After the engine cools down, check the coolant
When the engine starts, the forward surge level in the reservoir with the engine running. Do
. The engine cooling fan will start at anytime
could cause the vehicle to collide with the not open the radiator cap.
when the coolant temperature exceeds pre-
towing vehicle. set degrees. 13. Add coolant to the reservoir if necessary.